Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
SINUMERIK 828D
Parameter Manual
SINAMICS Parameters
Valid for
Control
SINUMERIK 828D
Drive
SINAMICS S120
09/2009
Software
2.6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SINUMERIK documentation
Printing history
Brief details of this edition and previous editions are listed below.
The status of each edition is shown by the code in the "Remarks" column.
Status code in the "Remarks" column:
A ....
New documentation.
B ....
C .
Edition
Order No.
Remark
09/2009
6FC5397-4DP20-0BA0
Trademarks
All designations with the trademark symbol are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. Other designations in this documentation may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes may infringe the rights of the owner.
Disclaimer of liability
We have checked the contents of this document for agreement with the hardware and software described. However, since deviations cannot be
precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. Nevertheless, the information contained in this document is reviewed regularly and any
necessary changes will be included in subsequent editions.
Preface
Structure of the documentation
The SINUMERIK documentation is organized in 3 parts:
General documentation
User documentation
Manufacturer/service documentation
Information on the following topics is available at http://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol/docu:
Ordering documentation
Here you can find an up-to-date overview of publications
Downloading documentation
Links to more information for downloading files from Service & Support.
Researching documentation online
Information on DOConCD and direct access to the publications in DOConWeb.
Compose documentation individually on the basis of Siemens content with the
My Documentation Manager (MDM), see
http://www.siemens.com/mdm
The My Documentation Manager offers you a range of features for creating
your own machine documentation.
Training and FAQs
Information on the range of training courses and FAQs (frequently asked
questions) are available via the page navigation.
Target group
This publication is intended for project engineers, commissioning engineers,
machine operators and service and maintenance personnel.
Benefits
The Parameter Manual provides information on parameters and their effects on
the system.
The Parameter Manual enables the intended target group to evaluate fault displays and to respond accordingly.
iii
Preface
09/2009
Standard scope
This Parameter Manual only describes the functionality of the standard version.
Supplements or changes made by the machine tool manufacturer are documented by the machine tool manufacturer.
Other functions not described in this documentation might be able to be executed
in the control. This does not, however, represent an obligation to supply such
functions with a new control or when servicing.
Further, for the sake of simplicity, this documentation does not contain all detailed
information about all types of the product and cannot cover every conceivable
case of installation, operation or maintenance.
Technical Support
If you have any questions, please contact the following hotline:
Europe/Africa
Telephone
Fax
0,14 /min. from German landlines, mobile phone rates may differ.
Internet
http://www.siemens.com/automation/support-request
America
Telephone
Fax
mailto:techsupport.sea@siemens.com
Asia/Pacific
Telephone
Fax
mailto:support.asia.automation@siemens.com
Note
Telephone numbers for technical support in specific countries are listed at the following Internet address: http://www.automation.siemens.com/partner
iv
09/2009
Preface
Fax
mailto:docu.motioncontrol@siemens.com
Fax form: See the reply form at the end of the document.
SINUMERIK Internet address
http://www.siemens.com/sinumerik
CompactFlash cards for users:
The SINUMERIK CNC supports the file systems FAT16 and FAT32 for CompactFlash cards. You may need to format the memory card if you want to use
a memory card from another device or if you want to ensure the compatibility
of the memory card with the SINUMERIK. However, formatting the memory
card will permanently delete all data on it.
Do not remove the memory card while it is being accessed. This can lead to
damage of the memory card and the SINUMERIK as well as the data on the
memory card.
If you cannot use a memory card with SINUMERIK, then it possibly involves a
memory card that is not formatted for the control (e.g.: Ext3 Linux file system),
or a memory card with a defective file system or an incorrect memory card
type.
Insert the memory card carefully and the right way round into the memory card
slot (observe indicators such as arrow or similar). This way you avoid mechanical damage to the memory card or the device.
Only use memory cards that have been approved by Siemens for use with
SINUMERIK. Even though the SINUMERIK keeps to the general industry
standards for memory cards, it is possible that memory cards from some manufacturers will not function perfectly in this device or are not completely compatible with it (you can obtain information on compatibility from the memory
card manufacturer or supplier).
The CompactFlash card from SanDisk "CompactFlash 5000 Industrial
Grade" has been approved for SINUMERIK (Order Number 6FC5313-5AG000AA0).
Subject matter of this manual
The Parameter Manual provides you with a complete overview of functions,
machine data, variables, interface signals, PLC blocks. In the brief statements
regarding the machine data, you will generally find reference to literature that provides detailed information.
Preface
09/2009
Safety notes
This manual contains notes you must observe in order to ensure your own personal safety and to prevent material damage. Notes referring to your personal
safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol; notices referring to
property damage only, have no safety alert symbol. Depending on the hazard
level, warnings are indicated in a descending order as follows:
Danger
indicates that death, severe personal injury, or substantial property damage will
result if proper precautions are not taken.
t
Warning
indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are
not taken.
Caution
with a triangular warning symbol, indicates that slight personal injury may result if
proper precautions are not taken.
Caution
without a triangular warning symbol, indicates that property damage may occur if
proper precautions are not taken.
Notice
indicates that an undesirable event or state may arise if the relevant notes are not
observed.
In the event of a number of levels of danger prevailing simultaneously, the warning corresponding to the highest level of danger is always used. A warning with a
triangular warning symbol that is used to indicate a risk of personal injury may
also include a warning about potential material damage.
Qualified personnel
The associated device/system must only be set up and operated using this documentation. The device/system must be commissioned and operated by qualified
personnel only. For the purpose of the safety notices in these operating instructions, "qualified personnel" refers to those authorized to energize, ground, and tag
equipment, systems, and circuits in accordance with established safety procedures.
vi
Contents
1
2.1
2.2
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
3.2.5
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
3-246
3-246
3-341
3-370
3-445
3-463
3-471
3.4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
3.4.4
3.4.5
3.4.6
3.4.7
3.4.8
3-473
3-473
3-491
3-496
3-538
3-553
3-575
3-593
3-617
3.5
3.5.1
3.5.2
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
vii
Contents
09/2009
4.6
viii
5.2
5.2.1
5.3
5.3.1
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.3.4
5.3.5
5.3.6
5.4
5.5
5.5.1
5.5.2
5.6
5.7
5.7.1
5.7.2
5.8
5.8.1
5.8.2
5.8.3
Axis/spindlespecific signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transferred axis-specific M, S functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals to axis/spindle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals from axis/spindle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.9
5-727
5-727
5-730
5-731
5-732
5-733
5-735
5-784
5-785
5-786
5-811
6.2
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
6.2.4
6.2.5
6.2.6
User data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User data 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User data 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading/writing NC data: Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading/writing NC data: Result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PI service: Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PI service: Result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3
6.4
6.4.1
6.4.2
6.4.3
6.4.4
User alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User alarm: Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variable for alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active alarm response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm acknowledgement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-840
6-840
6-840
6-841
6-841
6-842
6-842
6-844
6-844
6-844
6-845
6-845
09/2009
6.5
6.5.1
6.5.2
6.5.3
6.5.4
6.5.5
6.5.6
6.5.7
6.5.8
6.5.9
6.5.10
Contents
6-846
6-846
6-846
6-847
6-847
6-847
6-848
6-849
6-849
6-850
6-851
6.6
6.6.1
6.6.2
6.6.3
6.6.4
6.6.5
6.6.6
6-852
6-853
6-853
6-854
6-854
6-855
6-855
6.7
6.7.1
6.7.2
6.7.3
6.7.4
NCK signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General signals to NCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General signals from NCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals at fast inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals from fast inputs and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-856
6-856
6-857
6-858
6-859
6.8
6.8.1
6.8.2
6.9
6.9.1
6.9.2
6.9.3
Axis/spindle signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transferred M and S functions, axis-specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals to axis/spindle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signals from axis/spindle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.10
6.10.1
6.10.2
6.11
6.11.1
6.11.2
6.11.3
6.11.4
6.12
6.12.1
6.12.2
6.13
6.14
6.14.1
6.14.2
6.15
6-868
6-868
6-868
6-872
6-882
6-882
6-882
6-883
6-883
ix
Contents
09/2009
6.16
6.16.1
6.16.2
6.16.3
6-888
6-888
6-889
6-890
6.17
6.17.1
6.17.2
6.17.3
6-891
6-891
6-892
6-893
System performance
Table 1-1
PPU 260 / 261
1/1
1/1
1/1
1/1
~6 ms
~2 ms
~6 ms
~1 ms
125 s
125 s
125 s
125 s
3 MB
3 MB
5 MB
5 MB
128/256
128/256
256/512
256/512
TRANSMIT / TRACYL
Inclined Y axis
Gantry
Temperature compensation
Measuring cycles
System performance
1-11
System performance
09/2009
Table 1-1
PPU 260 / 261
6 ms
6 ms
6 ms
6 ms
24 000
24 000
24 000
24 000
7.5 ms
7.5 ms
4.5 ms
4.5 ms
288/192
288/192
360/240
360/240
8/8
8/8
10/10
10/10
Simulation in 3D display
PLC
Commissioning functions
T = Turning
M = Milling
= Standard (basic scope)
o = CNC option
- = Not available
1-12
MD number
MD identifier
Cross
reference
Unit
Brief description
Activation
Display filter
System
Dimension
Default value
Minimum value
Attributes
Data type
Maximum value
Protection
2-13
09/2009
Units/system of units
Depending on MD 10240 SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC, the physical units
differ as follows:
MD10240 = 1
MD10240 = 0
mm
inch
mm/min
inch/min
m/s2
inch/s2
m/s3
inch/s3
mm/rev.
inch/rev.
If there is no physical unit set in the MD, the field is marked with "-".
Note:
The default setting is
MD10240 SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC = 1 (metric)
Activation
The following code in the "Activation" field is used to specify when data become
active after a change The activation stages are listed according to their priority.
POWER ON Switching-off / switching-on the SINUMERIK 802D sl
NEW CONF - "RESET" button at the PLC interface (DB3000 DBX0.7)
Changes in program operation possible at block limits
RESET
Expert mode:
Active: The MD is assigned to the
Expert mode (MD display)
There are different display filters depending on the machine data area. The
"Select group" softkey allows various display filters to be selected for the active
machine data area.
2-14
09/2009
The codes of the display filter and their significance are subsequently listed for
the individual machine data.
General machine data
N01
Configuration/scaling
N02
Memory configuration
N03
N04
Drive control
N05
Status data/diagnostics
N06
Monitoring/limiting functions
N07
Auxiliary functions
N08
Corrections/compensations
N09
Technological functions
N10
I/O configuration
N11
Standard machine
N12
Configuration
C02
Memory configuration
C03
Initial states
C04
Auxiliary functions
C05
Velocities
C06
Monitoring/limiting functions
C07
Transformations
C08
Corrections/compensations
C09
Technological functions
C10
Standard machine
C11
2-15
09/2009
A02
Measuring system
A03
Machine geometry
A04
Velocities / accelerations
A05
Monitoring/limiting functions
A06
Spindle
A07
Controller data
A08
Status data
A09
Corrections/compensations
A10
Technological functions
A11
Standard machine
A12
Data type
Codes for the data types are located in the "Data type" field. They have the following meanings:
BOOLEAN
BYTE
I8 bit value
as integer number value: -128 to 127
as a hexadecimal value: 00 to FF
as character, according to ASCII character set, e.g. "a"
STRING
Character string (max. 16 characters) consisting of uppercase letters with digits and underscore
WORD
16-bit value
as integer number value: -32768 to 32767
as a hexadecimal value: 0000 to FFFF
INTEGER
16-bit value
integer number value: -32768 to 32767
DWORD
32-bit value
as integer number value: -2147483648 to 2147483647
as a hexadecimal value: 0000 0000 to FFFF FFFF
2-16
09/2009
UNSIGNED
DWORD
32-bit value
as integer number value: 0 to 4294967295
as a hexadecimal value: 0000 0000 to FFFF FFFF
DOUBLE
FLOAT DWORD
UBYTE
LONG
System
In the "System" field, the control system is specified for which the data with the
correspondingly entered values applies.
The following entries are possible:
Standard:
The entered values apply to all SINUMERIK 828D.
Deviations in the value range are entered in the following lines of the table,
sorted according to the control versions listed:
828d-me61
828d-me81
828d-te61
828d-te81
2-17
09/2009
Protection
There is a protection level concept in the SINUMERIK 828D that is used to enable
data areas. Protection levels 0 to 7 are available, where 0 represents the highest
protection level and 7 the lowest protection level. The protection levels can be set
for certain function areas (e.g. program editor) using the display machine data
(USER_CLASS...). The control system is delivered with default passwords for the
protection levels 1 to 3; if necessary, these passwords can be changed by the person authorized to do so.
Table 2-1
Protection
level
Locked by
Area
Siemens, reserved
4 to 7
2-18
09/2009
2.2
Designation
2-19
09/2009
2-20
Maschine Data
3.1
Number
Identifier
Display filters
Reference
Unit
Name
Data type
Active
Maximum value
Protection
Attributes
System
Dimension
Default value
Description:
Description
Minimum value
9006
DISPLAY_SWITCH_OFF_INTERVAL
DWORD
PowerOn
180
7/3
60
Description:
This machine data defines the time in minutes after which the
screen automatically
switches to dark if no key has been pressed on the keyboard in the
meantime.
The value 0 disables automatic light/dark switching.
Note:
The screen is only switched light/dark automatically when IS
screen dark = 0.
Related to:
IS screen dark (DB19, ... DBX0.1)
9009
KEYBOARD_STATE
BYTE
PowerOn
7/3
Description:
3-21
Maschine Data
09/2009
9032
HMI_MONITOR
STRING
PowerOn
7/1
Description:
9056
ALARM_ROTATION_CYCLE
DWORD
PowerOn
10000
7/3
Description:
9100
CHANGE_LANGUAGE_MODE
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
9102
SHOW_TOOLTIP
Display tooltip
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
9103
TOOLTIP_TIME_DELAY
BYTE
Immediately
60
7/3
Description:
3-22
09/2009
Maschine Data
Display machine data
9105
HMI_WIDE_SCREEN
BYTE
PowerOn
7/2
Description:
Display of the HMI as wide screen. Above the HMI there is a separate application field that is designed by the machine manufacturer.
9106
SERVE_EXTCALL_PROGRAMS
BYTE
PowerOn
7/3
Description:
9107
DRV_DIAG_DO_AND_COMP_NAMES
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
0:
1:
2:
3:
9108
ENABLE_EPS_SERVICES
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
If the machine data has been set to 1, the "ePS Network services"
softkey appears as the operating area.
9110
ACCESS_HMI_EXIT
BYTE
PowerOn
7/2
Description:
Protection level for the exit softkey (HMI restart) in the operating area menu
9900
MD_TEXT_SWITCH
BOOLEAN
Immediately
7/3
Description:
If the MD has been set to 1, clear text is displayed on the operator panel instead of the machine data identifiers.
9990
SW_OPTIONS
DWORD
Immediately
1/1
Description:
3-23
Maschine Data
09/2009
3.2
Number
Identifier
Display filters
Reference
Unit
Name
Data type
Active
Maximum value
Protection
Attributes
System
Dimension
Default value
Minimum value
Description:
Description
3.2.1
System settings
10000
AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB
N01, N11
K2,F1,G2,F2,K5,
M1
STRING
PowerOn
828d-me61
MX1,MY1,MZ1,MSP1, MA1...
2/2
828d-me81
MX1,MY1,MZ1,MSP1, MA1...
2/2
828d-te61
MX1,MZ1,MSP1,MSP 3,MQ1...
2/2
828d-te81
MX1,MZ1,MSP1,MSP 3,MQ1...
2/2
Description:
The input machine axis name must not conflict with the names
and assignments of the geometry axes (MD20060
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB, MD20050
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB) or channel axes (MD20080
$MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB, MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED).
3-24
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
The input machine axis name must not be the same as the names
for Euler angles (MD10620 $MN_EULER_ANGLE_NAME_TAB), names for
path-relevant orientation (MMD10624
$MN_ORIPATH_LIFT_VECTOR_TAB), names for normal vectors
(MD10630 $MN_NORMAL_VECTOR_NAME_TAB), names for directional
vectors (MD10640 $MN_DIR_VECTOR_NAME_TAB), names for rotation
vectors (MD10642 $MN_ROT_VECTOR_NAME_TAB), names for intermediate vector components (MD10644 $MN_INTER_VECTOR_NAME_TAB),
names for intermediate circle point coordinates with CIP
(MD10660 $MN_INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB) or the names for
interpolation parameters (MD10650 $MN_IPO_PARAM_NAME_TAB).
The input machine axis name must not include any of the following reserved address letters:
D Tool offset
(D function)
E Reserved
F Feedrate
(F function)
G Preparatory function
H Auxiliary function
(H function)
L Subroutine call
M Miscellaneous function (M function)
N Subblock
P Subroutine number of passes
R Arithmetic parameters
S Spindle speed
(S function)
T Tool (T function)
The name must not include any keywords (e.g. DEF, SPOS etc.) or
pre-defined identifiers (e.g. ASPLINE, SOFT).
The use of an axis identifier consisting of a valid address letter
(A, B, C, I, J, K, Q, U, V, W, X, Y, Z), followed by an optional
numerical extension (1-99) gives slightly better block cycle times
than a general identifier.
If no identifier is assigned to a machine axis, then the predefined name ("AXn") applies to the nth machine axis.
Related to:
MD20060 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB (geometry axis name in the
channel [GEOAxisno.]
MD20080 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB (channel axis name in the
channel [Channelaxisno.]
10010
ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP
K1,K5
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
3-25
Maschine Data
09/2009
E.g.
ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP[0] = 1
ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP[1] = 1
ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP[2] = 0
; gap
ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP[3] = 1
Application example:
Select desired channel via HMI and enter with MD10010
$MN_ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP = 1.
Note:
This MD must still be entered even when only one mode group is
present.
10050
SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME
G3,G2,R1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.008
0/0
SFCO
-
Description:
3-26
0.0015
0.0005
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10059
PROFIBUS_ALARM_MARKER
N05
G3
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
10060
POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
N01, N05
G3
DWORD
PowerOn
NBUP, NDLD
0
SFCO
828d-me61
31
0/0
828d-me81
31
0/0
828d-te61
31
0/0
828d-te81
31
0/0
Description:
10061
POSCTRL_CYCLE_TIME
N01, N05
G3
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
0.0
Description:
3-27
Maschine Data
09/2009
10062
POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY
N01, N05
G3
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.008
0/0
0.0
0.000
Description:
10063
POSCTRL_CYCLE_DIAGNOSIS
Active timing
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/RO
0.0,0.0,0.0
Description:
10070
IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
G3,R1
DWORD
PowerOn
SFCO
828d-me61
100
0/0
828d-me81
100
0/0
828d-te61
100
0/0
828d-te81
100
0/0
Description:
3-28
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10071
IPO_CYCLE_TIME
G3
Interpolator cycle
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
0.0
Description:
Interpolation time
Display of the interpolator cycle time (not modifiable !).
It is compiled internally from the machine data
SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME and IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO.
10073
COM_IPO_STRATEGY
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0x7F
0/0
Description:
In an unloaded NCK system, the speed of communication is determined by MD10072 $MN_COM_IPO_TIME_RATIO. As this machine data
is power ON, it cannot adapt to the current NCK operating mode.
A typical problem is that uploading a part program can take a
very long time on an unloaded NCK. In this case, the bottleneck
is the communication task that only progresses in the relation
defined by machine data COM_IPO_TIME_RATIO.
This machine data has been introduced to eliminate the above-mentioned disadvantages. It makes the times at which the communication software is activated controllable. The machine data is bitcoded. The bits have the following meanings:
Bit 0:
The communication software is calculated cyclically
Bit 1:
The level time overflow monitoring is switched off for the
cyclical communication task. This bit is only practical if bit
zero is set. The task is implemented in a non-cyclical level
that has a higher priority than the preparation/communication
level. The communication task makes a delay of the time defined
in COM_IPO_TIME_RATIO after each cycle.
Bit 2:
The communication software is calculated at the start of the
task which the domain services accept.
Bit 3:
The communication software is calculated at the end of the task
which the domain services accept.
0x0F
3-29
Maschine Data
09/2009
Bit 4:
The communication software is calculated at the start of the
task which the domain services accept if a PDU upload has
arrived. This bit is only useful if bit 2 is set.
Bit 5:
The communication software is calculated at the end of the task
which the domain services accept if a PDU upload has arrived.
This bit is only useful if bit 3 is set.
This machine data is only active in systems containing the Softbus
communication software. This is in P6 the 840Di with MCI2 software
and the solution line systems for P7.
The default value is 0x0F. This means that the COS is calculated
prior to and after communiction in order to minimize latencies.
10074
PLC_IPO_TIME_RATIO
N01, N05
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
50
0/0
828d-me81
50
0/0
828d-te61
50
0/0
828d-te81
50
0/0
Description:
10075
PLC_CYCLE_TIME
N01, N05
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1/RO
0.0
Description:
10080
SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO
EXP, N01
G3
DWORD
PowerOn
31
-1/0
Description:
3-30
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
REBOOT_DELAY_TIME
EXP
K3
Reboot delay
DOUBLE
Immediately
1.0
2/2
0.2
0.0
Description:
10100
PLC_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT
P3
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
0.1
Description:
3-31
Maschine Data
09/2009
10110
PLC_CYCLE_TIME_AVERAGE
N01, N07
B1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
0.012
Description:
Time information for the CNC about the OB1 cycle time. During this
cycle time, it is guaranteed that the auxiliary functions will be
acknowledged.
By means of the MD, the status transitions:
"channel operates/ channel in RESET/ channel failure --> channel
interrupted" can be delayed for the PLC in case of a RESET. With
the output "channel interrupted", the NCK waits at least the time
indicated in the MD + 1 IPO cycle.
With the time indication, the path feedrate during path control
operation in case of an auxiliary function output during motion is
controlled in a way to ensure that the minimum travel time corresponds to the time information. This ensures a uniform velocity
behavior which is not disturbed by waiting for the PLC acknowledgement. The internal incrementation is performed in the interpolation cycle.
For the auxiliary function output in the continuous-path mode, the
MD is also relevant for the FM357 and 802/802s systems. With SW
5.1 and higher, the other systems are parameterized directly via
the PLC.
10120
PLC_RUNNINGUP_TIMEOUT
H2
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
5.0
Description:
10130
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_COM_TASK
EXP, N01
OEM
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.100
0/0
Description:
3-32
0.005
.001
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10131
SUPPRESS_SCREEN_REFRESH
EXP
A2
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
There are part programs in which the main run (HL) has to wait
until the pre-processing (VL) makes new blocks available.
The pre-processing and display update compete for NC computing
time. The MD defines how the NC is to respond when the pre-processing is too slow.
0:
When the VL of a channel is too slow, the updating of the display is suppressed in all channels.
1:
When the VL of a channel is too slow, the updating of the display is suppressed only in the time-critical channels in order to
gain time for the pre-processing.
2:
The updating of the display is never suppressed.
10132
MMC_CMD_TIMEOUT
PA,M4
DOUBLE
PowerOn
100.0
0/0
Description:
3.0
0.0
3-33
Maschine Data
09/2009
10134
MM_NUM_MMC_UNITS
B3
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
If the value is set lower than would be needed for the number
of connected HMIs, this is not inevitably problematical.
Actions may not function sporadically during multiple, simultaneous, communication-intensive operations (e.g. loading a
program): Alarm 5000 is displayed. The operation then has to be
repeated.
10136
DISPLAY_MODE_POSITION
N01
DWORD
Reset
1/1
Description:
3-34
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10160
PREP_COM_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO
EXP, N01
ECO
DWORD
PowerOn
50
0/0
Description:
This machine data specifies the division ratio used for activating
the communication task in the non-cyclic time level. This allows
the time share of preparation in the non-cyclic time level to be
increased, which reduces block cycle times. External communication
(file transfer) is slowed down in particular during program execution (block reload).
10161
COM_CONFIGURATION
EXP, N01
Configuration of communication
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
Values 1-3 define the maximum number of PDUs that are accepted in
one pass.
Value 0 stands for infinite, i.e. all present jobs are executed
immediately. These three values become active after PowerOn.
1st value: max. number of variable job PDUs executed per pass.
2nd value: max. number of PI job PDUs executed per pass.
3rd value: max. number of domain job PDUs executed per pass.
Values 4-8 define the credit assignment for optimized download.
4th value: number of PDUs that are assigned as credit at the
begin of acknowledgement under opt. domain service (here, the file
header and therefore the file on NCK are still unknown)
5th value: number of PDUs that will be requested by default under
opt. domain service, if there is no explicit memory limit for the
file
6th value: min. number of PDUs that are requested with the data
request message (so that data request messages are not displayed
again and again)
7th value: max. number of PDUs that are requested with the data
request message (max. value is 255, as the log cannot handle more
than that!)
8th value: max. number of PDUs that may be present in total
10170
PREP_PLCBG_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO
EXP, N01
ECO
DWORD
PowerOn
50
0/0
Description:
This machine data specifies the division ratio used for activation
of the background task of the software PLC2xx in the non-cyclic
time level.
As this cycle should be executed as often as possible (once in
each PLC cycle), a ratio to the PREP task of 1:1 should be set. The
frequency of activation depends on the computing time of the
cyclic tasks (SERVO, IPO, COM, PLC) and the settings for the other
subtasks (ratio to PREP, net runtime) or the utilization of the
non-cyclic tasks PREP, EXCOM, DRIVE.
3-35
Maschine Data
09/2009
10171
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_PLCBG_TASK
EXP, N01
ECO
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.100
0/0
Description:
10172
PLCINT_POSCTRL_TIME_RATIO
EXP, N01
ECO
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
0.005
.001
10173
TIME_LIMIT_PLCINT_TASK
EXP, N01
ECO
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.0001
0/0
Description:
10174
TIME_LIMIT_PLCINT_TASK_DIAG
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/RO
Description:
0.00005
0.00001
3-36
0.0,0.0,0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10185
NCK_PCOS_TIME_RATIO
EXP, N01
DWORD
PowerOn
90
0/0
65
10
Description:
This machine data defines the maximum proportion of CPU time given
to the NCK in a PC-based system. The division specified by the
user is implemented as well as possible.
When implementing the specification, the system takes into account
limiting values for the absolute proportion of CPU time that must
not be over or undershot.
Adaptations are made without generating an alarm.
10190
TOOL_CHANGE_TIME
N01
BA
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1/1
0.
Description:
This data defines how much time is estimated for a tool change
(only relevant for a simulation).
10192
GEAR_CHANGE_WAIT_TIME
N01
S1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1.0e5
1/1
10.0
0.0
Description:
10200
INT_INCR_PER_MM
N01
G2,K3
DOUBLE
PowerOn
828d-me61
100000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
828d-me81
100000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
828d-te61
1000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
828d-te81
1000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
Description:
3-37
Maschine Data
09/2009
10210
INT_INCR_PER_DEG
N01
G2,K3,R2
DOUBLE
PowerOn
828d-me61
100000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
828d-me81
100000.
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
828d-te61
1000.0
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
828d-te81
1000.0
1.0
1.0e9
2/2
Description:
3-38
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10220
SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK
EXP, N01
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3FFF
0/0
SCAL
-
0x200
Description:
Bit mask for selecting the base values for the data (e.g. machine
and setting data) that have a physical unit, they are interpreted
in the default units shown below according to the basic system
(metric/inch). If other input/output units are to be selected for
individual physical units then these are activated with the scale
factors associated with this machine data (entered in MD10230
$MN_SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF[n]).
This does not affect the programming of geometry and feed values.
Bit set:
Data of the assigned physical variable (see list) are scaled to
the unit defined by MD10230 $MN_SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF[n].
Bit not set:
Data of the assigned physical variable are scaled to the default
unit shown below.
Assigned physical variable
Default units for:
MD10240 $MN_SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC
Bit no.
1 = METRIC
0 = INCH
(Stated as hex value)
0 Linear position
1 mm
1 inch
1 Angular position
1 degree
1 degree
2 Linear velocity
1 mm/min
1 inch/min
3 Angular speed
1 rpm
1 rpm
4 Linear acceleration
1 m/s
1 inch/s
5 Angular acceleration
1 rev/s
1 rev/s
6 Linear jerk
1 m/s
1 inch/s
7 Angular jerk
1 rev/s
1 rev/s
8 Time
1 s
1 s
9 Position-controller servo gain
1/s
1/s
10 Revolutional feedrate
1 mm/rev
1 mm/rev
11 Compensation value linear pos.
1 mm
1 mm
12 Compensation value angular pos.
1 degree
1 degree
13 Cutting rate
1 m/min
1 feet/min
Example:
SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK =?H3?; (Bit nos. 0 and 1 as hex values)
The scale factor defined in the associated MD10230
$MN_SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF[n] is activated for linear and angular positions.
If this machine data is changed, a startup is required as otherwise the associated machine data that have physical units would be
incorrectly scaled.
Proceed as follows:
MD changed manually
First start up and then enter the associated machine data with
physical units.
3-39
Maschine Data
09/2009
SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF
EXP, N01
G2
DOUBLE
PowerOn
15
0/0
Description:
MD changed manually
First start up and then enter the associated machine data with
physical units.
SCAL
3-40
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1e-9
1.0,1.0,1.0...
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
If the machine data are altered, alarm 4070 "Scaling machine data
altered" is output.
Application example(s):
Input/output of angular speeds is to be in new degree/min:
$MN_SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK = 'H8'; (bit no. 3 as hex value)
$MN_SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF[3] = 0.01851852; (400/360/60)
[3]: Index for angular speed.
Related to:
MD10220 $MN_SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK (activation of scaling factors).
10240
SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC
N01
G2,K3,A3,S1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
SCAL
-
TRUE
Description:
The MD defines the basic system used by the control for scaling
length-dependent physical variables for data input/output.
All corresponding data are stored internally in the basic units of
1 mm, 1 degree and 1 sec.
In the case of access from the interpreter ( part program and
download ), from the operator panel ( variable service ) or
through external communication, scaling takes place in the following units:
MD10240 $MN_SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC = 1: scaled in:
mm, mm/min, m/s2 , m/s3, mm/rev.
MD10240 $MN_SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC = 0: scaled in:
inch, inch/min, inch/s2, inch/s3, inch/rev.
The selection of the basic system also defines the interpretation
of the programmed F value for linear axes:
metric
inch
G94
mm/min
inch/min
G95
mm/rev.
inch/rev.
If this machine data is changed, a startup is required because
otherwise the associated machine data that have physical units
would be incorrectly scaled.
Proceed as follows:
MD changed manually
First start up and then enter the associated machine data with
physical units.
3-41
Maschine Data
09/2009
10250
SCALING_VALUE_INCH
EXP
G2
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
SCAL
-
Description:
MD changed manually
--> Start up and then enter the associated machine data with
physical units.
3-42
25.4
1e-9
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10260
CONVERT_SCALING_SYSTEM
EXP
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
LINK
-
TRUE
Description:
Tool offsets
etc.
The change from MD10260 $MN_CONVERT_SCALING_SYSTEM leads to alarm
4070!
This alarm is designed to indicate that data which remain active
after a POWERON are not subjected to automatic conversion from
SW1-SW4 and SW5 formats.
10270
POS_TAB_SCALING_SYSTEM
N01, N09
T1,N3,G2
BYTE
Reset
0/0
Description:
Defines the measuring system for the positional data for the following machine data
MD10910 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1
MD10930 $MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2
SD41500 $SN_SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_1
SD41501 $SN_SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_1
SD41502 $SN_SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_2
SD41503 $SN_SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_2
SD41504 $SN_SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_3
SD41505 $SN_SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_3
SD41506 $SN_SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_4
SD41507 $SN_SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_4
0:
metric
1:
inch
This machine data is only evaluated for MD10260
$MN_CONVERT_SCALING_SYSTEM = 1.
3-43
Maschine Data
09/2009
Related
MD10260
MD10910
MD10930
SD41500
SD41501
SD41502
SD41503
SD41504
SD41505
SD41506
SD41507
to:
$MN_CONVERT_SCALING_SYSTEM
$MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1
$MN_INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2
$SN_SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_1
$SN_SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_1
$SN_SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_2
$SN_SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_2
$SN_SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_3
$SN_SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_3
$SN_SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_4
$SN_SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_4
10280
PROG_FUNCTION_MASK
EXP, N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x7
0/0
Description:
3-44
0x0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10284
DISPLAY_FUNCTION_MASK
EXP, N01
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
0x0
Description:
10290
CC_TDA_PARAM_UNIT
N09
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
3-45
Maschine Data
09/2009
10291
CCS_TDA_PARAM_UNIT
N09
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
10292
CC_TOA_PARAM_UNIT
N09
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
3-46
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10293
CCS_TOA_PARAM_UNIT
N09
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
10300
FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS
N10
A4,TE1
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
This machine data defines the number of usable analog NCK inputs
on the control.
Only these analog NCK inputs can be addressed by the NC part program or assigned by NC functions.
If more analog NCK inputs are defined with the machine data than
are available in the hardware of the control, the binary analog
actual value is set to zero in the control for the inputs that do
not exist in the hardware. The NCK value can be altered by the PLC.
Note:
CPU computing time on the interpolation level is required for
processing the digital and analog NCK I/Os. The number of active
NCK I/Os should therefore be limited to the demands of the
machine so that the interpolation cycle time is not unnecessarily loaded.
3-47
Maschine Data
09/2009
10310
FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS
N10
A4
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
This machine data defines the number of usable analog NCK outputs
on the control.
Only these analog NCK outputs can be addressed by the NC part program or assigned by NC functions.
If more analog NCK outputs are defined with the machine data than
are available in the hardware of the control, no alarm is triggered. The analog values specified by the part program can be read
by the PLC.
Note:
CPU computing time on the interpolation level is required for
processing the digital and analog NCK I/Os. The number of active
NCK I/Os should therefore be limited to the demands of the
machine so that the interpolation cycle time is not unnecessarily loaded.
10320
FASTIO_ANA_INPUT_WEIGHT
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
10000000
0/0
Description:
A weighting factor can be defined with this MD for each analog NCK
input [n] to enable adaptation to the various analog-to-digital
converters (depending on the I/O module).
The value to be entered in this machine data is the value that is
to be read in the part program with the command x = $A_INA[n] if
the associated analog input [n] is set to the maximum value or the
value +32767 is defined for this input via the PLC interface.
The value read from the analog-to-digital converter or the PLC
interface is multiplied by the factor (FASTIO_ANA_INPUT_WEIGHT /
32767) before it can be read in the part program with the system
variable $A_INA[n].
Use of the weighting factor for "Analog NCK inputs without hardware": with a weighting factor of 32767, the values defined by the
part program and the PLC are numerically identical (1:1 communication between part program and PLC). This is advantageous when the
analog NCK inputs/outputs are used purely as PLC inputs/outputs
without analog hardware.
Note:
The comparator threshold values SD41600 $SN_COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1
and SD41601 $SN_COMPAR_THRESHOLD_2 are also normalized to
MD10320 $MN_FASTIO_ANA_INPUT_WEIGHT corresponding to their
assignment to an analog input.
The CC access to analog values is not affected by
FASTIO_ANA_INPUT_WEIGHT.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal <Setzwert_von_PLC_der_analogenNCK-Eingaenge/> (PLC setting value for analog NCK inputs)
3-48
10000,10000,10000,1 1
0000,10000,10000...
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10330
FASTIO_ANA_OUTPUT_WEIGHT
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
10000000
0/0
Description:
A weighting factor can be defined with this MD for each analog NCK
output [n] to enable adaptation to the various digital-to-analog
converters (depending on the I/O module used).
[hw] = Index (0 to 7) for addressing the external analog outputs
The value x to be entered in this machine data is the value that is
to effect the maximum set value of the associated analog output
[n] when programming $A_OUTA[n] = x in the part program or is to
generate the value +32767 in the PLC interface for this output.
Use of the weighting factor for "Analog NCK outputs without hardware": With a weighting factor of 32767, the values defined by the
part program and the PLC are numerically identical (1:1 communication between part program and PLC). This is advantageous when the
analog NCK outputs are used purely as PLC outputs without analog
hardware.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal <Setzwert_von_PLC_der_analogenNCK-Ausgaenge/> (PLC setting value for analog NCK outputs)
NC/PLC interface signal <Sollwert_der_analogenNCK-Ausgaenge/>
(Setpoint for analog NCK outputs)
10000,10000,10000,1 1
0000,10000,10000...
10350
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS
N10
A4,TE1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
The number of bytes of the digital NCK inputs that can be used on
the control are defined in this machine data.
These digital NCK inputs can be read directly by the part program.
Moreover, the signal state at the HW inputs can also be changed by
the PLC.
If more digital NCK inputs are defined in the machine data than
are available in the control hardware, a signal status of 0 is set
in the control for the inputs that do not exist in the hardware.
The NCK value can be altered by the PLC.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal DB2800 DBX0000 (Disable the digital NCK
inputs 1-8);
NC/PLC interface signal DB2800 DBB1000 (Disable the external digital inputs 9-40)
NC/PLC interface signal DB2800 DBX0001(PLC setting for digital
NCK inputs 1-9)
NC/PLC interface signal DB2800 SBB1001 (PLC values for external
digital inputs 9-40)
NC/PLC interface signal DB2900 DBX0000,1000 (Actual value for
digital NCK inputs)
3-49
Maschine Data
09/2009
10360
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
N10
A4,TE8
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
The number of bytes for digital NCK outputs that can be used on the
control are defined in this machine data.
These digital NCK outputs can be set directly by the part program.
The PLC is able to
3-50
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10361
FASTIO_DIG_SHORT_CIRCUIT
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
10
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
3-51
Maschine Data
09/2009
10362
HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN
N10
A4,TE1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x060003FF
0/0
Description:
For PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
1st + 2nd byte indicate the logical start address of the I/O
slot on the PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
Value 0000 means NO active slot
Values 0001..0100 are reserved for the PLC process image (the
value of input slots can be read by the NCK without errors, but
output slots are forbidden in this range, and cause an alarm on
power up)
1st byte = LowByte of the logical start address
2nd byte = HighByte of the logical start address
3nd byte = 0 = without meaning
4th byte = 5 = segment no. for PROFIBUS/PROFINET
The individual bytes are explained in MD10366
$MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN.
[hw] = Index (0 to 7) for addressing the external analog inputs
Related to:
MD10366 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN
MD10368 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT
MD10364 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT
0x01000000,0x01000
000,0x01000000...
0x01000000
10364
HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT
N10
A4,TE3
DWORD
PowerOn
0x060003FF
0/0
Description:
For PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
1st + 2nd byte indicate the logical start address of the I/O
slot on the PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
Value 0000 means NO active slot
Values 0001..0100 are reserved for the PLC process image (the
value of input slots can be read by the NCK without errors; however, output slots are forbidden in this range, and cause an alarm
on power up)
1st byte = LowByte of the logical start address
2nd byte = HighByte of the logical start address
3rd byte = 0 = without meaning
4th byte = 5 = segment no. for PROFIBUS/PROFINET
The individual bytes are explained in MD10366
$MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN.
Related to:
MD10366 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN
MD10368 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT
MD10362 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN
3-52
0x01000000,0x01000
000,0x01000000...
0x01000000
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10366
HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN
N10
A4,TE1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x00010101
2/2
Description:
0x00010101
0x0
3-53
Maschine Data
09/2009
1st + 2nd bytes give the logical start address of the I/O slot on
the PROFIBUS
1st byte = low byte
2nd byte = high byte
Value 0000 means NO active slots
Values 0001..007F are reserved for the PLC (NCK can also read the
value for input slots without error, but output slots are forbidden in this range and lead to an alarm during startup)
Values 0080..02FF are valid
Values > 02FF are invalid
Example:
HW_ASSIGN_DIGITAL_FASTIN[3] = '05000302'
1st + 2nd byte:
0302 (hex) = logical start address 770 (decimal)
3rd byte:
00 = no significance
4th byte:
05 = ID for PROFIBUS/PROFINET
Related to:
MD10368 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT
MD10362 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN
MD10364 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT
10368
HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
0x00010101
2/2
Description:
For PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
1st + 2nd byte indicate the logical start address of the I/O
slot on the PROFIBUS/PROFINET:
Value 0000 means NO active slot
Values 0001..0100 are reserved for the PLC process image (the
value of input slots can be read by the NCK without errors; however, output slots are forbidden in this range, and cause an alarm
on power up)
1st byte = LowByte of the logical start address
2nd byte = HighByte of the logical start address
3rd byte = 0 = without meaning
4th byte = 5 = segment no. for PROFIBUS/PROFINET
The individual bytes are explained under MD10366
$MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN.
[hw] = Index (0 to 3) for addressing the external digital output
bytes
Related to:
MD10366 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN
MD10362 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN
MD10364 $MN_HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT
3-54
0x00010101
0x0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10394
PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_IN
N10
A4
BYTE
PowerOn
32
0/0
Description:
The number of PLC I/O input bytes that can be read directly by the
NC.
These bytes are not transmitted by the PLC user program but via an
interrupt of the PLC operating system.
The access delay is less than 0.5 ms.
The bytes can be read by the part program and from synchronized
actions with the system variables:
$A_PBB_IN,
$A_PBW_IN,
$A_PBD_IN,
$A_PBR_IN
.
Notice:
The machine data MD10394 $MN_PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_IN and MD10395
$MN_PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_IN must be consistent with the PLC-side
configuration.
Related to:
MD10395 $MN_PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_IN
10395
PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_IN
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
Starting from this address, the PLC hardware must configure a number of bytes in MD10394 $MN_PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_IN for direct use by
the NC. These bytes are not transmitted by the PLC user program,
but directly via an interrupt of the PLC operating system. The
access delay is less than 0.5 ms. The bytes can be read by the part
program and from synchronized actions with the system variables:
$A_PBB_IN,
$A_PBW_IN,
$A_PBD_IN,
$A_PBR_IN
.
Notice:
The machine data MD10394 $MN_PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_IN and MD10395
$MN_PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_IN must be consistent with the PLC-side
configuration.
Related to:
MD10394 $MN_PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_IN
3-55
Maschine Data
09/2009
10396
PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_OUT
N10
A4
BYTE
PowerOn
32
0/0
Description:
The number of PLC I/O output bytes that can be written directly by
the NC.
These bytes are not transmitted by the PLC user program but via an
interrupt of the PLC operating system.
The access delay is less than 0.5 ms.
The bytes can be written by the part program and from synchronized
actions with the system variables:
$A_PBB_OUT,
$A_PBW_OUT,
$A_PBD_OUT,
$A_PBR_OUT
on the NC side.
Attention:
The machine data MD10396 $MN_PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_OUT and MD10397
$MN_PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_OUT must be consistent with the configuration by the PLC, otherwise other PLC output signals will be
overwritten.
10397
PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_OUT
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
Starting from this address, the PLC hardware must configure a number of MD10396 $MN_PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_OUT for direct use by the NC.
These bytes are not transmitted by the PLC user program, but
directly via an interrupt of the PLC operating system.
The access delay is less than 0.5 ms.
The bytes can be written by the part program and from synchronized
actions with the system variables:
$A_PBB_OUT,
$A_PBW_OUT,
$A_PBD_OUT,
$A_PBR_OUT
.
Notice:
The machine data MD10396 $MN_PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_OUT and MD10397
$MN_PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_OUT must be consistent with the PLCside configuration.
Related to:
MD10396 $MN_PLClO_NUM_BYTES_OUT
3-56
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10398
PLCIO_IN_UPDATE_TIME
N10
A4
DOUBLE
PowerOn
10000
0/0
0.0
Description:
Specification of the time span during which the data of the PLC
I/Os directly readable via $A_PBx_IN system variables are updated.
This time span is rounded up internally to the next-higher multiple of the time predefined by the IPO cycle.
10399
PLCIO_TYPE_REPRESENTATION
N10
A4
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
10430
CC_HW_DEBUG_MASK
EXP
OEM
DWORD
PowerOn
0x7fffffff
0/0
Description:
NBUP, NDLD
0
3-57
Maschine Data
09/2009
Bit 4:
Recording of internal and external control commands. Recording
the control sequences and storing them in a file in the passive
file system. One can trace the exact sequence between the incoming harware signals of the PLC interface and the internal
sequences with the aid of the recording file.
Bit 5:
Servotrace: Enable physical addresses without access control
Bit10:
Test for measuring function. If this bit is set, one can use the
GUD Variables CHAN INT MEA_TASK and CHAN INT MEA_COUNTER to
transfer the inverse transformation of the measured values into
cyclical and non-cyclical tasks.
Bit11:
No EMERGENCY STOP alarm on loss of PLC sign of life. If the PLC
sign of life is not obtained within the time defined in MD10100
$MN_PLC_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT, an alarm is not issued, merely the axis
release withdrawn. (Application case: debugging the PLC user
program)
Bit15:
Reserved for gantry startup help.
10500
DPIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_IN
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
16
8191
-1/2
Description:
10501
DPIO_RANGE_LENGTH_IN
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
16
128
-1/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
3-58
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10502
DPIO_RANGE_ATTRIBUTE_IN
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
16
0x0F
-1/2
Description:
10510
DPIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_OUT
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
16
8191
-1/2
Description:
10511
DPIO_RANGE_LENGTH_OUT
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
16
128
-1/2
Description:
Length of the PROFIBUS I/O range consistently usable for the NCK.
This range must be defined in STEP 7, hardware configuration.
0: only the first data slot is used.
x: length of the consistent PROFIBUS I/O range
Note: in PROFINET it is not possible to combine several slots
in one area.
0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01, 0x00
0x01,0x01,0x01...
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
3-59
Maschine Data
09/2009
10512
DPIO_RANGE_ATTRIBUTE_OUT
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
16
0x0F
-1/2
Description:
0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01, 0x00
0x01,0x01,0x01...
10530
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1
N10
A4
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-60
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10531
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2
N10
A4
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
3-61
Maschine Data
09/2009
10540
COMPAR_TYPE_1
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
This MD can be used to make the following settings for the individual output bits (0 to 7) of comparator byte 1:
Bits 8 to 15:
Not used (defined to be set to 0)
Bits 16 to 23:
Assignment of a HW output byte for outputting the comparator states (statement of the byte address)
Byte = 0: No output via digital NCK outputs
Byte = 1: Output via digital onboard NCK outputs (1 to 4)
Byte = 2: Output via external digital NCK outputs 9 to 16
Byte = 3: Output via external digital NCK outputs 17 to 24
Byte = 4: Output via external digital NCK outputs 25 to 32
Byte = 5: Output via external digital NCK outputs 33 to 40
Bits 24 to 31:
Inversion mask for the output of the comparator states (bits 0 to 7)
Bit = 0:
Output bit is not inverted
Bit = 1:
Output bit is inverted
Related to:
MD10530 $MN_COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1
MD10531 $MN_COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2
SD41600 $SN_COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1
SD41601 $SN_COMPAR_THRESHOLD_2
MD10360 $MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
10541
COMPAR_TYPE_2
N10
A4
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
This MD can be used to make the following settings for the individual output bits (0 to 7) of comparator byte 2:
Bits 8 to 15:
not used (defined to be set to 0)
3-62
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
Bits 24 to 31:
Inversion mask for the output of the comparator states (bits 0 to 7)
Bit = 0:
Output bit is not inverted
Bit = 1:
Output bit is inverted
Related to:
MD10530 $MN_COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1
MD10531 $MN_COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2
SD41600 $SN_COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1
SD41601 $SN_COMPAR_THRESHOLD_2
MD10360 $MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
10600
FRAME_ANGLE_INPUT_MODE
K2
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
3-63
Maschine Data
09/2009
10602
FRAME_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
K2
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
10604
WALIM_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
A3
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
3-64
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10610
MIRROR_REF_AX
K2
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
10612
MIRROR_TOGGLE
K2
Mirror toggle
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
3-65
Maschine Data
09/2009
10613
NCBFRAME_RESET_MASK
EXP
K2
DWORD
Reset
0xFFFF
0/0
Description:
Bit mask for the reset setting of the NCU global base frames which
are included in the channel.
The following applies:
When MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK bit0 = 1 and bit14 = 1
The entire base frame is derived on reset from the linking of
the NCU global base frame field elements whose bit in the bit
mask is 1.
When MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK bit0 = 1 and bit14 = 0
The entire base frame is deselected on reset.
0xFFFF
10615
NCBFRAME_POWERON_MASK
EXP, N12
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
0/0
Description:
This machine data defines whether global base frames are reset in
the data management on Power On.
That is
Mirroring is disabled.
The individual base frames can be selected separately.
Bit 0 means base frame 0, bit 1 base frame 1 etc.
Value=0: Base frame is retained on Power On
Value=1: Base frame is reset in the data management on Power On.
Related to:
MD24004 $MC_CHBFRAME_POWERON_MASK
3-66
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10617
FRAME_SAVE_MASK
EXP
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3
1/1
Description:
This machine data is used to define which frames are restored with
SAVE attribute at return from a subprogram.
Bit 0: Settable frames G54 through G599
Value = 0:
If the same G code is active at subprogram return and subprogram
call, the active settable frame is maintained. If not, the settable frame is reactivated when the subprogram is called.
Value = 1:
At subprogram return, the settable frame is reactivated when the
subprogram is called.
Bit 1: Basic frame
Value = 0:
The active basic frame is not changed at subprogram return. This
is also the case, if a basic frame change is carried out in the
subprogram by an operation or by an implicit frame deselection
(possibly through TRAFOOF).
Value = 1:
At subprogram return, the basic frame is reactivated when the subprogram is called.
10618
PROTAREA_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
A3
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
3-67
Maschine Data
09/2009
10620
EULER_ANGLE_NAME_TAB
N01, N09
F2,TE4
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
A2,B2,C2
The name entered must not conflict with the designation and
assignment of machine and geometry axis names.
The name entered must not conflict with channel axis names in
the channel (MD20080 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB), names for
directional vectors (MD10640 $MN_DIR_VECTOR_NAME_TAB), names
for intermediate point coordinates for CIP (MD10660
$MN_INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB) or the names for interpolation parameters (MD10650 $MN_IPO_PARAM_NAME_TAB).
The name entered must not contain the following reserved
address letters:
D
Tool offset (D function)
E
Reserved
F
Feedrate (F function)
G
Preparatory function
H
Auxiliary function (H function)
L
Subprogram call
M
Special function (M function)
N
Subblock
P
Number of subroutine repetitions
R
Arithmetic parameter
S
Spindle speed (S function)
T
Tool (T function)
Nor are keywords (e.g. DEF, SPOS etc.) or predefined identifiers (e.g. ASPLINE, SOFT) allowed.
An angle identifier consists of a valid address letter (A, B,
C, I, J, K, Q, U, V, W, X, Y, Z), followed by an optional
numerical extension (1-99).
10624
ORIPATH_LIFT_VECTOR_TAB
N01, N09
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
3-68
A8,B8,C8
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10626
ORIPATH_LIFT_FACTOR_NAME
N01, N09
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
ORIPLF
10630
NORMAL_VECTOR_NAME_TAB
N01, N09
F2
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
A4,B4,C4,A5,B5,C5
Description:
10640
DIR_VECTOR_NAME_TAB
N01, N09
F2,TE4
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
A3,B3,C3,AN3,BN3,C N3
3-69
Maschine Data
09/2009
10642
ROT_VECTOR_NAME_TAB
N01, N09
F2
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
A6,B6,C6
Description:
10644
INTER_VECTOR_NAME_TAB
N01, N09
F2
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
10646
ORIENTATION_NAME_TAB
N01, N09
F2
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
A7,B7,C7
XH,YH,ZH
10648
NUTATION_ANGLE_NAME
N01, N09
F2
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
3-70
NUT
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10650
IPO_PARAM_NAME_TAB
EXP, N01
K2
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
I,J,K
Description:
10652
CONTOUR_DEF_ANGLE_NAME
FBFA
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
ANG
Description:
10654
RADIUS_NAME
FBFA
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
RND
Description:
10656
CHAMFER_NAME
FBFA
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
CHR
3-71
Maschine Data
09/2009
10660
INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB
EXP, N01
K2
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
10670
STAT_NAME
N01, N09
F2
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
I1,J1,K1
STAT
Description:
10672
TU_NAME
N01, N09
F2
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
TU
Description:
10674
PO_WITHOUT_POLY
N01
F2
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
Until now, the G function POLY has always had to be active during
polynomial programming with PO[xx] = (xx),
otherwise an alarm was output.
If MD10674 $MN_PO_WITHOUT_POLY is set to TRUE, no alarm is output
with POLY inactive during polynomial programming. The end point of
the polynomial is then approached with the linear interpolation
G1.
There is no polynomial interpolation if POLY is inactive.
3-72
FALSE
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10680
MIN_CONTOUR_SAMPLING_TIME
N01, EXP
DOUBLE
Reset
828d-me61
0.008
0/0
828d-me81
0.002
0/0
828d-te61
0.008
0/0
828d-te81
0.002
0/0
Description:
10682
CONTOUR_SAMPLING_FACTOR
N01, EXP
DOUBLE
Reset
1/1
1.0
Description:
10700
PREPROCESSING_LEVEL
N01, N02
V2,K1
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
0x25
Description:
Bit 0= 0:
No preprocessing
Bit 0= 1:
The call description of the cycles is formed during control
power on. All the programs in the directories _N_CUS_DIR,
_N_CMA_DIR and _N_CST_DIR can be called in the part program
without EXTERNAL declaration. If the parameter interface of a
cycle is changed in the control, then this change does not
become active until after Power On.
Bit 1=1:
During control power on, all cycles in the directories
_N_CUS_DIR, _N_CMA_DIR and _N_CST_DIR are preprocessed to form
a process-optimizing compilation. These cycles are then processed more quickly. Changes to the cycle programs do not become
active until after the next Power On.
Bit 2=1:
During control power on, the Siemens cycles in the directory
_N_CST_DIR are preprocessed to form a process-optimizing compilation (from SW 3.5).
Bit 3=1:
During control power on, the user cycles in the directory
_N_CUS_DIR are preprocessed to form a process-optimizing compilation (from SW 3.5).
3-73
Maschine Data
09/2009
Bit 4=1:
Preprocessing the user cycles in the directory _N_CMA_DIR
Bit 5=1:
All files marked with PREPRO in the PROG statement line are preprocessed (from SW 6.4)
Bit 5=0:
During control power on, all cycles in the directories activated by bits 1 to 4 are preprocessed. This also applies to programs that are not marked with PREPRO.
Bit 6=1:
The compilation is stored in SRAM if there is inadequate space
in DRAM (from SW 7.1).
Memory space is required for preprocessing cycles. Better utilization of memory can be achieved by selective setting of the preprocessing:
The runtime-critical cycles are brought together in one directory. The remaining cycles are in the other directory.
References:
/PG/, "Programming Guide Fundamentals" (EXTERNAL declaration)
10702
IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_MASK
N01
K1,Z1
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
1/1
Description:
3-74
0xC013
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
Bit1 = 1
Means that there is no stop in any user ASUB block. Exception:
The single block stop has been explicitly activated via the
SBLON command.
User ASUBs are linked to an interrupt channel by the part program command SETINT or via the PI- _N_ASUP__. The interrupt
channel is then activated via PLC or the high-speed inputs, and
the user ASUBs are retracted.
This disables machine data MD20117 $MC_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP.
The NCK behavior corresponds to the machine data assignment
MD20117 $MC_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP= FFFFFFFF.
Bit2 = 1
Means that there is no stop in any intermediate block. Intermediate blocks are generated at, among other events, tool change,
ADIS and complicated geometry.
Bit3 = 1
Means that there is no stop in the block search pickup block.
The block search pickup block is the 1st block that is loaded
into the main run at the start after the search target has been
found in the program.
Bit4 = 1
Means that there is no stop in the INIT blocks. INIT blocks are
generated from reset immediately after a part program start.
Bit5 = 1
Means that there is no stop in any subprogram block with the
parameter DISPLOF.
Bit6 = 1
Means that there is no stop in any block in which the NCK cannot
reorganize.
Reorganize is an internal procedure that is needed for mode
change after JOG/JOGREF..., switch skip block on and off, activate machine data, axis replacement, switch on overstore,
switch on single block, switch dry run feedrate on and off, subroutine level abort, user ASUBs delete distance-to-go, switchover after TEACH-IN. Reorganize is never needed in Reset state.
Example blocks in which reorganize is impossible:
Tool change
3-75
Maschine Data
09/2009
Bit9 = 1
Means that there is no stop in a run in/main run synchronization
block (e.g.STOPRE, $Variable) that is repeated because of an
interruption with Reorg (e.g. mode change).
Bit10= 1
Means that there is no stop in a "tool selection block". "Tool
selection block" only occurs with tool management (magazine
management or TMMG) active. This block gives the corresponding
tool change command to the PLC.
This block is generally generated by T programming from the part
program.
Example block "N1010 T="Drill" M6 D1"
Depending on machine data, the "tool selection block" can be
held in the interpolator until the PLC has acknowledged the corresponding tool change (see MD20310 $MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK).
However the program status remains in "run".
Bit11= 1
The control has to automatically generate implicit GET blocks
for the axis replacement function (axis replacement: 2 or more
channels control one axis alternately) if no explicit GET(D)
has been programmed and the following block wants to traverse
the axis. (The other channel had previously used this axis).
An explicitly programmed GET may appear as follows
"getd(x1,y1,z1) or get(x1,y1,z1)".
There is no stop at explicit or implicit GET blocks in the single block with this bit 11.
Bit12= 1
There is no stop in the single block type 2 in the SBLON block.
Bit13= 1
If an axis is pulled out in the middle of a block and possibly
assigned to another channel, then there is no stop at the PREMATURE end of this block. This block follows a REPOSA in order
to traverse it to the end, there is no stop until this end has
been reached.
Bit14=1
In a part program line, in which a substitution subroutine is
called due to NC language replacement, only one stop is performed under the condition that the subroutine includes PROC
attribute SBLOF. It is irrelevant whether the subroutine is
called at block start and/or end or whether it is exited with
M17 or RET.
Bit15=1
Means that there is no stop in any user ASUB block. Exception:
The single block stop has been explicitly activated via the
SBLON command.
There are three different internal ASUBs that are triggered by
different events.
- Repos: In the case of the events: change of operating mode to
a manual mode (JOG, JOGREF,...) unless MODESWITCH_MASK is not
set, switch skip block on and off, activate machine data,
switch-on overstore, axis replacement, subroutine level abort,
switch-on single block, switch dry run feedrate on and off,
alarm with compensation block.
- Return: Delete distance-to-go, switchover after TEACH-IN, or
3-76
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
DRYRUN_MASK
N01
V1
BYTE
PowerOn
7/2
Description:
DRYRUN_MASK == 0
Dryrun can only be switched on or off at the end of the block.
When DRYRUN_MASK = 1 is set, the dry run feedrate can also be activated during program execution (in the part program block).
NOTICE!
After activating dry run feedrate, the axes are stopped for the
duration of the reorganization process.
DRYRUN_MASK == 2
Dryrun can be switched on or off in every phase and the axes are
not stopped.
NOTICE:
However, the function does not become active until a "later"
block in the program execution and this is with the next
(implicit) StopRe block.
Related to:
SD42100 $SC_DRY_RUN_FEED
10706
SLASH_MASK
N01
PG,A2
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
10707
PROG_TEST_MASK
N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
3-77
Maschine Data
09/2009
10708
SERUPRO_MASK
N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
15
1/1
Description:
Bit-coded mask for block search via program test (abbr. SERUPRO).
SERUPRO block search is activated by the PI service _N_FINDBL
mode paramter == 5.
SERUPRO means SEarchRUn by PROgram test, that is proceed under
program test from start of program to search target. Note: Program
test does not move any axis.
Bit 0 == 0
There is a stop at M0 during the search phase
Bit 0 == 1
There is no stop at M0 during the search phase
Bit 1 == 0
Alarm 16942 aborts the search phase upon the part programm command START.
Bit 1 == 1
Alarm 16942 is switched off.
NOTICE:
A start program command may really start the other channel!
Bit 2 == 0
Switches the function "Group Serupro" off
Bit 2 == 1
Switches the function "Group Serupro" on.
"Group-Serupro" enables a search routine in which the start
part program command is changed into a search routine for the
other channel.
Bit 3 == 0
Compels all channels that have started Serupro to end Serupro
simultaneously unless they are aborted via Reset or the channel
reaches M30 without finding the search taget. In other words,
all channels that find the search target (including self-acting
Serupro) terminate SERUPRO simultaneously.
Bit 3 == 1
Switches this function off
Bits 4 .. 31
Still unused.
3-78
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10709
PROG_SD_POWERON_INIT_TAB
EXP, N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
30
43200,43202
Description:
3-79
Maschine Data
09/2009
10710
PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
EXP, N01
A3, V1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
30
Description:
3-80
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10711
NC_LANGUAGE_CONFIGURATION
EXP, N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
3-81
Maschine Data
09/2009
known in the Siemens NC language in general or whether it is simply not available on this system.
Example:
If the option data for cylinder transformation has been set,
but transformation has not been activated with MD24100
$MC_TRAFO_TYPE_1, programming of TRACYL will be rejected with
alarm 12550.
Example:
See description for the STRINGIS language command.
10712
NC_USER_CODE_CONF_NAME_TAB
TE1,B1
STRING
PowerOn
60
0/0
Description:
G58,G59,G505,G58,G 506...
10713
M_NO_FCT_STOPRE
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
15
2/2
Description:
3-82
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10714
M_NO_FCT_EOP
EXP, N07
K1,H2
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
32
Description:
3-83
Maschine Data
09/2009
10715
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
10
2/2
828d-me81
10
2/2
828d-te61
10
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1
2/2
828d-te81
10
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1
2/2
Description:
M0 to M5,
M17, M30,
M19,
M40 to M45,
3-84
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10716
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
K1
STRING
PowerOn
828d-me61
10
L6
2/2
828d-me81
10
L6
2/2
828d-te61
10
2/2
828d-te81
10
2/2
Description:
The machine data contains the name of the cycle. This cycle is
called if the M function has been programmed from MD10715
$MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE.
If the M function is programmed in a motion block, the cycle is
executed after the motion.
MD10715 $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE is active in both Siemens mode G290 and
in external language mode G291.
If a T number is programmed in the call block, then the programmed
T number can be polled in the cycle under the variable $P_TOOL.
M and T function replacements must not be programmed simultaneously in one block. This means that not more than one M or T
function replacement may be active in any one block.
Neither an M98 nor a modal subprogram call may be programmed in a
block with M function replacement.
Moreover, neither subprogram return nor part program end are
allowed.
Alarm 14016 is issued if there is a conflict.
Related to:
MD10715 $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE,
MD10717 $MN_T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
10717
T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
K1
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
TCHANGE
3-85
Maschine Data
09/2009
10718
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
10719
T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_MODE
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
-1
Description:
3-86
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10720
OPERATING_MODE_DEFAULT
N01
H2
BYTE
PowerOn
12
1/1
7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7
Description:
3-87
Maschine Data
09/2009
10722
AXCHANGE_MASK
EXP, N01
K5
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
0/0
Description:
0x04
10731
JOG_MODE_KEYS_EDGETRIGGRD
EXP, N01
IAF
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
3-88
TRUE
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10735
JOG_MODE_MASK
EXP, N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0xff
1/1
0x01
Description:
Bit 0:
Enables JOG in automatic.
JOG is enabled in automatic when all channels in the mode group
are in the RESET state and no channel of the DRF mode group has
been selected. The mode group changes internally to JOG with the
+/- key and the handwheel, and the axis moves. After the JOG
motion has ended, a change back to AUTO is also made internally.
Bit 1:
Position with AxFrame.
The function 'JOG to position' considers all axial frames and,
in the case of an axis configured as geometry axis, the tool
length offset.
Bit 2:
Travel in opposite direction.
The functions 'JOG to position' and 'Approach machine fixed
point manually' allow travel in opposite direction, i.e. away
from the specified position.
Bit 3:
Tool radius offset.
MD21020 $MC_WORKAREA_WITH_TOOL_RADIUS is active with JOG
motions of the geometry axes.
Bit 4:
Alarm suppression operating range limit in the basic coordinate
system in JOG.
Alarms that would be output in JOG when an operating range limit
is reached in the basic coordinate system, are suppressed.
Bit 5:
Alarm suppression operating range limit in the workpiece coordinate system in JOG.
Alarms that would be output in JOG when an operating range limit
is reached in the workpiece coordinate system, are suppressed.
Bit 6, 7:
JOG of circles:
Bit 7 and bit 6 = 0: traversing the 2nd geometry axis of the
active plane to PLUS for radius increase, traversing to MINUS
for radius decrease independently of inner or outer machining
being active.
Bit 7 = 1 and bit 6 = 0: traversing the 2nd geometry axis of the
active plane to PLUS always travels in the direction of the limiting circle. This means that the radius is increased on inner
machining and decreased on outer machining.
Bit 7 = 1 and bit 6 = 1: traversing the 2nd geometry axis of the
active plane to MINUS always travels in the direction of the
limiting circle. This means that the radius is increased on
inner machining and decreased on outer machining.
Bits 8-31:
Currently unassigned.
3-89
Maschine Data
09/2009
10760
G53_TOOLCORR
N12
FBFA
DWORD
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
With this MD you define whether tool length offset and tool radius
offset are also to be suppressed with language commands G53, G153
and SUPA
The machine data is bit-coded.
Bit 0 = 0: G53, G153 and SUPA cause block-by-block suppression of
work offsets. The active tool length offset and tool radius offset
remain active.
Bit 0 = 1: G53, G153 and SUPA cause block-by-block suppression of
work offsets, active tool length offset and tool radius offset.
The tool length behavior can be modified with bit 1.
Bit 1 is only evaluated, if the value of bit 0 is 1.
Bit1 = 0: with bit 0 set, the tool length is always suppressed with
G53, G153 and SUPA.
Bit1 = 1: with bit 0 set the tool length is only suppressed with
G53, G153 and SUPA, if a cutting edge is not selected in the same
block (this can also be the cutting edge that is already active).
10780
UNLOCK_EDIT_MODESWITCH
EXP, N01
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
FALSE
10800
EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MIN
EXP, N12
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
3-90
-1
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10802
EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MAX
EXP, N12
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
10804
EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT
EXP, N12
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
-1
96
Description:
3-91
Maschine Data
09/2009
10806
EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT
EXP, N12
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
97
Description:
10808
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_BITS_M96
EXP, N12
FBFA
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-92
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10810
EXTERN_MEAS_G31_P_SIGNAL
EXP, N12
FBFA
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
1,1,1,1
Description:
10812
EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_ON
EXP, N12
FBFA
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
FALSE
Description:
3-93
Maschine Data
09/2009
10814
EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE
EXP, N12
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
10
2/2
Description:
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1
10815
EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE_NAME
EXP, N12
H2
STRING
PowerOn
10
2/2
Description:
3-94
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10816
EXTERN_G_NO_MAC_CYCLE
EXP, N12
FBFA
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
50
-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,-1.,1.,-1.,-1....
Description:
10817
EXTERN_G_NO_MAC_CYCLE_NAME
EXP, N12
FBFA
STRING
PowerOn
50
2/2
Description:
10818
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_NUM_ASUP
EXP, N12
FBFA
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
10820
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_NUM_RETRAC
EXP, N12
FBFA
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-95
Maschine Data
09/2009
10880
MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM
N01, N12
FBFA
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
1/1
828d-me81
1/1
828d-te61
1/1
828d-te81
1/1
Description:
10881
MM_EXTERN_GCODE_SYSTEM
N01, N12
FBFA
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
0/0
828d-me81
0/0
828d-te61
2/2
828d-te81
2/2
Description:
Definition of
(turning):
Value = 0 :
Value = 1 :
Value = 2 :
10882
NC_USER_EXTERN_GCODES_TAB
N12
FBFA
STRING
PowerOn
60
2/2
Description:
List of G commands of external NC languages which have been reconfigured by the user.
The implemented G commands are to be taken from the current Siemens documentation for this programming language.
The list is structured as follows:
Even address:
G command to be changed
Subsequent odd address:
New G command
Only G codes can be reconfigured, e.g.: G20, G71.
3-96
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10884
EXTERN_FLOATINGPOINT_PROG
N12
FBFA
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
TRUE
10886
EXTERN_INCREMENT_SYSTEM
N12
FBFA
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
10888
EXTERN_DIGITS_TOOL_NO
N12
FBFA
BYTE
PowerOn
FALSE
828d-me61
0/0
828d-me81
0/0
828d-te61
2/2
828d-te81
2/2
Description:
3-97
Maschine Data
09/2009
10890
EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE
N12
FBFA
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-98
0x40
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10900
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1
N09
T1
DWORD
Reset
60
2/2
Description:
3-99
Maschine Data
09/2009
10910
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1
N09
T1
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
60
Description:
The indexing positions must be entered in the table in ascending order (starting with the negative and going to the positive
traversing range) with no gaps between the entries. Consecutive position values must not be identical.
3-100
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10920
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2
N09
T1
DWORD
Reset
60
2/2
Description:
3-101
Maschine Data
09/2009
10930
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2
N09
T1
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
60
Description:
3-102
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
10940
INDEX_AX_MODE
EXP
T1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
11100
AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
255
2/2
Description:
3-103
Maschine Data
09/2009
11110
AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC
N07
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
128
2/2
Description:
3-104
0x81,0x21,0x41,0x41, 0x41,0x41,0x41...
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC[2]=41H
...
AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC[n]=41H
11120
LUD_EXTENDED_SCOPE
N01
PG
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
FALSE
11140
GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB
N01
DWORD
Immediately
1/1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
Description:
This data indicates in which area the contents of the GUD module
are also saved.
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[0] : SGUD_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[1] : MGUD_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[2] : UGUD_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[3] : GUD4_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[4] : GUD5_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[5] : GUD6_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[6] : GUD7_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[7] : GUD8_DEF
MD11140 $MN_GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB[8] : GUD9_DEF
BitNo.
Hexadec.
Meaning when bit is set
Value
0 (LSB) 0x00000001
TOA area
11160
ACCESS_EXEC_CST
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-105
Maschine Data
09/2009
11161
ACCESS_EXEC_CMA
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
11162
ACCESS_EXEC_CUS
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
3/3
Description:
3-106
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
11165
ACCESS_WRITE_CST
N01
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
-1
11166
ACCESS_WRITE_CMA
N01
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
-1
3-107
Maschine Data
09/2009
11167
ACCESS_WRITE_CUS
N01
DWORD
PowerOn
3/3
Description:
-1
11170
ACCESS_WRITE_SACCESS
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-108
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
11171
ACCESS_WRITE_MACCESS
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
11172
ACCESS_WRITE_UACCESS
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
3/3
Description:
3-109
Maschine Data
09/2009
11200
INIT_MD
EXP, N01
IAF,IAD,IA
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
MD10010 $MN_ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP
3-110
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
11210
UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY
N01, N05
IAD
BYTE
Immediately
2/2
Description:
This MD can be set so that only changed MD and setting data are
backed up.
It can be set to output, via the RS-232 interface, either all data
or only those data which differ from the default setting.
If a value is changed in a data which is stored as an array, then
the complete MD array will always be output (e.g. 10000
$MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB).
Select differential MD upload:
Bit0(LSB) Effectiveness of the differential upload with TEA files
0: All data are output
1: Only those MDs which have changed in comparison to the compiled
values are output
Bit1
As bit 0
Bit2 Change to an array element
0: Complete array is output
1: Only those elements of an array which have changed are output
Bit3 R parameters (only for INI files)
0: All R parameters are output
1: Only those R parameters not equal to '0' are output
Bit4 Frames (only for INI files)
0: All frames are output
1: Only those frames which are not zero frames are output.
Bit5 Tool data (cutting edge parameters) (only for INI files)
0: All tool data are output
1: Only those tool data not equal to '0' are output.
Bit6 Buffered system variables ($AC_MARKER[], $AC_PARAM[] only for
INI files)
0: All system variables are output
1: Only those system variables not equal to '0' are output
Bit7 Synchronized actions GUD (for INI files only)
0: All Syna GUD are output
1: Only those Syna GUD not equal to '0' are output
Active: The change in the data becomes active on the start of the
upload for the next range.
0xFF
3-111
Maschine Data
09/2009
11220
INI_FILE_MODE
N01, N05
G2
BYTE
Reset
0/0
Description:
If, while reading machine data files (INI files) into controls,
data are read in
11230
MD_FILE_STYLE
N01, N05
IAD
BYTE
Immediately
0/0
Description:
11240
PROFIBUS_SDB_NUMBER
N01, N05
K4,FBU
SDB number
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-112
0,-1,0,0
-1
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
11241
PROFIBUS_SDB_SELECT
N01, N05
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
11250
PROFIBUS_SHUTDOWN_TYPE
EXP, N01
G3,FBU
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-113
Maschine Data
09/2009
11270
DEFAULT_VALUES_MEM_MASK
N01
A2
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
11280
WPD_INI_MODE
N01
IAD
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
3-114
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
11290
DRAM_FILESYSTEM_MASK
N01
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
0x3f
Description:
Bit0-n = 0:
The files of the corresponding directory should be stored in
SRAM
1:
The files of the corresponding directory should be stored in
DRAM.
Bit0
CST directory (Siemens cycles)
Bit1
CMA directory (machine manufacturer's cycles)
Bit2
CUS directory (user cycles)
Bit3
MPF directory (main programs)
Bit4
SPF directory (subprograms)
Bit5
WPD directory (workpieces)
11291
DRAM_FILESYST_SAVE_MASK
N01
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
0x3f
Description:
Bit0-n = 0:
No backup is performed. The files stored on NCK are lost if the
control is switched off.
1:
Backup in the FFS of the NC card takes place if the files are
located in DRAM.
Bit0
CST directory (Siemens cycles)
Bit1
CMA directory (machine manufacturer cycles)
Bit2
CUS directory (user cycles)
Bit3
MPF directory (main programs)
Bit4
SPF directory (subprograms)
Bit5
WPD directory (workpieces)
11292
DRAM_FILESYST_CONFIG
EXP
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
0x22
Description:
3-115
Maschine Data
09/2009
11294
SIEM_TRACEFILES_CONFIG
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
11295
PROTOC_FILE_MEM
N01
BYTE
Immediately
1/1
10
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1
Description:
11297
PROTOC_IPOCYCLE_CONTROL
N01
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
10
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1
Description:
11298
PROTOC_PREPTIME_CONTROL
N01
DOUBLE
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
Time in seconds, for which the prep time level may be blocked. If
the PREP does not manage to pass through within the set time, the
cyclic events are not logged. It is thus ensured that operation
cannot be completely blocked by data recording.
3-116
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
11300
JOG_INC_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD
N01
H1,R1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
1:
TRUE
11310
HANDWH_REVERSE
N09
H1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
Handwheel travel:
Value = 0:
No immediate travel in the opposite direction
Value > 0:
Immediate travel in the opposite direction if the handwheel is
turned at least the stated number of pulses in the opposite
direction.
Whether this machine data is also active for handwheel travel with
DRF depends on bit10 of MD20624 $MC_HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND.
3-117
Maschine Data
09/2009
11320
HANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH
N09
H1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.
Description:
11322
CONTOURHANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH
N09
H1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
828d-me61
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.
0/0
828d-me81
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.
0/0
828d-te61
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.
2/2
828d-te81
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.
2/2
Description:
11324
HANDWH_VDI_REPRESENTATION
N01
OEM
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
3-118
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
11330
JOG_INCR_SIZE_TAB
EXP, N09
H1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
In incremental traversal or handwheel travel, the number of increments to be traversed by the axis can be defined by the user, e.g.
via the machine control panel.
In addition to the variable increment size (INCvar), 5 fixed
increment sizes (INC...) can also be set.
The increment size for each of these 5 fixed increments is defined
collectively for all axes by entering values in JOG_INCR_SIZE_TAB
[n]. The default setting is INC1, INC10, INC100, INC1000 and
INC10000.
The entered increment sizes are also active for DRF.
The size of the variable increment is defined in SD41010
$SN_JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE.
Related to:
MD31090 $MA_JOG_INCR_WEIGHT (weighting of an increment
for INC/manual)
NC/PLC interface signal DB3300 DBX1001.0-4,1005.04,1009.0-4
(Geometry axis 1-3 active machine function: INC1;
...; INC10000)
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX0005.0 - .5
(active machine function: INC1; ...; INC10000).
1.,10.,100.,1000.,1000 0.
3-119
Maschine Data
09/2009
11346
HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE
N01
H1,P1,W1
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
3-120
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
11350
HANDWHEEL_SEGMENT
N09
H1
Handwheel segment
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
2,2,0,0,0,0
Description:
11351
HANDWHEEL_MODULE
N09
H1
Handwheel module
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
1,1,0,0,0,0
Description:
11352
HANDWHEEL_INPUT
N09
H1
Handwheel connection
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
1,2,0,0,0,0
Description:
11353
HANDWHEEL_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N04, N10
H1
DWORD
PowerOn
8191
1/1
0,0,0,0,0,0
Description:
3-121
Maschine Data
09/2009
11380
MONITOR_ADDRESS
EXP, N06
STZ
DWORD
Immediately
0/0
Description:
NBUP, NDLD
0
11382
MONITOR_DISPLAY_INT
EXP, N06
STZ
DWORD
Immediately
0/0
Description:
NBUP, NDLD
0
11384
MONITOR_DISPLAY_REAL
EXP, N06
STZ
DOUBLE
Immediately
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
-
Description:
3-122
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
11386
MONITOR_INPUT_INT
EXP, N06
STZ
DWORD
Immediately
0/0
Description:
NBUP, NDLD
0
MD11380
are taken
memory
memory
11388
MONITOR_INPUT_REAL
EXP, N06
STZ
DOUBLE
Immediately
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
-
0.0
Description:
3-123
Maschine Data
09/2009
11390
MONITOR_INPUT_STROBE
EXP, N06
STZ
BYTE
Immediately
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
-
Description:
11398
AXIS_VAR_SERVER_SENSITIVE
EXP
B3
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
The axis-variable server supplies the data for the OPI blocks
SMA/SEMA, SGA/SEGA and SSP.
If no value can be supplied for an axis (e.g. because the axis is
a link axis) then a default value (usually 0) is returned.
For debugging purposes, this machine data can be used to set the
axis-var-server to sensitive so that an error message is returned
instead of a default value.
0: default value
1: error message
3-124
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
11400
TRACE_SELECT
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
Bit string for activating internal trace functions for NCK time
measurements, analog output of variables etc.
11405
TCI_TRACE_ACTIVE
EXP
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
FALSE
Description:
3-125
Maschine Data
09/2009
11410
SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK
EXP, N06
D1,M3,K3,S1,V1,
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
0x100087
0xFFFFFFFF
1/1
828d-me81
0x100087
0xFFFFFFFF
1/1
828d-te61
0x101087
0xFFFFFFFF
1/1
828d-te81
0x101087
0xFFFFFFFF
1/1
Description:
3-126
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
The two alarms are only message alarms. They occur as a result
of an operator action.
Bit10:
Alarm 10604 "channel %1 block %2 "Thread lead increase too high"
Alarm 10605 "channel %1 block %2 "Thread lead decrease too high"
Bit 11:
Alarm 14088 "Channel 51 block %2 axis %3 doubtful position".
Bit 12:
Alarm 10607 "Channel %1 block %2 tapping cannot be executed with
frame."
Bit13:
Alarm 10704 " channel %1 block %2 Protection area monitoring is
not guaranteed."
Bit14:
Alarm 21701 "Measuring reactivated too soon (<2 IPO cycles)"
Bit15:
Alarm 5000 "Communication order cannot be executed"
Bit16:
Alarm 21600 "Monitoring active for ESR"
Bit17:
Alarm 16945 "Channel %1 action %2<ALNX> is delayed until block
end"
Note: The alarm is only a message alarm.
Bit18:
Alarm 10750 "Channel %1 block %2 Activation of the tool radius
compensation without tool number"
Bit19: Alarm 17193 "Channel %1 block %2 The active tool ist no
longer at tool holder no./spindle no. %3, program %4"
Bit20:
Alarm 2900 "Reboot is delayed"
Bit21:
Alarm 22012 "Channel %1 block %2. Leading axis %3 is in simulation mode"
Alarm 22013 "Channel %1 block %2. Following axis %3 is in simulation mode"
Alarm 22014 "Channel %1 block %2. The dynamics of leading axis
%3 and following axis %4 are very different"
Alarm 22040 "Channel%1 Block %3 Spindle %2 not referenced with
zero mark" is no longer checked (cyclically) with
Bit21 set after power ON of the closed loop position control.
Bit22:
Alarm 26080 "Channel %1 retraction position of axis %2 not programmed or invalid"
Alarm 26081 "Channel %1 single axis trigger axis %2 is triggered, but axis is not PLC controlled"
Bit23:
Alarm 16949 "Correspondence between marks of channel %1 and
channel %2 is invalid"
Bit24:
Alarm 16950 "Channel %1 search run with holding block"
3-127
Maschine Data
09/2009
Bit25:
Alarm 22016 "Channel %1 block %2 following spindle %3 in range
of reduced acceleration capacity"
Bit26:
Alarm 22015 "Channel %1 block %2 following spindle %3 no dynamic
for additional motion"
Bit27:
Alarms 16112 and 22030 "Channel %1 block %2 following spindle
%3 impermissible programming"
Bit28:
Alarm 26083 "Channel %1 ESR for PLC controlled axis %2 was triggered"
Bit29:
Alarm 16772 "Channel %1 block %2 axis %3 is following axis, coupling is opened"
Bit30:
Alarm 16600 "Channel %1 block %2 spindle %3 gear stage change
not possible"
Bit31:
Alarm 16774 "Channel %1 axis %2 synchronizsation aborted"
11411
ENABLE_ALARM_MASK
EXP
D1,K1
Activation of warnings
DWORD
Reset
0/0
Description:
3-128
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY
EXP, N01
D1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
This MD is used for compatibility with the PLC systems older than
SW4.1.
If this MD is not set, the behavior implemented before SW4.1 (configured alarm reaction) is set
With SW 4.1 and higher, it is possible to set signal
CHANNEL_NOREADY on the PLC in response to alarms.
If this MD is not set, then the alarm handler internally re-configures BAG_NOREADY into CHAN_NOREADY.
FALSE
11413
ALARM_PAR_DISPLAY_TEXT
EXP, N01
D1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
FALSE
Description:
11414
ALARM_CLR_NCSTART_W_CANCEL
EXP, N01
D1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
FALSE
Description:
3-129
Maschine Data
09/2009
11415
SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK_2
EXP, N06
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
0x2E
Description:
11420
LEN_PROTOCOL_FILE
N01
PGA
DWORD
PowerOn
1000000
1/1
Description:
Blocks from the part program can be stored in a file with the WRITE
command. The length of the log file is limited. If this maximum
length is exceeded, the WRITE command produces an error.
3-130
100
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
11450
SEARCH_RUN_MODE
EXP, N01
K1,TE3,N4,H2,Z1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3F
1/1
0x07
Description:
The behavior during the action blocks after search run can be
affected by the following bits:
Bit 0 = 0:
Machining is stopped after loading of the last action block
after search run, the NC/PLC interface signal DB3300 DBX0000.6
(last action block active) and alarm 10208 is output.
Bit 0 = 1:
Machining is stopped with the loading of the last action block
after search run, and the NC/PLC interface signal DB3300
DBX0000.6 (last action block active) is set. Alarm 10208 is not
output until the PLC requests it by setting the NC/PLC interface
signal DB3200 DBX0001.6 (PLC action finished).
Usage:
Starting an ASUB from the PLC after search run.
The message to the operator that another NC start is required in
order to continue with the program is not to be displayed until
after the end of the ASUB.
Bit1 = 1
Automatic ASUB start after output of the action blocks (see also
MD11620 $MN_PROG_EVENT_NAME). Alarm 10208 is not output until
the ASUB has finished.
Bit2 = 0:
Spindle: The auxiliary functions are output in the action
blocks
Bit2 = 1:
The output of the auxiliary functions in the action blocks is
suppressed. The spindle programming collected by search run can
be output at a later point in time (e.g. in an ASUB).
The program data for this are stored in the following system
variables:
$P_SEARCH_S,
$P_SEARCH_SDIR,
$P_SEARCH_SGEAR,
$P_SEARCH_SPOS,
$P_SEARCH_SPOSMODE.
Bit 3 = 1:
The cascaded search run is disabled (default setting: release).
Cascaded search run means that the search run is restarted immediately after finding a search target.
Bit 4:Reserved
Bit 5 = 0:
During block search on a nibbling block the 1st nibbling
stroke is not executed.
Bit 5 = 1:
During block search on a nibbling block a punching stroke is
triggered at block start (1st nibbling stroke).
3-131
Maschine Data
09/2009
11460
OSCILL_MODE_MASK
N09
P5
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
0/0
Description:
Bit 0
Value 1
In the case of block search, the oscillation movement is started
immediately after NC start, i.e. during approach to approach
position, provided it has been activated in the program section
being processed.
Value 0
(default value)
The oscillation movement is not started until the approach
position is reached.
11470
REPOS_MODE_MASK
EXP, N01
K1
Repositioning properties
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
1/1
0x0
Description:
This bit mask can be used to set the behavior of the control during
repositioning.
Bit no.
Meaning when bit set
---------------------------------------------------------------------------0 (LSB)
The dwell time is continued in the residual block from where it
was interrupted. (If the bit is not set, the dwell time is
repeated completely).
1
Reserved
2
When the bit is set, the repositioning of individual axes can
be prevented or delayed via the VDI interface.
3
When the bit is set, positioning axes are repositioned in the
approach block during search run via program test.
4
As 3, but after every Repos, not only during search run.
5
When the bit is set, changed feeds and spindle speeds already
become valid in the residual block, otherwise not until the following block.
6
When the bit is set, neutral axes and positioning spindles
are repositioned after SERUPRO as command axes in the approach
block.
7
The bit changes the behavior of the VDI-AXIN interface signal
"Repos Delay". The level of "Repos Delay" is read if REPOSA is
interpreted. Axes that are neither geo nor orientation axes are
then excluded from the REPOS, that is REPOS does NOT move these
axes.
3-132
0x8
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
11480
PLC_OB1_TRACE_DEPTH
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
11481
PLC_OB35_TRACE_DEPTH
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
3-133
Maschine Data
09/2009
11482
PLC_OB40_TRACE_DEPTH
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
11500
PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK
N01, N09
S5,FBSY
DWORD
PowerOn
255
2/2
Description:
overwritten
disabled (CANCEL)
locked (LOCK)
once they have been defined. Furthermore, protected synchronized
actions cannot be locked by the PLC (LOCK). They are shown at the
interface to the PLC as non-lockable.
Note:
The protection should be suspended while creating the synchronized actions to be protected, as otherwise a Power On will be
necessary after every change in order to be able to redefine the
logic. There is no area of protected synchronized actions with
0.0. The function is disabled. The values are read as absolute
values, and over and under values can be given in any order.
3-134
0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
11510
IPO_MAX_LOAD
N01, N05
DOUBLE
PowerOn
100.0
2/2
0.00
0.0
Description:
11550
STOP_MODE_MASK
N01
V1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1
1/1
Description:
This MD describes the stop behavior of the NCK under certain conditions:
Bit no. Meaning
Bit 0 == 0 :=
No stop if G codes G331/G332 are active and a path motion or G4
has also been programmed.
Bit 0 == 1 :=
Same behavior as until SW version 6.4, i.e. a stop is possible
during G331/G332.
Bits 1.....15
Not assigned
11600
BAG_MASK
N01
K1,Z1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3
1/1
Description:
3-135
Maschine Data
09/2009
11602
ASUP_START_MASK
N01, -
K1,M3,TE3,TE7
DWORD
PowerOn
0xf
1/1
Description:
3-136
0x03
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
Related to:
MD11604 $MN_ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL
11604
ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL
N01, -
K1,TE3,TE7
DWORD
PowerOn
128
1/1
Description:
This machine data defines the ASUB priority from which MD11602
$MN_ASUP_START_MASK is to be applied. MD11602 $MN_ASUP_START_MASK
is applied from the level specified here up to the highest ASUB
priority level 1.
Related to:
MD11602 $MN_ASUP_START_MASK
11610
ASUP_EDITABLE
N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x7
2/2
Description:
11612
ASUP_EDIT_PROTECTION_LEVEL
N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-137
Maschine Data
09/2009
11620
PROG_EVENT_NAME
EXP, N12
K1
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
11640
ENABLE_CHAN_AX_GAP
N01, N11
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1
2/2
Description:
Bit0 = 1
Machine data allows configuration of channel axis gaps in the
MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED.
Permits following MD assignment:
$AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[0] = 1
; 1st MA is 1st axis in channel
$AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[1] = 2
; 2nd MA is 2nd axis in channel
$AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[2] = 0
; Channel axis gap
$AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[3] = 3
; 3rd MA is 3rd axis in channel
$AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[4] = 0
C A U T I O N:
(BIT0 set with MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED):
If a geo axis is placed in a channel axis gap with MD20050
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB[1]= 3, the control responds as with
MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB[1]= 0. This eliminates the
geo axis!
Transformation machine data must not be assigned a channel axis
number specified as a gap.
BIT1 - BIT31: not used.
3-138
0x0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
Related to:
MD20080 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB,
MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB,
MD20060 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB
MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED
MD24... $MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_...
MD24... $MC_TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_...
11717
D_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
K1
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
11750
NCK_LEAD_FUNCTION_MASK
N09
DWORD
NEW CONF
0x10
1/1
0x00
Description:
Special functions of the master value coupling are set with this
MD.
The MD is bit-coded, the following bits are assigned:
Bits 0-3:
reserved
Bit 4 == 0:
the following axis of a master value coupling decelerates independently on NC or mode group stop or channel-specific feed disable
Bit 4 == 1:
the following axis of a master value coupling does not decelerate independently on NC or mode group stop or channel-specific
feed disable
Bits 5-31:
reserved
3-139
Maschine Data
09/2009
11752
NCK_TRAIL_FUNCTION_MASK
N09
DWORD
NEW CONF
0x210
1/1
0x200
Description:
Special functions for coupled motions are set with this MD.
The MD is bit-coded; the following bits are assigned:
Bits 0-3: reserved
Bit 4 = 0:
the following axis of a coupled axis grouping activated by a
synchronized action decelerates independently on NC or mode
group stop or channel-specific feed disable
Bit 4 = 1:
the following axis of a coupled axis grouping activated by a
synchronized action does not decelerate independently on NC or
mode group stop or channel-specific feed disable
Bit 5-31: reserved
11754
COUPLE_CYCLE_MASK
EXP, N09
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3F
1/1
Description:
This machine data defines which predefined procedures for axisspindle coupling are replaced by machining cycles.
This MD is bit-coded; the following bits have been assigned:
Bit 0 == 0:
The predefined procedures EGDEL, EGOFC, EGOFS, EGON, EGONSYN
and EGONSYNE are executed
Bit 0 == 1:
The predefined procedures EGDEL, EGOFC, EGOFS, EGON, EGONSYN
and EGONSYNE are replaced by calling machining cycles
Bit 1 == 0:
The predefined procedures LEADON and LEADOF are executed
Bit 1 == 1:
The predefined procedures LEADON and LEADOF are replaced by
calling machining cycles
Bit 2 == 0:
The predefined procedures TRAILON and TRAILOF are executed
Bit 2 == 1:
The predefined procedures TRAILON and TRAILOF are replaced by
calling machining cycles
Bit 3 == 0:
The predefined procedures COUPDEF, COUPDEL, COUPOF, COUPOFS,
COUPON, COUPONC and COUPRES are executed
Bit 3 ==1:
The predefined procedures COUPDEF, COUPDEL, COUPOF, COUPOFS,
COUPON, COUPONC and COUPRES are replaced by calling machining
cycles
3-140
0x3F
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
Bit 4 == 0:
The predefined procedures LEADON and LEADOF are executed in
synchronized actions
Bit 4 == 1:
The predefined procedures LEADON and LEADOF are replaced in
synchronized actions by calling machining cycles as technology
cycles
Bit 5 == 0:
The predefined procedures TRAILON and TRAILOF are executed in
synchronized actions
Bit 5 == 1:
The predefined procedures TRAILON and TRAILOF are replaced in
synchronized actions by calling machining cycles as technology
cycles
11756
NCK_EG_FUNCTION_MASK
N09
DWORD
NEW CONF
0x2F
1/1
0x0
Description:
3-141
Maschine Data
09/2009
3.2.2
12000
OVR_AX_IS_GRAY_CODE
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
lThis machine data is used to adapt the axis feed override switch
to the interface coding of the PLC interface.
1:
The 5 low-order bits of the PLC interface signal DB380x
DBX0000 (Feed override A-H) are interpreted as a Gray code. The
value which is read corresponds to a switch setting. It is used as
an index for selecting the correct override factor from the table
of MD12010 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_AX_SPEED [n].
0:
The feed override byte of the PLC interface is interpreted as
a binary representation of the override value in percent (limit
200 percent).
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX0000 (Feed override A-H),
(axis-specific)
MD12010 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_AX_SPEED [n]
(Evaluation of the axis feed override switch)
12010
OVR_FACTOR_AX_SPEED
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
31
2.00
1/1
Description:
TRUE
3-142
0.00,0.01,0.02,0.04,0. 0.00
06,0.08,0.10...
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
12020
OVR_FEED_IS_GRAY_CODE
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
This machine data is used to adapt the path feed override switch
to the interface coding of the PLC interface.
1:
The 5 low-order bits of the NC/PLC interface signal DB380x
DBX0000 (Feed override A-H) are interpreted as a Gray code. The
value which is read corresponds to a switch setting. It is used as
an index for selecting the correct override factor from the table
of MD12030 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE [n].
0:
The feed override byte of the PLC interface is interpreted as
a binary representation of the override value in percent (limit
200 percent).
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX0000 (Feed override A-H)
MD12030 $MN_OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE [n]
(Evaluation of the path feed override switch)
12030
OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE
EXP, N10
V1,B1,Z1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
31
2.00
1/1
Description:
TRUE
0.00,0.01,0.02,0.04,0. 0.00
06,0.08,0.10...
3-143
Maschine Data
09/2009
12040
OVR_RAPID_IS_GRAY_CODE
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
12050
OVR_FACTOR_RAPID_TRA
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
31
1.00
1/1
Description:
TRUE
0.00,0.01,0.02,0.04,0. 0.00
06,0.08,0.10...
12060
OVR_SPIND_IS_GRAY_CODE
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
3-144
TRUE
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
12070
OVR_FACTOR_SPIND_SPEED
EXP, N10
V1,Z1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
31
2.00
1/1
Description:
0.5,0.55,0.60,0.65,0.7 0.00
0,0.75,0.80...
12080
OVR_REFERENCE_IS_PROG_FEED
N10, N09
V1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
TRUE
Description:
3-145
Maschine Data
09/2009
12082
OVR_REFERENCE_IS_MIN_FEED
N10, N09
V1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
The reference speed for the path feed override specified via the
machine control panel can be set differently from the standard.
0:
Standard:
The override is relative to the programmed feed.
1:
Special case:
The override is relative to the programmed feed or to the path
feed limit, depending on which resulting value is lower. In this
way, even for a great feed reduction (due to the permissible
axis dynamics), the effect of the override value (in the range 0
to 100%) is always visible.
12090
OVR_FUNCTION_MASK
DWORD
Reset
0x01
1/1
FALSE
Description:
12100
OVR_FACTOR_LIMIT_BIN
EXP, N10
V1,B1,Z1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2.0
0/0
Description:
This machine data can be used as an additional limit for the override factor when using the binary-coded interface for path, axis
and spindle feeds.
In this case, the maximum values
spindle override
=120%
This value also defines the dynamic reserves maintained by the
speed control for increasing the path and spindle feedrates.
References:
/FB/, B1, "Continuous Path Mode, Exact Stop and Look Ahead"
3-146
1.2
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
12200
RUN_OVERRIDE_0
N01, N09
FBMA,V1,Z1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
FALSE
Description:
= 0
Override 0 is active and means deceleration (JOG mode, safety
function).
Bits 0 and 1 in MD32084 $MA_HANDWH_STOP_COND for hand wheels and
in MD20624 $MC_HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND for machine axes define
whether the pulses are collected for geometry axes and contour
handwheel.
= 1
Traversing with handwheels and in JOG mode with fixed feedrates
is also possible with a 0 % override.
Related to:
MD32084 $MA_HANDWH_STOP_COND
MD20624 $MC_HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND
12202
PERMANENT_FEED
N01, N09
Z1,V1
mm/min
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
0.,0.,0.,0.
Description:
In AUTOMATIC mode:
After activating a fixed feedrate via an interface signal, traversing is done with a fixed feedrate instead of the programmed
feedrate.
Note:
The fixed feedrate is also evaluated in continuous-path mode in
order to optimize the overhead for the Look Ahead calculation.
Unnecessarily high values should therefore be avoided. Enter zero
if a fixed feedrate is not wanted
In JOG mode:
After activating a fixed feedrate via an interface signal, and
traversing the linear axis with a traversing key, traversing proceeds in the selected direction with the fixed feedrate.
n = 0, 1, 2, 3 mean fixed feedrates 1, 2, 3, 4. The values must be
entered in ascending order.
Special cases, errors, ......
The maximum velocity defined by MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO is
active. An override setting of 100 % is assumed. MD12200
$MN_RUN_OVERRIDE_0 is active if the override is 0.
Related to:
MD12200 $MN_RUN_OVERRIDE_0
3-147
Maschine Data
09/2009
12204
PERMANENT_ROT_AX_FEED
N01, N09
V1
rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
0.,0.,0.,0.
Description:
12205
PERMANENT_SPINDLE_FEED
N01, N09
FBMA
rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
3-148
0.,0.,0.,0.
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
12300
CENTRAL_LUBRICATION
N01, N09
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
FALSE
Description:
When a settable axial path has been exceeded, the axial VDI signals request a lubrication pulse from the PLC (compare MD33050
$MA_LUBRICATION_DIST). These axial pulses act (by default) independently of each other.
If the machine construction requires a central lubrication, i.e.
the lubrication pulse of any axis is acting on all axes, the corresponding path monitoring of all axes must be restarted after
lubrication pulse output. This start synchronization of the monitoring is executed via MD12300 $MN_CENTRAL_LUBRICATION=TRUE.
12970
PLC_DIG_IN_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
1023
0/0
Description:
12971
PLC_DIG_IN_NUM
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
256
0/0
256
Description:
12974
PLC_DIG_OUT_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
1023
0/0
Description:
12975
PLC_DIG_OUT_NUM
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
256
0/0
256
Description:
3-149
Maschine Data
09/2009
12978
PLC_ANA_IN_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
1023
0/0
Description:
12979
PLC_ANA_IN_NUM
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
1023
0/0
Description:
12982
PLC_ANA_OUT_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
1023
0/0
Description:
12983
PLC_ANA_OUT_NUM
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
1023
0/0
Description:
12986
PLC_DEACT_IMAGE_LADDR_IN
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
255
1/1
Description:
0,9,18,27,36,96,112,1
-1
12987
PLC_DEACT_IMAGE_LADDR_OUT
N10
DWORD
PowerOn
255
1/1
Description:
3-150
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1
-1
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
13050
DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N04, N10
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
31
8191
0/0
Description:
4100,4140,4180,4220, 258
4260,4300,4340...
3-151
Maschine Data
09/2009
13060
DRIVE_TELEGRAM_TYPE
N04, N10
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
31
1/1
Description:
13070
DRIVE_FUNCTION_MASK
N04, N10
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
31
7/2
Description:
116,116,116,116,116, 116,116,116,116...
3-152
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2 -
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
DRIVE_TYPE_DP
EXP
G2
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
31
Description:
13110
PROFIBUS_TRACE_ADDRESS
EXP
DWORD
NEW CONF
14
8191
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0
3-153
Maschine Data
09/2009
13111
PROFIBUS_TRACE_TYPE
EXP
DWORD
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
13112
PROFIBUS_TRACE_FILE_SIZE
EXP
DWORD
NEW CONF
1/1
40
Description:
13113
PROFIBUS_TRACE_START
EXP
DWORD
Immediately
1/1
Description:
13114
PROFIBUS_TRACE_START_EVENT
EXP
DWORD
NEW CONF
14
0x111fffff
2/2
Description:
3-154
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0x00000000
0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
13120
CONTROL_UNIT_LOGIC_ADDRESS
N04, N10
DWORD
PowerOn
8191
2/2
6500,0,0,0,0,0,0
Description:
13140
PROFIBUS_ALARM_ACCESS
N04, N10
DWORD
Immediately
1/7
Description:
3-155
Maschine Data
09/2009
13150
SINAMICS_ALARM_MASK
N04, N05
DWORD
Immediately
2/2
Description:
0x0909
13200
MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE
N10, N09
M5
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
3/3
Description:
3-156
FALSE,FALSE
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
13210
MEAS_TYPE
N10, N09
M5
BYTE
PowerOn
1/0
Description:
13211
MEAS_CENTRAL_SOURCE
N10, N09
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
3-157
Maschine Data
09/2009
13220
MEAS_PROBE_DELAY_TIME
N10, N09
FBA/IAD
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.1
3/3
Description:
For probes with e.g. radio transmission, the probe deflection can
be detected in the NC only with delay.
With this MD, the transmission link delay between the probe
deflection and its detection is set in the control.
The measured value is corrected internally by the control by the
distance that corresponds to the traversing motion during this
time before measuring (modeling).
It is practicable to set values only up to a maximum of 15 position
controller cycles.
Anyhow, the modeling could not work with the expected accuracy
with values greater than that. In this case, the input value is
therefore limited internally by the software to 15 position controller cycles (without any further feedback).
0.0,0.0
13230
MEAS_PROBE_SOURCE
N10, N09
Probe simulation
BYTE
PowerOn
7/2
Description:
Simulation of the probe only works when all axes are simulated.
Value = 0: the probe is triggered on the programmed end position.
Value > 0: the probe is triggered via digital output with the number=value.
13231
MEAS_PROBE_OFFSET
N10, N09
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
0.1
Description:
14504
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_INT
N03
P3
DWORD
PowerOn
256
0/0
32
Description:
14506
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_HEX
N03
P3
DWORD
PowerOn
256
0/0
Description:
3-158
32
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
14508
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_FLOAT
N03
P3
DWORD
PowerOn
32
0/0
Description:
14510
USER_DATA_INT
N03
P3
DWORD
PowerOn
32767
2/2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, -32768
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
32
Description:
14512
USER_DATA_HEX
N03
P3
DWORD
PowerOn
0x0FF
2/2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
32
Description:
User data is stored in the NCK-PLC interface and can be read by the
PLC user from the DB20 during the PLC runup.
14514
USER_DATA_FLOAT
N03
P3
DOUBLE
PowerOn
3.40e38
2/2
Description:
14516
USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM
N03
A2,P3
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, -3.40e38
0.0,0.0,0.0...
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
248
Description:
15700
LANG_SUB_NAME
N01
K1
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-159
Maschine Data
09/2009
15702
LANG_SUB_PATH
N01
K1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
17200
GMMC_INFO_NO_UNIT
EXP
K1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
16
0/7
Description:
$MM_DISPLAY_RESOLTION
$MM_DISPLAY_RESOLTION_INCH
$MM_SPIND_DISPLAY_RESOLUTION
$MM_MA_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
in the NCK machine data from MD17200 $MN_GMMC_INFO_NO_UNIT[0] to
MD17200 $MN_GMMC_INFO_NO_UNIT[3]. This enables these display
machine data to be accessed from the NCK.
17201
GMMC_INFO_NO_UNIT_STATUS
EXP
K1
BYTE
PowerOn
16
0/7
Description:
17400
OEM_GLOBAL_INFO
A01, A11
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
3.,4.,3.,1.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0., 0.,0.,0.,0....
1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
Description:
3-160
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
17500
MAXNUM_REPLACEMENT_TOOLS
N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
32
1/1
Description:
17510
TOOL_UNLOAD_MASK
N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
0xF
0/0
Description:
When unloading a tool, certain tool data can be set to store fixed
values.
Bit no.Bit valueHEXMeaning
0
0Tool status 'active' remains unchanged.
1 0x1Tool status 'active' is deleted ($TC_TP8, Bit 0).
1
0Tool status 'was in use' remains unchanged.
1 0x2Tool status 'was in use' is deleted ($TC_TP8, Bit 7).
2
0Tool parameter $TC_TP10 remains unchanged.
1 0x4Tool parameter $TC_TP10 is set to zero. That is, the tool
replacement change strategy is reset.
3
0Tool parameter $TC_TP11 remains unchanged.
1 0x8Tool parameter $TC_TP11 is set to zero. That is, the
assignment to the tool subgroup is resolved.
3-161
Maschine Data
09/2009
17515
TOOL_RESETMON_MASK
N09
DWORD
PowerOn
0x49F
0/0
Description:
The 5th parameter of the RESETMON command defines which tool status is to be reset. If the 5th parameter is omitted, it is replaced
by the value in this MD. With the PI service "_N_TRESMON", work is
always done with this value.
In that case, the bits are always assigned as the bits in the tool
status $TC_TP8[x].
Bit no.: 0 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "active" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 0 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H1'
Meaning: Tool status "active" is deleted
Bit no.: 1 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "released" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 1 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H2'
Meaning: Tool status "released" is set
Bit no.: 2 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "locked" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 2 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H4'
Meaning: Tool status "locked" is deleted, if this is permitted by
the monitoring data and the 4th parameter is set correspondingly.
Bit no.: 3 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "measure" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 3 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H8'
Meaning: Tool status "measure" is set.
Bit no.: 4 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "prewarning limit" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 4 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H10'
Meaning: Tool status "prewarning limit" is deleted, if this is
permitted by the monitoring data and the 4th parameter is set.
Bit no.: 5 Not permitted (tool status "tool is being changed")
Bit no.: 6 Not permitted (tool status "tool is fixed-locationcoded")
Bit no.: 7 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "was in use" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 7 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H80'
Meaning: Tool status "was in use" is deleted
Bit no.: 8 Bit value: 0 Not permitted (tool status "is in
retract")
Bit no.: 9 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "locked is ignored" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 9 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H200'
Meaning: Tool status "locked is ignored" is deleted
Bit no.: 10 Bit value: 0 hex value: Meaning: Tool status "to unload" remains unchanged
Bit no.: 10 Bit value: 1 hex value: 'H400'
Meaning: Tool status "to unload" is deleted
3-162
0x14
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
TOOL_DEFAULT_DATA_MASK
N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1F
0/0
Description:
When defining a tool for the first time, certain data of the tool
can be set to fixed default values. This can prevent simple applications from dealing with data which do not necessarily have to be
assigned individual values.
Bit no.: 0 Bit value: 0 Hex value: Meaning: Default value of tool status ($TC_TP8), bit1=0 = 'not
released'
Bit no.: 0 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H1'
Meaning: Default value of tool status ($TC_TP8), bit1=1 =
'released'
Bit no.: 1 Bit value: 0 Hex value: Meaning: Default value of tool status ($TC_TP8), bit6=0 = 'not
fixed-location-coded'
Bit no.: 1 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H2'
Meaning: Default value of tool status ($TC_TP8), bit6=1 = 'fixedlocation-coded'
Bit no.: 2 Bit value: 0 Hex value: Meaning: The tool is only accepted in the tool group when the
explicit write command is used for the tool name. Only then can it
be loaded via programming.
Bit no.: 2 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H4'
Meaning: The tool is automatically accepted in the tool group corresponding to the tool name when it is defined for the first time.
The tool can then be changed using the default name ("t" = t-No.).
The term 'tool name' ($TC_TP2) can be hidden from the user. (This
only makes sense if you do not use replacement tools or if the tool
name is not written explicitly, as this may give rise to data consistency problems.)
Bit no.: 3 Bit value: 0 Only with TMMG: Default value of location
type ($TC_TP7) = 9999 =not defined
Bit no.: 3 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H8'
Meaning: Only with TMMG: Default value of location type ($TC_TP7)
= 1 and consequently the default value of magazine location type
($TC_MPP2) = 1. This means that all magazine locations can accept
all tools.
3-163
Maschine Data
09/2009
Bit no.: 4 Bit value: 0 Hex value: Meaning: Only with TMMG + active consider adjacent location: With
SET/RESET of the magazine location status 'disabled', the magazine
location status 'Overlapping allowed' remains unchanged.
Bit no.: 4 Bit value: 1 Hex value: 'H10'
Meaning: Only with TMMG + active consider adjacent location: With
SET/RESET of the magazine location status 'disabled' the magazine
location status 'Overlapping allowed' occurs automatically with
SET/RESET.
17530
TOOL_DATA_CHANGE_COUNTER
EXP, N01
DWORD
PowerOn
FBW
0x1F
0/0
Description:
3-164
0x1F
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
17540
TOOLTYPES_ALLOWED
N09
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3FF
0/0
0x3FF
Description:
17600
DEPTH_OF_LOGFILE_OPT
EXP, N01
DWORD
Reset
300
1/1
Description:
3-165
Maschine Data
09/2009
3-166
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
17610
DEPTH_OF_LOGFILE_OPT_PF
EXP, N01
DWORD
Reset
300
1/1
Description:
10,0,0
3-167
Maschine Data
09/2009
17900
VDI_FUNCTION_MASK
EXP, N09
H1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1
0/0
0x0
Description:
3.2.3
18000
VDI_UPDATE_IN_ONE_IPO_CYCLE
EXP, N01
P3
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
TRUE
Description:
1:
Complete reading/writing of the VDI interface in one IPO
cycle
0:
Complete reading/writing of the VDI interface in two IPO
cycles
18030
HW_SERIAL_NUMBER
N05
STRING
PowerOn
2/RO
Description:
18040
VERSION_INFO
Version and possibly data of the PCMCIA card, not FM-NC STRING
N05
IAD
PowerOn
Description:
3-168
configuration
are stored in
can always be
or
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18050
INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
1048576
Description:
NCK startup (= 'warm start' or NCK reset), read off new value
3-169
Maschine Data
09/2009
18060
INFO_FREE_MEM_STATIC
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
1048576
Description:
18070
INFO_FREE_MEM_DPR
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
-1/RO
Description:
3-170
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18074
MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TRACE_SZ
N02, N09
/FBW/,
"Description of
Functions, Tool
Management"
DWORD
PowerOn
500
0/0
Description:
18075
MM_NUM_TOOLHOLDERS
N02, N09
/FBW/,
"Description of
Functions, Tool
Management"
DWORD
PowerOn
64,64
828d-me61
0/0
828d-me81
0/0
828d-te61
0/0
828d-te81
0/0
Description:
3-171
Maschine Data
09/2009
MM_NUM_LOCS_WITH_DISTANCE
N02, N09
/FBW/,
"Description of
Functions, Tool
Management"
DWORD
PowerOn
128
0/0
Description:
This machine data is reasonable, if the magazine management function, TOOLMAN, is active
- See MD18080 $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK, MD20310
$MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK; for each bit 0 = 1.
Max. number of magazine locations (spindles, load locations,...)
per TOA, that can have a remote connection to a magazine, defined
by $TC_MDPx[n,m].
Example: TOOLMAN shall be active: MD18076
$MN_MM_NUM_LOCS_WITH_DISTANCE shall be = 5 and MD18077
$MN_MM_NUM_DIST_REL_PER_MAGLOC = 2.
Two TO units shall be defined with three tool holders/spindles and
two load locations each.
Furthermore, two grippers each shall be defined in each TO unit.
This means that a total of 14 locations shall be defined in the
intermediate memory magazine/load magazine for the distances and
assignments. 4 magazines shall be defined for TO unit 1, 6 magazines for TO unit 2.
With the value set to MD18076 $MN_MM_NUM_LOCS_WITH_DISTANCE = 5
each tool holder and each load location of the two TO units with up
to two magazines (MD18077 $MN_MM_NUM_DIST_REL_PER_MAGLOC = 2) per
remote relationship can be connected; (see $TC_MDP1 and $TC_MDP2)
and for each tool holder max. two more grippers (MD18077
$MN_MM_NUM_DIST_REL_PER_MAGLOC = 2) can be assigned; (see
$TC_MLSR).
3-172
32
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
One tool holder / one spindle location can subsequently have two
tables - one distance table for magazines and one assignment table
for grippers and similar locations.
18077
MM_NUM_DIST_REL_PER_MAGLOC
N02, N09
/FBW/,
"Description of
Functions, Tool
Management"
DWORD
PowerOn
32
0/0
Description:
18078
MM_MAX_NUM_OF_HIERARCHIES
N02, N09
/FBW/,
"Description of
Functions, Tool
Management"
DWORD
PowerOn
32
1/1
Description:
The machine data only has effect if the function 'tool magazine
management', TMMG, is activated - see MD18080
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK, MD20310 $MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK.
The maximum number of hierarchies for magazine location types.
In variable $TC_MPTH[n,m], the allowed range of n is from 0 to
($MN_MM_MAX_NUM_OF_HIERARCHIES - 1).
(The maximum of index m is given by MD18079
$MN_MM_MAX_HIERARCHY_ENTRIES.)
Value = 0 means that the function 'magazine location type
hierchies' is not available.
SLMDMAXLINKEDM
AGAZINES
3-173
Maschine Data
09/2009
18079
MM_MAX_HIERARCHY_ENTRIES
N02, N09
/FBW/,
"Description of
Functions, Tool
Management"
DWORD
PowerOn
32
1/1
Description:
18080
MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
N02, N09
K1,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
1/0
Description:
3-174
0x1F
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18082
MM_NUM_TOOL
N02, N09
FBW,S7
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
128
256
0/0
828d-me81
256
256
0/0
828d-te61
128
256
0/0
828d-te81
256
256
0/0
Description:
The NC cannot manage more tools than the number entered in the MD.
A tool has at least one cutting edge.
Buffered user memory is used.
The maximum possible number of tools is equal to the number of
cutting edges. The MD must also be set when TOOLMAN is not used.
The buffered data are lost when the machine data is changed.
Related to:
MD18100 $MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
18084
MM_NUM_MAGAZINE
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
0/0
828d-me81
0/0
828d-te61
0/0
828d-te81
0/0
Description:
3-175
Maschine Data
09/2009
18086
MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
132
600
0/0
828d-me81
260
600
0/0
828d-te61
132
600
0/0
828d-te81
260
600
0/0
Description:
18088
MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
600
0/0
828d-me81
600
0/0
828d-te61
600
0/0
828d-te81
600
0/0
Description:
18090
MM_NUM_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
3-176
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18091
MM_TYPE_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM
N02, N09
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
10
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3
Description:
18092
MM_NUM_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
3-177
Maschine Data
09/2009
18093
MM_TYPE_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM
N02, N09
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
18094
MM_NUM_CC_TDA_PARAM
N02, N09
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3
Description:
Number of tool-specific data (of type Integer) which can be created per tool, and which are available to the user or the compile
cycle.
This machine data increases the buffered memory requirement by
sizeof(double)*max. number of tools.
Related to:
MD18080 $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
MD18082 $MN_MM_NUM_TOOL
3-178
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18095
MM_TYPE_CC_TDA_PARAM
N02, N09
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
10
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
Description:
18096
MM_NUM_CC_TOA_PARAM
N02, N09
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
Number of TOA data (of type Real) which can be created per tool,
and which are available to the user or the compile cycle.
This MD increases the buffered memory requirement by sizeof(double)*max. number of cutting edges.
Related to:
MD18080 $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
MD18100 $MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
3-179
Maschine Data
09/2009
18097
MM_TYPE_CC_TOA_PARAM
N02, N09
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
18098
MM_NUM_CC_MON_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
3-180
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18099
MM_TYPE_CC_MON_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
10
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3
Description:
3-181
Maschine Data
09/2009
18100
MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
256
256
0/0
828d-me81
512
512
0/0
828d-te61
256
256
0/0
828d-te81
512
512
0/0
Description:
18102
MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
direct or
indirect programming.
The default value is zero. This means that the NCK manages the T
and D numbers.
The NCK only accepts a value > 0 if bit 0 is not set in MD18080
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK. That means the tool managment function cannot be active at the same time.
Value:
Meaning
----------------------------------------------------------------0:
No 'flat D number management' active
1:
D numbers are programmed directly and absolutely
Values 2, 3 have not yet been released
3-182
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18104
MM_NUM_TOOL_ADAPTER
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
600
0/0
-1
Description:
-1
3-183
Maschine Data
09/2009
18105
MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_NO
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
3-184
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18106
MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_PERTOOL
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
12
0/0
Description:
18108
MM_NUM_SUMCORR
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
9000
0/0
-1
Description:
-1
3-185
Maschine Data
09/2009
18110
MM_MAX_SUMCORR_PER_CUTTEDGE
N02, N09
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
3-186
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18112
MM_KIND_OF_SUMCORR
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1F
0/0
Description:
3-187
Maschine Data
09/2009
18114
MM_ENABLE_TOOL_ORIENT
N02, N09
W1, F2
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
18116
MM_NUM_TOOL_ENV
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
600
0/0
Description:
3-188
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18118
MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
18120
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
Defines the number of user variables for NCK global user data
(GUD). Approximately 80 bytes of memory per variable are reserved
in the SRAM for the names of the variables. The additional memory
required for the value of the variable depends on the data type of
the variable. The number of available NCK global user data is
exhausted on reaching the limit value set in MD18120
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK or MD18150 $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM (memory
space for user variables).
Buffered user memory is used.
Special cases:
The battery-backed data are lost if this machine data is
altered.
Related to:
MD18150 $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM
(Memory space for user variables)
100
3-189
Maschine Data
09/2009
18130
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
18150
MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM
N02
A2
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
The specified value reserves memory space for the variable values
of the global user data (GUD). The dimensioning of the memory
depends to a large extent on the data types used for the variables.
Overview of the memory requirements of the data types:
Data type
Memory requirement
REAL
8 bytes
INT
4 bytes
BOOL
1 byte
CHAR
1 byte
STRING
1 byte per character, 100 characters permitted
per string
AXIS
4 bytes
FRAME
up to 1KB depending on control model
The total memory required by a channel or axis-specific global
user variable is the memory requirement of the variables multiplied by the number of channels or axes. The number of global user
variables available is given when the limit defined in MD18120
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK, MD18130 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN,
MD18140 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_AXIS or MD18150 $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM
is reached.
350
3-190
128
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
MM_NUM_USER_MACROS
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
60
Description:
18170
MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES
N02
V2,A2
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
The data limits the maximum number of special functions over and
above the predefined functions (such as sine, cosine, etc.) which
can be used in
cycle programs
350
3-191
Maschine Data
09/2009
18180
MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM
N02
V2
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
cycle programs
18190
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_NCK
A3
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
This machine data defines how many blocks are created for the protection zones available in the NCK.
Buffered memory is used.
Special cases:
The battery-backed data are lost if this machine data is
altered.
References:
/FB/, A3, "Axis Monitoring, Protection Zones"
5000
10
18200
MM_NUM_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
-1/2
Description:
3-192
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18201
MM_TYPE_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
-1/2
Description:
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3
18202
MM_NUM_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
-1/2
Description:
3-193
Maschine Data
09/2009
18203
MM_TYPE_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
-1/2
Description:
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3
18204
MM_NUM_CCS_TDA_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
-1/2
Description:
3-194
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18205
MM_TYPE_CCS_TDA_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
-1/2
Description:
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
18206
MM_NUM_CCS_TOA_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
-1/2
Description:
3-195
Maschine Data
09/2009
18207
MM_TYPE_CCS_TOA_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
-1/2
Description:
18208
MM_NUM_CCS_MON_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
-1/2
Description:
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4
3-196
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18209
MM_TYPE_CCS_MON_PARAM
N02, N09
FBW
DWORD
PowerOn
10
-1/2
Description:
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3
18210
MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
65536
0/0
3000
Description:
The DRAM in the NC is used jointly by the system and the user.
MD18210 $MN_MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC defines the size of the DRAM
available to the user. The input limits depend upon the hardware
and software configurations of the CNC.
There are various types of user data in this memory area, for
example.
User macros
Reorg Log file (required for internal purposes of the NC program sequence)
...
Each additionally active channel occupies a substantial amount of
memory here.
Each activated axis requires part of this memory.
3-197
Maschine Data
09/2009
Exactly how much that is depends largely on the control model and
the software version.
The settable values depend on the hardware and software configurations.
The value of NCK is automatically set after unbuffered startup of
the NCK or deletion of the memory. The value is then such that the
free memory defined in MD18050 $MN_INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC is available to the user.
(See the description of MD18050 $MN_INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC).
If the value is set too high (in the sense that the memory required
is more than that available on the memory module), the NCK
responds at the next NCK reset/power on by automatically reducing
the machine data value to the maximum possible value that the
hardware permits.
Message alarm 6030 advises of this process. This corresponds to a
legal response of the NCK and is not an incorrect response.
The essential significance of the machine data is not to release
the entire memory to the user because the memory is shared between
the system and the user. A part of the physically existing memory
is reserved for future develoments of the NCK.
The maximum amount of memory available on the hardware can be
found by selecting a value for the data that is so large that,
after the subsequent restart, message alarm 6030 indicates the
maximum available memory. Applications that use the maximum available memory will in all probability have memory problems with a
software conversion to a newer NCK version.
Upper and lower limits are not necessary. The software rejects
values outside the permissible range and then automatically sets
suitable values.
(See also message alarm 6030.)
The data in the dynamic memory are not battery-backed.
Note:
During power on, the system software compares the sum of all
requests for dynamic memory with the value in MD18210
$MN_MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC. Alarm 6000 "Memory allocated with
standard machine data" is output if the memory required exceeds
the memory capacity set with the MD. Alarm 6030 "User memory
limit has been adapted" is output if the control detects during
the power on that the memory capacity required by MD18210
$MN_MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC is larger than the physical memory.
Related to:
The available dynamic memory can be taken from MD18050
$MN_INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC (display data of the free dynamic
memory).
18220
MM_USER_MEM_DPR
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
-1/0
Description:
3-198
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18230
MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
21504
0/0
Description:
NC part programs
R parameters
3-199
Maschine Data
09/2009
18231
MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED_TYPEOF
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
1,1,1
Description:
18232
MM_ACTFILESYS_LOG_FILE_MEM
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
Buffered log file for buffered data of the active file system ( in
kbytes )
Systems with slow data buffer media store changed buffered data in
the internal system SRAM. When the buffer is full, all data of the
active file system are made persistent. The buffer backs up the
data persistence of the last persistence operation until the next
power fail. After a power fail (power failure or power OFF), data
that had not yet been made persistent at the time of the power fail
can be restored from this buffer.
The log file serves to minimize or totally avoid data loss in the
event of power fail.
1000 entries require approximately 70 kB.
A value greater than 0 is only practicable if MD18231
$MN_MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED_TYPEOF[1] = 1.
A value equal to 0 means that the buffered data are not voltage
loss safe
if MD18231 $MN_MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED_TYPEOF[1] = 1 (typical for
SINUMERIK solution line)
Example:
With MD18232 $MN_MM_ACTFILESYS_LOG_FILE_MEM[2] = 0, data changes
from synchronized actions can be excluded from the power fail data
backup.
An improved time response of the synchronized actions would be
advantageous. This should only be set if the buffered data that
are changed by the synchronized action are not safety-relevant.
3-200
200,10,30
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
Index Meaning
0
Preprocessing buffer
1
Buffer for data changes within the range of the tool change
2
Buffer for data changes of the main processing (especially
synchronized actions)
See also MD17610 $MN_DEPTH_OF_LOGFILE_OPT_PF, which can be used to
optimize the behavior.
18233
IS_CONTINOUS_DATA_SAVE_ON
EXP, N02
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
18235
MM_INCOA_MEM_SIZE
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
25600
0/0
Description:
20480
3-201
Maschine Data
09/2009
18237
MM_CYC_DATA_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
96
1/RO
Description:
Size of the buffered memory for 'Setting data for cycles and display' [kB]
18240
MM_LUD_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
107
0/0
37
11
Description:
Defines the size of the hash table for local user data (LUD). The
value entered must be a primary number. The setting allows the
optimization of
18242
MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE
N02
V2
DWORD
PowerOn
SLMAXVARBYTE
S
0/0
Description:
Defines the net memory array size for LUD/GUD variables. Each NC
program that defines at least one LUD/GUD variable or has call
parameters then occupies at least one memory array of this size.
The LUD/GUD variables of a program may occupy the complete LUD/GUD
value memory set for the channel. However, then there is no memory
available for other programms.
The memory for the LUD/GUD variables (that is defined for LUD by
the channel-specific MD28040 $MC_MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM and for GUD by
the NCK-specific MD18150 $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM) is divided into
equally sized arrays of the size MD18242
$MN_MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE.
Example:
MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM = 12 (kbytes gross)
MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE = 660 (bytes net)
+ 16 (bytes management data per array)
-------------------------------------676 (bytes gross)
3-202
920
920
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
MM_CHAN_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
193
0/0
Description:
Defines the size of the hash table for channel-specific names. The
value entered must be a primary number. The setting allows the
optimization of
23
3-203
Maschine Data
09/2009
18260
MM_NCK_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
4327
0/0
4001
537
Description:
Defines the size of the NCK-specific names. The value entered must
be a primary number. The setting allows the optimization of
18270
MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
1/RO
Description:
MD_MAXNUM_DIR_I N_FILESYSTEM
18280
MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
1/RO
Description:
3-204
MD_MAXNUM_FILES _PER_DIR
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18290
MM_FILE_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
299
0/0
Description:
Defines the size for the files of a directory. The value entered
must be a primary number. The setting allows the optimization of
47
18300
MM_DIR_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
349
0/0
Description:
11
3-205
Maschine Data
09/2009
18310
MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
256
1/0
Description:
120
30
18320
MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM
N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
768
0/0
Description:
750
64
18321
MM_NUM_SYSTEM_FILES_IN_FS
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
512
1/1
Description:
3-206
300
100
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18332
MM_FLASH_FILE_SYSTEM_SIZE
N01, N02
IAD
Size of FFS
DWORD
PowerOn
4096
0/0
Description:
18342
MM_CEC_MAX_POINTS
N01, N02
K3
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
120
-1/2
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
120
-1/2
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
120
1/1
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,0...
120
1/1
Description:
3-207
Maschine Data
09/2009
18350
MM_USER_FILE_MEM_MINIMUM
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
18351
MM_DRAM_FILE_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
TE7,V2,M5,S7
DWORD
PowerOn
32768
0/0
Description:
Size of memory for files in the DRAM of the passive file system (in
kbyte).
If the flash file system is used as a background memory for the
DRAM file system then MD18332 $MN_MM_FLASH_FILE_SYSTEM_SIZE must
be at least 3 times the size of the largest file in the DRAM file
system and be larger than MD18351 $MN_MM_DRAM_FILE_MEM_SIZE.
3-208
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18352
MM_U_FILE_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
3136,0,0
3200
0/0
828d-me81
5184,0,0
5400
0/0
828d-te61
3136,0,0
3200
0/0
828d-te81
5184,0,0
5400
0/0
Description:
18353
MM_M_FILE_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
1024
0/0
Description:
512,0,0
3-209
Maschine Data
09/2009
18354
MM_S_FILE_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
4096
0/0
Description:
18355
MM_T_FILE_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
3072,0,128
3072
Description:
18356
MM_E_FILE_MEM_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
3200
0/0
Description:
3-210
512,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18360
MM_EXT_PROG_BUFFER_SIZE
N01
B1,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
500
30
1000000
0/0
828d-me81
500
30
1000000
0/0
828d-te61
250
30
1000000
0/0
828d-te81
250
30
1000000
0/0
Description:
A FIFO buffer is needed on the NCK for each program level (main
program or subprogram) that is processed externally (reload mode).
The size of the FIFO buffer is defined in kbyte by MD18360
$MN_MM_EXT_PROG_BUFFER_SIZE.
$MN_MM_EXTPROG_NUM sets the number of FIFO buffers which are
simultaneously available.
During startup, the memory size determined by multiplying MD18360
$MN_MM_EXT_PROG_BUFFER_SIZE by $MN_MM_EXTPROG_NUM is reserved in
the DRAM.
If the stated value exceeds the available memory space, alarm 4077
is output when writing the machine data.
References:
/PGA/Programming Guide Advanced, Section 2
18362
MM_EXT_PROG_NUM
N01
K1
BYTE
PowerOn
13
0/0
Description:
18370
MM_PROTOC_NUM_FILES
N02
D1,OEM
DWORD
PowerOn
10
10
1/1
Description:
2,0,0,0,0,2,2,2,0,3
18371
MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETPD_STD_LIST
N02
D1,OEM
DWORD
PowerOn
10
25
1/1
Description:
25,0,0,0,0,25,25,25,0, 0
3
3-211
Maschine Data
09/2009
18372
MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETPD_OEM_LIST
N02
D1,OEM
DWORD
PowerOn
20
1/1
10
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
Description:
18373
MM_PROTOC_NUM_SERVO_DATA
N02
D1
DWORD
PowerOn
10
20
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,10,10,10,0,0 0
18374
MM_PROTOC_FILE_BUFFER_SIZE
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
10
1/1
Description:
Size of the data buffer between the IPO and preprocessing time
levels of a log file [ Bytes ].
8000,8000,8000,8000, 5000
8000,8000,8000...
18375
MM_PROTOC_SESS_ENAB_USER
N02
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
10
0,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,0,0
Description:
18390
MM_COM_COMPRESS_METHOD
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
0x01
Description:
18400
MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS
N02, N09
M3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
3-212
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18402
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS
N02, N09
M3,B3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
18403
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN
N02, N09
M3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
18404
MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS
N02, N09
M3,B3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
18406
MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS_DRAM
N02, N09
M3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
3-213
Maschine Data
09/2009
18408
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS_DRAM
N02, N09
M3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
Number of polynomial curve segments in the DRAM available throughout the NCK.
The curve segments are stored either in the buffer memory or in
the dynamic memory.
This MD is used to set the number of segments in the dynamic memory
(DRAM).
18409
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEG_LIN_DRAM
N02, N09
M3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
18410
MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS_DRAM
N02, N09
M3
DWORD
PowerOn
INT_MAX
-1/1
Description:
18450
MM_NUM_CP_MODULES
N02, N09
DWORD
PowerOn
48
1/1
Description:
3-214
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18452
MM_NUM_CP_MODUL_LEAD
N02, N09
DWORD
PowerOn
99
1/1
Description:
18500
MM_EXTCOM_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
60
0/0
Description:
Defines the size (KB) of the stack for external communication. The
dynamic memory area is used.
Note:
This machine data is assigned internally by the control and must
not be altered by the user.
30
30
18510
MM_SERVO_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, N02
S7
DWORD
PowerOn
40
0/0
20
20
Description:
Defines the stack size for the SERVO task. The dynamic memory is
used for this purpose.
Note:
This machine data is assigned internally by the control and must
not be altered by the user.
18512
MM_IPO_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, C02
DWORD
PowerOn
40
0/0
30
30
Description:
18540
MM_PLC_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
60
0/0
30
30
Description:
18541
MM_PLCBG_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
60
0/0
Description:
30
30
3-215
Maschine Data
09/2009
18542
MM_PLCINT_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, N02
DWORD
PowerOn
60
0/0
Description:
18600
MM_FRAME_FINE_TRANS
N02
K2,M5
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
30
30
Description:
0:
18601
MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES
N02
K2,M5
DWORD
PowerOn
100
0/0
Description:
18602
MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES
N02
K2,M5
DWORD
PowerOn
16
0/0
Description:
3-216
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18660
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_REAL
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
32767
0/0
Description:
0,10
3-217
Maschine Data
09/2009
18661
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_INT
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
32767
0/0
Description:
3-218
0,10
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18662
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_BOOL
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
32767
0/0
Description:
0,10
3-219
Maschine Data
09/2009
18663
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_AXIS
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
32767
7/2
Description:
3-220
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18664
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_CHAR
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
32767
7/2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
Description:
3-221
Maschine Data
09/2009
18665
MM_NUM_SYNACT_GUD_STRING
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
25
7/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
18710
MM_NUM_AN_TIMER
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
10000
7/2
Description:
3-222
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18720
MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE
EXP, N01
B3
DWORD
PowerOn
35
0/0
Description:
The machine data determines the size of the setpoint value buffer
between interpolator and position control, and has a direct effect
on the dynamic user memory requirement.
That is normally 2. If several NCUs are connected via NCU link for
e.g. rotary indexing machines, the value should be set to 3 on all
NCUs. This will balance the transmission rates of the setpoint
values via the link.
In a master value application (e.g. line shaft), the value should
be set to 4, but only on the NCU that generates the master value.
For all the other NCUs, the preset value should be maintained at
2.
Note:
In control loops that are connected via interpolator, every
increase of the value generates a further dead-time.
When the IPO cycles of the NCUs within an NCU group are set to different values, the link communication will only run in the slowest
IPO cycle. The MD must be increased in the ratio of the NCU IPO
cycle to the slowest IPO cycle in the NCU group, in order to
achieve a synchronized output of the setpoint values on the drive
interface. The formula for this is as follows:
MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE = 2 * IPO cycle ratio + 1
Example:
In an IPO cycle ratio of 4:1, the value on the fast NCU should be
set to 9 instead of 3. On the slow NCU, the value must be set to 3.
18730
MM_MAXNUM_ALARM_ACTIONS
N02
DWORD
PowerOn
2000
1/1
500
Description:
100
This is the
3-223
Maschine Data
09/2009
18790
MM_MAX_TRACE_LINK_POINTS
B3
DWORD
PowerOn
20000
0/0
NBUP
-
Description:
3-224
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18792
MM_TRACE_LINK_DATA_FUNCTION
B3
DWORD
PowerOn
0x7FFFFFFF
0/0
Description:
The NCK sends and receives 32 buffers with a length of 240 bytes in
each interpolation cycle.
These buffers are saved in an FIFO (first in-first out) memory of
the length MD18790 $MN_MM_MAX_TRACE_LINK_POINTS, and written to a
file (ncsctr01.mpf for the 1st channel) if a "trigger event"
occurs (e.g. Cancel Alarm button, see MD22704
$MC_TRACE_STOPTRACE_EVENT and MD22700 $MC_TRACE_STARTTRACE_EVENT).
The machine data should be interpreted as bit mask and has the
following meaning:
BIT0 = 1
Enables the NCU-link trace file.
The others are only evaluated when this bit is set!
MD18790 $MN_MM_MAX_TRACE_LINK_POINTS is only evaluated with
this bit.
BIT1 = 1
The stored buffer contents are analyzed according to their
meanings and stored in the file in plain text. This means that
one can, for example, recognize the setpoint transfer by means
of the text items "desVal", actual value transfer under the
identifiers "actVal"....
BIT1 = 0
The buffers contents are displayed in HEX and not analyzed.
BIT2 = 1
Only those buffers are recorded that contain a sporadically
occuring communication message(dynamic message) between the
NCUs.
This include, for example, the following events:
NBUP
0
3-225
Maschine Data
09/2009
18794
MM_TRACE_VDI_SIGNAL
DWORD
PowerOn
0x7FFFFFFF
1/1
NBUP
-
Description:
The NCK sends and receives PLC VDI signals. The Trace function
stores the signals which have changed in each interpolation cycle
in an FIFO memory (first in-first out) having a size of
MM_MAX_TRACE_POINTS.
The FIFO is written to a file (for the 1st channel: ncsctr01.mpf)
when a "trigger event" occurs (e.g. Cancel Alarm key, see MD22704
$MC_TRACE_STOPTRACE_EVENT and MD22700
$MC_TRACE_STARTTRACE_EVENT).
The machine data should be interpreted as bit mask. The corresponding VDI signals are recorded depending on which bit is set.
Bits 1.. 6 describe which axial VDI input signals are recorded in
the trace
(see .. TRACE_DATA_FUNCTION).
18800
MM_EXTERN_LANGUAGE
N01, N12
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x0001
1/1
0x0001
0x0000
Description:
18840
MM_EPSPARAM_DIMENSION
ePS
Dokumentation
DWORD
PowerOn
100
0/0
Description:
18860
MM_MAINTENANCE_MON
EXP, N01
W6
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
10
3-226
FALSE
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
18864
MM_NUM_TRAFO_DATA_SETS
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
100
1/1
Description:
18866
MM_NUM_KIN_TRAFOS
N02, N09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
200
1/1
Description:
18900
FPU_ERROR_MODE
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
18910
FPU_CTRLWORD_INIT
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
0x1
NBUP, NDLD
-
0x37F
Description:
The basic initialization of the FPU control word enables the FPU
mode of operation (e.g. rounding mode) to be changed.
Significance of the bit: see manual of the FPU used.
3-227
Maschine Data
09/2009
18920
FPU_EXEPTION_MASK
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
18930
COREFILE_NAME
EXP
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
NBUP, NDLD
0xD
Description:
File name with path name under which a core file is created in the
case of a control crash.
The core file is used for problem analysis by NCK development.
A core file will be created, if a valid file name is entered in
this MD.
3-228
/var/log/nckcore
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
3.2.4
51000
DISP_RES_MM
Display resolution in mm
BYTE
PowerOn
7/3
Description:
Display resolution in mm
51001
DISP_RES_MM_FEED_PER_REV
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
51002
DISP_RES_MM_FEED_PER_TIME
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
51003
DISP_RES_MM_FEED_PER_TOOTH
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
51004
DISP_RES_MM_CONST_CUT_RATE
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
51010
DISP_RES_INCH
BYTE
PowerOn
7/3
Description:
51011
DISP_RES_INCH_FEED_P_REV
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
51012
DISP_RES_INCH_FEED_P_TIME
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
3-229
Maschine Data
09/2009
51013
DISP_RES_INCH_FEED_P_TOOTH
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
51014
DISP_RES_INCH_CUT_RATE
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
51020
DISP_RES_ANGLE
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
51021
DISP_RES_SPINDLE
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
51022
DISP_RES_ROT_AX_FEED
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
51023
ACT_VALUE_SPIND_MODE
BYTE
PowerOn
3/4
Description:
This affects the display of the spindles in the axis actual values
window. If the value is set to 1, only those spindles in axis mode
are displayed, those in spindle mode are shown as gaps. If the
value is set to 0, all spindles are displayed.
51025
FRAMES_ACT_IMMEDIATELY
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
3-230
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
51026
AXES_SHOW_GEO_FIRST
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
When the machine data value is 1, the geometry axes of the channel
are displayed first.
51027
ONLY_MKS_DIST_TO_GO
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51028
BLOCK_SEARCH_MODE_MASK
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
51
51029
MAX_SKP_LEVEL
BYTE
PowerOn
10
4/3
Description:
The machine data defines how many skip levels are made available
for operation.
51030
SPIND_MAX_POWER
DWORD
PowerOn
255
4/3
Description:
51031
SPIND_POWER_RANGE
DWORD
PowerOn
255
4/3
Description:
Scale end value for spindle power rating in percent; value must be
equal to or greater than SPIND_MAX_POWER.
The display bar in the machine image is shown in red in the range
between the values of SPIND_MAX_POWER and SPIND_POWER_RANGE.
100
100
3-231
Maschine Data
09/2009
51032
STAT_DISPLAY_BASE
BYTE
PowerOn
16
4/3
Description:
51033
TU_DISPLAY_BASE
BYTE
PowerOn
16
4/3
Description:
51034
TEACH_MODE
DWORD
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51035
WRITE_FRAMES_FINE_LIMIT
DOUBLE
PowerOn
4/3
0.999
Description:
51036
ENABLE_COORDINATE_REL
BYTE
PowerOn
7/3
Description:
3-232
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
51037
ENABLE_COORDINATE_ACS
BYTE
PowerOn
7/3
Description:
51038
SET_ACT_VALUE
BYTE
PowerOn
7/3
Description:
51039
PROGRAM_CONTROL_MODE_MASK
DWORD
PowerOn
7/3
Description:
51040
SWITCH_TO_MACHINE_MASK
BYTE
PowerOn
7/3
Description:
51041
ENABLE_PROGLIST_USER
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
Activates the PLC program list of the USER area. The programs
entered there can be selected by the PLC for processing.
51042
ENABLE_PROGLIST_INDIVIDUAL
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
Activates the PLC program list of the INDIVIDUAL area. The programs entered here can be selected by the PLC for processing.
3-233
Maschine Data
09/2009
51043
ENABLE_PROGLIST_MANUFACT
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
Activates the PLC program list of the MANUFACTURER area. The programs entered here can be selected by the PLC for processing.
51044
ACCESS_SHOW_SBL2
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51045
ACCESS_TEACH_IN
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51046
ACCESS_CLEAR_RPA
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51047
ACCESS_READ_GUD_LUD
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51048
ACCESS_WRITE_GUD_LUD
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51049
ACCESS_WRITE_PRG_COND
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51050
ACCESS_WRITE_PROGRAM
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
3-234
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
51051
ACCESS_WRITE_RPA
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51052
ACCESS_WRITE_SEA
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51053
ACCESS_WRITE_BASEFRAME
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51054
ACCESS_WRITE_CYCFRAME
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51055
ACCESS_WRITE_EXTFRAME
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51056
ACCESS_WRITE_PARTFRAME
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51057
ACCESS_WRITE_SETFRAME
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51058
ACCESS_WRITE_TOOLFRAME
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
3-235
Maschine Data
09/2009
51059
ACCESS_WRITE_TRAFRAME
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51060
ACCESS_WRITE_USERFRAME
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51061
ACCESS_WRITE_WPFRAME
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51062
ACCESS_WRITE_FINE
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51063
ACCESS_SET_ACT_VALUE
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
51064
ACCESS_WRITE_PROGLIST
BYTE
Immediately
4/3
Description:
51065
NUM_DISPLAYED_CHANNELS
BYTE
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
3-236
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
51066
ORDER_DISPLAYED_CHANNELS
STRING
PowerOn
4/3
Description:
1;
51200
ACCESS_WRITE_TM_GEO
BYTE
PowerOn
7/4
Description:
51201
ACCESS_WRITE_TM_WEAR
BYTE
PowerOn
7/4
Description:
51202
ACCESS_WRITE_TM_WEAR_DELTA
BYTE
PowerOn
7/4
Description:
51203
ACCESS_WRITE_TM_SC
BYTE
PowerOn
7/4
Description:
51204
ACCESS_WRITE_TM_EC
BYTE
PowerOn
7/4
Description:
51205
ACCESS_WRITE_TM_SUPVIS
BYTE
PowerOn
7/4
Description:
3-237
Maschine Data
09/2009
51206
ACCESS_WRITE_TM_ASSDNO
BYTE
PowerOn
7/4
Description:
51207
ACCESS_WRITE_TM_WGROUP
BYTE
PowerOn
7/4
Description:
Write tool offset wear groups (magazine location / magazine) protection level
51208
ACCESS_WRITE_TM_ADAPT
BYTE
PowerOn
7/4
Description:
51209
ACCESS_WRITE_TM_NAME
BYTE
PowerOn
7/4
Description:
Write tool offset tool name and duplo data protection level
51210
ACCESS_WRITE_TM_TYPE
BYTE
PowerOn
7/4
Description:
51211
ACCESS_READ_TM
BYTE
PowerOn
7/4
Description:
51212
TM_WRITE_WEAR_ABS_LIMIT
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
10
7/4
Description:
3-238
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
51213
TM_WRITE_WEAR_DELTA_LIMIT
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
10
7/4
Description:
When entering tool offsets, the value of the change from the previous value to the new value cannot exceed the value set here.
With TM_WRITE_WEAR_DELTA_LIMIT, the change to a tool wear can be
limited incrementally, if the current protection level is the same
as or higher than the one set in ACCESS_WRITE_TM_WEAR_DELTA. With
the current protection level being the same or higher than
ACCESS_WRITE_TM_WEAR, an incremental limitation is no longer performed. Absolute and
incremental wear limitation can be combined, i.e. the wear can be
changed up to the absolute limit. S. MD 51212
51214
TM_WRITE_LIMIT_MASK
BYTE
PowerOn
7/4
Description:
51226
FUNCTION_MASK_SIM
DWORD
PowerOn
7/3
Description:
51235
ACCESS_RESET_SERV_PLANNER
BYTE
Immediately
4/2
Description:
3-239
Maschine Data
09/2009
3.2.5
51600
MEA_CAL_WP_NUM
BYTE
Immediately
12
7/2
Description:
The workpiece probe calibration data refer to the workpiece coordinate system (WCS) !
In the data fields, the workpiece probe calibration data of the
technologies Milling and
Turning are stored!
12
51601
MEA_CAL_EDGE_NUM
BYTE
Immediately
7/2
Description:
51602
MEA_CAL_TP_NUM
BYTE
Immediately
7/2
Description:
The geometry data and calibration data of the tool probe refer to
the machine coordinate system (MCS)!
51603
MEA_CAL_TPW_NUM
BYTE
Immediately
7/2
Description:
The geometry data and calibration data of the tool probe refer to
the workpiece coordinate system (WCS)!
51606
MEA_INPUT_PIECE_PROBE
BYTE
Immediately
7/2
Description:
3-240
0,1
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
51607
MEA_INPUT_TOOL_PROBE
BYTE
Immediately
7/2
1,0
Description:
51608
MEA_WP_PROBE_INPUT_SUB
BYTE
Immediately
7/2
Description:
51609
MEA_T_PROBE_INPUT_SUB
BYTE
Immediately
7/2
Description:
51610
MEA_TOOLCARR_ENABLE
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
3-241
Maschine Data
09/2009
51612
MEA_MONO_COR_POS_ACTIVE
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
51614
MEA_PROBE_LENGTH_RELATE
BYTE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
51616
MEA_CAL_MONITORING
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
3-242
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
51618
MEA_CM_ROT_AX_POS_TOL
degrees
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/3
0.5
Description:
51750
J_MEA_M_DIST
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
10000
7/5
Description:
-10000
51751
J_MEA_M_DIST_MANUELL
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
10000
7/5
Description:
10
-10000
51752
J_MEA_M_DIST_TOOL_LENGTH
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
10000
7/5
Description:
51753
J_MEA_M_DIST_TOOL_RADIUS
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
10000
7/5
Description:
51755
J_MEA_MEASURING_FEED
mm/min
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/5
Description:
-10000
-10000
300
3-243
Maschine Data
09/2009
51757
J_MEA_COLL_MONIT_FEED
mm/min
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/5
Description:
1000
51758
J_MEA_COLL_MONIT_POS_FEED
mm/min
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/5
Description:
1000
51770
J_MEA_CAL_RING_DIAM
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
12
10000
7/5
Description:
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- -1
1,-1,-1,-1
51772
J_MEA_CAL_HEIGHT_FEEDAX
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/5
-99999,-99999,99999,-99999,99999...
-100000
12
Description:
Calibration height in the infeed axis for probe length calibration, for "Measure in JOG"
The calibration height must be entered with reference to the the
workpiece coordinate system (WCS)!
51774
J_MEA_T_PROBE_TYPE
DWORD
Immediately
999
7/5
Description:
3-244
0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
General machine data
51776
J_MEA_T_PROBE_ALLOW_AX_DIR
DWORD
Immediately
999
7/5
Description:
133,133,133
51778
J_MEA_T_PROBE_DIAM_LENGTH
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
10000
7/5
Description:
0,0,0
51780
J_MEA_T_PROBE_DIAM_RAD
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
10000
7/5
Description:
0,0,0
51782
J_MEA_T_PROBE_T_EDGE_DIST
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
10000
7/5
Description:
Distance between the upper edge of the tool probe and the lower
edge of the tool for radius measurement on milling tools, for
"Measure in JOG"
2,2,2
-10000
3-245
Maschine Data
09/2009
51784
J_MEA_T_PROBE_APPR_AX_DIR
DWORD
Immediately
7/5
Description:
-1,-1,-1
51786
J_MEA_T_PROBE_MEASURE_DIST
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
10000
7/5
Description:
Measuring path for tool probe calibration and tool measuring with
stationary spindle, in front of and behind the expected switching
position.
10
-10000
51787
J_MEA_T_PROBE_MEASURE_FEED
mm/min
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/5
Description:
Measuring feed for tool probe calibration and tool measuring with
stationary spindle, for "Measure in JOG".
3.3
Number
Identifier
Display filters
Reference
Unit
Name
Data type
Active
Maximum value
Protection
100
Attributes
System
Dimension
Default value
Minimum value
Description:
Description
3.3.1
20000
CHAN_NAME
C01, C10
B3,K1
Channel name
STRING
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
The channel name can be defined in this MD. The channel name is
only used for the display on the HMI.
3-246
CHAN1,CHAN2,CHA
N3,CHAN4...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20050
AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB
C01, C10
TE7,TE8,M1,R2,K
1,K2
BYTE
PowerOn
828d-me61
20
2/2
828d-me81
20
2/2
828d-te61
1, 0, 2
20
2/2
828d-te81
1, 0, 2
20
2/2
Description:
20060
AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB
F2,V2,M1,K2
STRING
PowerOn
828d-me61
X, Y, Z,X, Y, Z...
1/1
828d-me81
X, Y, Z,X, Y, Z...
1/1
828d-te61
X, Y, Z
1/1
828d-te81
X, Y, Z
1/1
Description:
The geometry axis name entered must not conflict with the designations and assignments of the machine and channel axis
names.
The machine axis names entered must not be the same as the
names entered for Euler angles (MD10620
$MN_EULER_ANGLE_NAME_TAB), names specified for directional
vectors (MD10640 $MN_DIR_VECTOR_NAME_TAB), names given to
intermediate point coordinates in the case of CIP (MD10660
$MN_INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB) or the names of interpolation
parameters (MD10650 $MN_IPO_PARAM_NAME_TAB).
3-247
Maschine Data
09/2009
The geometry axis name entered must not include any of the following reserved address letters:
- D Tool offset (D function)
- E Reserved
- F Feedrate (F function)
- G Preparatory function
- H Auxiliary function (H function)
- L Subroutine call
- M Miscellaneous function (M function)
- N Subblock
- P Subroutine number of passes
- R Arithmetic parameters
- S Spindle speed (S function)
- T Tool (T function)
The name must not include any keywords (e.g. DEF, SPOS etc.) or
pre-defined identifiers (e.g. ASPLINE, SOFT).
AXCONF_MACHAX_USED
C01, C10
TE3,B3,K5,M1,K1
,K2,P3 pl,P3 sl,S1
BYTE
PowerOn
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 0, 0
31
2/2
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 0, 0
31
2/2
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 0, 0, 0
31
2/2
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
31
2/2
Description:
3-248
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
3-249
Maschine Data
09/2009
20080
AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB
F2,V2,M1,K2,V1
STRING
PowerOn
828d-me61
1/1
828d-me81
1/1
828d-te61
1/1
828d-te81
1/1
Description:
The specified channel axis name must not be the same as the
names entered for Euler angles (Eulerwinkel(MD10620
$MN_EULER_ANGLE_NAME_TAB), names specified for directional
vectors (MD10640 $MN_DIR_VECTOR_NAME_TAB), names given to
intermediate point coordinates in the case of CIP (MD10660
$MN_INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB) or the names of interpolation
parameters (MD10650 $MN_IPO_PARAM_NAME_TAB).
The channel axis name entered must not include any of the following reserved address letters:
- D Tool offset (D function)
- E Reserved
- F
Feedrate (F function)
- G Preparatory function
- H Auxiliary function (H function)
- L Subroutine call
- M Miscellaneous function (M function) - N Subblock
- P Subroutine number of passes
- R Arithmetic parameters
- S Spindle speed (S function)
- T
Tool (T function)
The name must not include any keywords (e.g. DEF, SPOS etc.) or
pre-defined identifiers (e.g. ASPLINE, SOFT).
3-250
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20082
AXCONF_CHANAX_DEFAULT_NAME
STRING
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
Variables or parameters of type Axis which have not been initialized are initialized with a default axis identifier. The identifier can be configured via the machine data MD20082
$MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_DEFAULT_NAME. If this machine data is set with
an empty string, the 1st geometry axis is used, as previously.
MD20082 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_DEFAULT_NAME can be set by default with
all available, valid axis identifiers. The value of this machine
data should generally always correspond to a value of $MD20060
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB, MD20080 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB or
MD10000 $MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB.
If an invalid axis name is entered as a value or if this name has
been changed, for example, in MD20080 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB
but not in MD20082 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_DEFAULT_NAME, then this is
indicated with alarm 4041 channel %1 block %2 axis identifier %3
is invalid".
Only valid axis identifiers, empty string and "NO_AXIS" may be
entered in MD20082 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_DEFAULT_NAME. "NO_AXIS" is
used to indicate a non-initialized axis variable, empty string
means previous behavior, i.e. each variable is initialized with
the 1st geometry axis.
20090
SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND
C01, C03
H2,K1,K2,P3
pl,P3 sl,S1,W1
BYTE
PowerOn
20
2/2
Description:
Definition of the default setting for the master spindle (in the
channel).
The number of the spindle is entered.
A number of functions are linked to the master spindle, which are
not possible with any other spindle.
Note:
The language command SETMS(n) can declare the spindle number as
the master spindle.
The spindle defined in this MD is declared once again as the master spindle with SETMS.
The spindle defined in this MD is also declared as the master
spindle at program end and program abort.
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1
1,1,1,1
3-251
Maschine Data
09/2009
20092
SPIND_ASSIGN_TAB_ENABLE
S1
BYTE
Reset
0/0
Description:
Value 0:
The spindle converter function is deactivated. The contents of
SD42800 $SC_SPIND_ASSIGN_TAB[..] are not evaluated.
Value 1:
The spindle converter is activated. Conversion from logical to
physical spindle takes place. For more information, see SD42800
$SC_SPIND_ASSIGN_TAB.
Note:
The spindle converter is deactivated after "Delete SRAM" (startup switch in position "1").
Related to:
SD42800 $SC_SPIND_ASSSIGN_TAB
20094
SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
H2,K1,S1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
3-252
70,70,70,70,70,70,70, 70,70,70,70,70,70...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20095
EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
This machine data defines the M function number with which the
switchover to controlled spindle/axis mode is to be carried out.
The M number defined in the machine data replaces M29 in external
language mode.
Pre-defined M numbers, such as M00,M1,M2,M3, etc., are not allowed
as M numbers.
Restrictions: See machine data MD10715 $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE
Related to:
MD10714 $MN_M_NO_FCT_EOP,
MD10715 $MN_M_NO_FCT_CYCLE,
MD20094 $MC_SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR,
MD22254 $MC_AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE
For external language mode:
MD10814 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_MAC_CYCLE,
MD10804 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT
MD10806 $MN_EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT,
MD10800 $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MIN,
MD10802 $MN_EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MAX
MD20095 $MC_EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
For nibbling:
MD26008 $MC_NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE
29,29,29,29,29,29,29, 29,29,29,29,29,29...
3-253
Maschine Data
09/2009
20096
T_M_ADDRESS_EXT_IS_SPINO
H2,W1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
This MD is only significant if the functions 'Tool management'/'flat D numbers' are inactive.
FALSE
The contents of the address extensions of the NC addresses T and M
'tool change command number' are not evaluated by the NCK. The PLC
decides on the significance of the programmed extension.
TRUE
The address extensions of the NC addresses T and M 'tool change
command number' - 'tool change command number'=TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
with 6 as the default value - are interpreted as spindle numbers.
NCK treats the extension in the same way as the active functions
'tool management' and 'flat D number management'.
That is, the programmed D number always refers to the T number of
the programmed main spindle number.
See also:
MD20090 $MC_SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND,
MD22550 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_MODE,
MD22560 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
3-254
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20098
DISPLAY_AXIS
EXP, C01
DWORD
Immediately
828d-me61
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF...
1/1
828d-me81
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF...
1/1
828d-te61
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF...
1/1
828d-te81
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF...
1/1
Description:
3-255
Maschine Data
09/2009
20100
DIAMETER_AX_DEF
C01, C10
H1,M5,P1,V1,W1
STRING
PowerOn
828d-me61
1/1
828d-me81
1/1
828d-te61
1/1
828d-te81
1/1
Description:
when the "Diameter programming (DIAMON)" function is activated, to alarm 16510 "Channel %1 block %2 No transverse axis
available for diameter programming", if no axis has been permitted via DIAMCHANA[AX] for channel-specific diameter programming.
when G96/G961/G962 has been programmed, to alarm 10870 "Channel %1 block %2 No transverse axis defined as reference axis
for G96/G961/G962", if no geometry axis has been defined as the
reference axis for G96/G961/G962 by the instruction SCC[ax].
Related to:
MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB[n]
(assignment of geometry axis to channel axis)
MD20060 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB[n]
(geometry axis name in the channel)
MD24120 $MC_TRAFO_AX_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1[n]
(assignment of GEO axis to channel axis for transformation 1)
MD30460 $MA_BASE_FUNCTION_MASK
(Bit2 == 1: Axis-specific diameter programming)
3-256
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20106
PROG_EVENT_IGN_SINGLEBLOCK
N01
K1,Z1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1F
1/1
0x1F
Description:
20107
PROG_EVENT_IGN_INHIBIT
N01
K1,Z1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1F
1/1
0x0C
Description:
3-257
Maschine Data
09/2009
20108
PROG_EVENT_MASK
N01, -
TE3,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0xF
2/2
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
20109
PROG_EVENT_MASK_PROPERTIES
N01
K1
Properties of Prog-Events
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1
1/1
0x01
Description:
20110
RESET_MODE_MASK
C11, C03
F2,K6,M3,TE4,W5
,B3,K5,M1,G2,K1,
K2,P1,S1,W1,2.4,
2.7
DWORD
Reset
0x7FFFF
1/1
Description:
The initial setting of the control after runup and on reset / part
program end with regard to the G codes (in particular the active
plane and the settable zero offset), tool length compensation and
transformation is defined by setting the following bits:
Bit 0: Reset mode
Bit 1: Suppress auxiliary function output on tool selection
Bit 2: Select reset response after POWER ON; e.g. tool offset
Bit 3: Select reset response after end of test mode with reference
to active tool offsets. This bit is only relevant when bits 0 and
6 are set.
3-258
0x4041,0x4041,0x404 0
1,0x4041,0x4041...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
It defines what "Current setting for active tool length compensation" refers to:
the program which was active before test mode was switched on
Bit 4: Reserved! Setting now via MD20152 $MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[..]
Bit 5: Reserved! Setting now via MD20152 $MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[..]
Bit 6: Reset response "Active tool length compensation"
Bit 7: Reset response "Active kinematic transformation"
Bit 8: Reset response "Coupled-motion axes"
Bit 9: Reset response "Tangential follow-up"
Bit 10: Reset response "Synchronous spindle"
Bit 11: Reset response "Revolutional feedrate"
Bit 12: Reset response "Geo-axis replacement"
Bit 13: Reset response "Master value coupling"
Bit 14: Reset response "Basic frame"
Bits 4 to 11 are only evaluated when bit 0 = 1.
Bit 15: Function for "electronic gearbox", not relevant for tool
management.
Bit 16=0: The spindle number defined by MD20090
$MC_SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND is the number of the master spindle
after programm end/reset.
Bit 16=1: The programmed value of SETMS is retained after programm
end/reset.
Bit 17=0: The tool holder number defined by MD20124
$MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER is the number of the master tool
holder after programm end/reset.
Bit 17=1 The programmed value of SETMS is retained after programm
end/reset.
These two bits are only relevant if bit 0=1 is also set. The bit
value=0 is selected so that the previous response with bit 0=1 is
retained. (Retention of the programmed values of SETMTH/SETMS
after programm end already applied to bit 0=0.)
Bit 18=0 Reference axis for G96/G961/G962 according to MD20100
$MC_DIAMETER_AX_DEF. Bit 18 = 1 is recommended when using SCC with
its own spindle reset (see also MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK, Bit
18).
Bit 18=1 Reference axis for G96/G961/G962 is retained.
Related to:
MD20120 $MC_TOOL_RESET_VALUE
MD20130 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
MD20150 $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES
MD20152 $MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE
MD20140 $MC_TRAFO_RESET_VALUE
MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK
MD20121 $MC_TOOL_PRESEL_RESET_VALUE
MD20118 $MC_GEOAX_CHANGE_RESET
3-259
Maschine Data
09/2009
20112
START_MODE_MASK
C03
K6,M3,K5,M1,K1,
K2,P1,S1,W1
Reset
1/1
Description:
The initial setting of the control at the start of the part program with respect to G codes (in particular, current plane and
active settable zero offset), active tool length compensation,
transformation and axis couplings is defined by setting the following bits:
Bit 0: Not assigned: MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK is evaluated
every time a part program is started.
Bit 1: Suppression of auxiliary function output on tool selection.
Bit 4: Start response for G code "Current plane"
Bit 5: Start response for G code "Settable zero offset"
Bit 6: Start response for "Active tool length compensation"
Bit 7: Start response for "Active kinematic transformation"
Bit 8: Start response for "Coupled-motion axes"
Bit 9: Start response for "Tangential follow-up"
Bit 10: Start response for "Synchronous spindle"
Bit 11: Reserved
Bit 12: Start response for "Geometry axis replacement"
Bit 13: Start response for "Master value coupling"
Bit 14: Start response for "Basic frame".
Bit 15: Function for electronic gearboxes (irrelevant to tool management)
Bit 16=0: The current value of SETMS is retained (it is a function
of the settings in MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK).
Bit 16=1: At program start, the spindle defined by MD20090
$MC_SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND is the master spindle.
Bit 17=0: The current value of SETMH is retained (it is a function
of the settings in MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK).
Bit 17=1: At program start, the number allocated by MD20124
$MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER is the number of the master tool
holder.
Bit 18=0: Reference axis for G96/G961/G962 according to MD20100
$MC_DIAMETER_AX_DEF. Bit 18=1 is recommended when using SCC with
its own spindle reset (see also MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK, bit
18).
Bit 18=1: Reference axis for G96/G961/G962 is retained.
Related to:
MD20120 $MC_TOOL_RESET_VALUE
MD20130 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
MD20150 $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES
MD20152 $MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE
MD20140 $MC_TRAFO_RESET_VALUE
MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK
MD20121 $MC_TOOL_PRESEL_RESET_VALUE
MD20118 $MC_GEOAX_CHANGE_RESET
3-260
0x400,0x400,0x400,0
x400,0x400,0x400...
0x7FFFF
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20114
MODESWITCH_MASK
C03
K1
DWORD
Reset
0xFFFF
1/1
Description:
20116
IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP
C01
K1,Z1
DWORD
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
In spite of the set read-in disable, an assigned user ASUB is completely executed for the interrupt channel with the set bit.
Bit 0 is assigned to interrupt channel 1.
Bit 1 is assigned to interrupt channel 2, etc.
Related to:
MD20117 $MC_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3-261
Maschine Data
09/2009
20117
IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP
C01
K1,Z1
DWORD
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
20118
GEOAX_CHANGE_RESET
C03
M1,K1,Z1
BOOLEAN
Reset
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
828d-me61
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1/1
828d-me81
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1/1
828d-te61
TRUE
1/1
828d-te81
TRUE
1/1
Description:
0:
The current configuration of the geometry axes remains
unchanged on reset and part program start. With this setting, the
response is identical to that with older software versions without
geometry axis replacement.
1:
The configuration of the geometry axes remains unchanged on
reset or part program end, depending on MD20110
$MC_RESET_MODE_MASK and, on part program start, depending on
MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK, or is switched to the initial state
defined by MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB.
Related to:
MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB
MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK
MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK
20120
TOOL_RESET_VALUE
C03
K1,W1
DWORD
Reset
32000
1/1
Description:
3-262
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20121
TOOL_PRESEL_RESET_VALUE
C03
K1,W1
DWORD
Reset
32000
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20122
TOOL_RESET_NAME
C03
STRING
Reset
2/2
Description:
20123
USEKT_RESET_VALUE
C03
DWORD
Reset
0xF
2/2
Description:
The system variable $P_USEKT is set with the value of this MD:
after run-up:
As a function of MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
3-263
Maschine Data
09/2009
20124
TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER
C03
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
20
2/2
Description:
3-264
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20125
CUTMOD_ERR
C08
DWORD
Immediately
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3/3
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3/3
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
Description:
3-265
Maschine Data
09/2009
20126
TOOL_CARRIER_RESET_VALUE
C03
W1
DWORD
Reset
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
2/2
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
Description:
20127
CUTMOD_INIT
C08
K1,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, -2
0,0,0,0
999999999
2/2
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, -2
0,0,0,0
999999999
2/2
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, -2
0,0,0,0
999999999
0/0
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, -2
0,0,0,0
999999999
0/0
Description:
The value programmable with NC command CUTMOD is initialized automatically on power ON with the value stored in this machine data.
If the value of the machine data equals -2, CUTMOD will be set to
the value included in MD20126 $MC_TOOL_CARRIER_VALUE.
3-266
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20128
COLLECT_TOOL_CHANGE
C04
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
20130
CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
C03
DWORD
Reset
32000
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
3-267
Maschine Data
09/2009
20132
SUMCORR_RESET_VALUE
C03
DWORD
Reset
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20140
TRAFO_RESET_VALUE
C03
F2,TE4,M1
BYTE
Reset
20
2/2
Description:
Definition of the transformation data block which is selected during runup and on reset or part program end as a function of MD20110
$MC_RESET_MODE_MASK, and as a function of MD20112
$MC_START_MODE_MASK on part program start.
Related to:
MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK
MD20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
20142
TRAFO_RESET_NAME
C03
K1
STRING
Reset
2/2
Description:
3-268
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20144
TRAFO_MODE_MASK
C07
M1
BYTE
Reset
828d-me61
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x03
2/2
828d-me81
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x03
2/2
828d-te61
0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01, 0
0x01,0x01,0x01...
0x03
2/2
828d-te81
0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01, 0
0x01,0x01,0x01...
0x03
2/2
Description:
3-269
Maschine Data
09/2009
20150
GCODE_RESET_VALUES
C11, C03
F2,TE4,K3,M1,M5
,K1,K2,P1,V1
BYTE
Reset
828d-me61
70
2, 0, 0, 3, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 4, 1...
2/2
828d-me81
70
2, 0, 0, 3, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 4, 1...
2/2
828d-te61
70
2, 0, 0, 1, 0, 2, 1, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 4, 1...
2/2
828d-te81
70
2, 0, 0, 1, 0, 2, 1, 1, 0, 2, 0, 1, 4, 1...
2/2
Description:
3-270
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[27]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[28]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[29]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[30]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[31]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[32]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[33]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[34]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[35]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[36]
)GCODE_RESET_VALUES[37]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[38]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[39]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[40]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[41]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[42]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[43]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[44]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[45]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[46]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[47]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[48]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[49]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[50]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[51]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[52]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[53]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[54]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[55]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[56]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[57]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[58]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[59]
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[60]
:
::
GCODE_RESET_VALUES[69]
281 (WALIMON)
291 (DIAMOF)
301 (COMPOF)
311 (inactive)
321 (inactive)
331 (FTOCOF)
341 (OSOF)
351 (SPOF)
361 (PDELAYON)
371 (FNORM)
381 (SPIF1)
391 (CPRECOF)
401 (CUTCONOF)
411 (LFOF)
421 (TCOABS)
431 (G140)
441 (G340)
451 (SPATH)
461 (LFTXT)
471 (G290 SINUMERIK mode)
483 (G460)
491 (CP)
501 (ORIEULER)
511 (ORIVECT)
521 (PAROTOF)
531 (TOROTOF)
541 (ORIROTA)
551 (RTLION)
561 (TOWSTD)
571 (FENDNORM)
581 (RELIEVEON)
591 (DYNNORM)
601 (WALCS0)
611 (ORISOF)
701 (not defined)
3-271
Maschine Data
09/2009
20152
GCODE_RESET_MODE
C03
M1,K1,K2,P1
BYTE
Reset
828d-me61
70
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
2/2
828d-me81
70
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
2/2
828d-te61
70
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
2/2
828d-te81
70
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
2/2
Description:
3-272
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20154
EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES
C11, C03
BYTE
Reset
2/2
1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, 1, 2, 2, 1, 3, 2, 1, 0,
1, 1, 1...
31
Description:
3-273
Maschine Data
09/2009
20156
EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_MODE
C03
BYTE
Reset
2/2
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
31
Description:
20160
CUBIC_SPLINE_BLOCKS
EXP, C09
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
Number of motion blocks across which a spline section is calculated with the cubic spline (CSPLINE) function.
The larger the value, the closer the generated contour is to the
ideal mathematical cubic spline, which in the boundary condition
CUBIC_SPLINE_BLOCKS = reaches infinity.
However, the higher the value, the longer the block search calculation time.
References:
/PA/, Programming Guide: Fundamentals
3-274
8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 4
8,8,8,8
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20170
COMPRESS_BLOCK_PATH_LIMIT
C09
B1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
20172
COMPRESS_VELO_TOL
C09
B1,V1
mm/min
DOUBLE
PowerOn
828d-me61
60000.0,60000.0,6000 0.0,60000.0...
1/1
828d-me81
60000.0,60000.0,6000 0.0,60000.0...
1/1
828d-te61
60000.0,60000.0,6000 0.0,60000.0...
0/0
828d-te81
60000.0,60000.0,6000 0.0,60000.0...
0/0
Description:
The value indicates the maximum permissible deviation for the compression for the path feedrate. The larger the value, the more
short blocks can be compressed into one long block. The maximum
number of compressible blocks is limited by the size of the spline
buffer.
Related to:
MD33100 $MA_COMPRESS_POS_TOL[AXn]
MD20170 $MC_COMPRESS_BLOCK_PATH_LIMIT
References:
/PGA/, Programming Guide, Advanced
20.0,20.0,20.0,20.0,20 .0,20.0,20.0...
20178
ORISON_BLOCK_PATH_LIMIT
C09
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
20.0,20.0,20.0,20.0,20 .0,20.0,20.0...
1/1
828d-me81
20.0,20.0,20.0,20.0,20 .0,20.0,20.0...
1/1
828d-te61
20.0,20.0,20.0,20.0,20 .0,20.0,20.0...
0/0
828d-te81
20.0,20.0,20.0,20.0,20 .0,20.0,20.0...
0/0
Description:
3-275
Maschine Data
09/2009
20180
TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_INCR
C08
W1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
3/3
828d-me81
3/3
828d-te61
0/0
828d-te81
0/0
Description:
For orientable tool carriers, this machine data defines the size
of the minimum increment (in degrees) by which the first or second
orientation axis can be changed (e.g. for Hirth tooth systems).
A programmed or calculated angle is rounded to the nearest value
resulting from
phi = s + n * d
with integer n.
In which:
s = MD20180 $MC_TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_INCR[i]
d = MD20182 $MC_TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_OFFSET[i]
and i is 0 for the 1st and 1 for the 2nd axis.
There is no rounding if this machine data is equal to zero.
20182
TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_OFFSET
C08
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
3/3
828d-me81
3/3
828d-te61
0/0
828d-te81
0/0
Description:
This machine data defines the offset of the rotary axis for an
orientable tool holder if its position cannot be continuously
changed.
It is only evaluated if MD20180 $MC_TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_INCR is not
equal to zero.
For the precise meaning of this machine data, see the description
of MD20180 $MC_TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_INCR.
3-276
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20184
TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER
C08
K2,W1
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- -1
1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
15
3/3
828d-me81
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- -1
1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
15
3/3
828d-te61
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- -1
1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
15
0/0
828d-te81
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- -1
1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
15
0/0
Description:
20188
TOCARR_FINE_LIM_LIN
C07
W1
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
828d-me61
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
3/3
828d-me81
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
3/3
828d-te61
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
0/0
828d-te81
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
0/0
Description:
Indicates for each channel the input limit for the linear fine
offset values of an orientable tool holder.
20190
TOCARR_FINE_LIM_ROT
C07
W1
degrees
DOUBLE
Immediately
828d-me61
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
3/3
828d-me81
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
3/3
828d-te61
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
0/0
828d-te81
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
0/0
Description:
Indicates for each channel the input limit for the rotary fine
offset values of an orientable tool holder.
3-277
Maschine Data
09/2009
20191
IGN_PROG_STATE_ASUP
EXP
K1
DWORD
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
20192
PROG_EVENT_IGN_PROG_STATE
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0xF
2/2
Description:
3-278
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20193
PROG_EVENT_IGN_STOP
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0xF
2/2
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
3-279
Maschine Data
09/2009
20196
TOCARR_ROTAX_MODE
C07
W1
DWORD
Immediately
828d-me61
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 0
2,2,2,2
3/3
828d-me81
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 0
2,2,2,2
3/3
828d-te61
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 0
2,2,2,2
0/0
828d-te81
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 0
2,2,2,2
0/0
Description:
20200
CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
V1
BYTE
PowerOn
15
2/2
Description:
Indicates the maximum number of blocks without traversing information in the compensation plane (dummy blocks) that can be programmed between two blocks with traversing information when
chamfer/rounding are active.
3-280
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 0
3,3,3,3
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20201
CHFRND_MODE_MASK
C09
V1
Chamfer/rounding behavior
DWORD
Reset
0xFFFF
2/2
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
20202
WAB_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
C02, C06
W1
BYTE
Reset
10
7/2
Description:
Maximum number of blocks which can appear between the SAR (soft
approach and retraction) block and the traversing block which
determines the direction of the approach or retraction tangent.
10
3-281
Maschine Data
09/2009
20204
WAB_CLEARANCE_TOLERANCE
C06
W1
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
20210
CUTCOM_CORNER_LIMIT
C08, C06
W1
degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
150.
2/2
Description:
Where outer corners are very pointed, G451 can result in long idle
paths. The system therefore switches automatically from G451
(intersection) to G450 (transition circle, with DISC where appropriate) when the outer corners are very pointed. The contour angle
which can be traversed following this automatic switchover (intersection ---> transition circle) can be defined in
CUTCOM_CORNER_LIMIT.
0.01,0.01,0.01,0.01,0. 01,0.01,0.01...
3-282
100.,100.,100.,100.,10 0.0
0.,100.,100....
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20220
CUTCOM_MAX_DISC
C08, C06
W1
DOUBLE
Reset
75.0
2/2
Description:
The G450 transition circle cannot produce sharp outer contour corners, because the path of the tool center point through the transition circle is controlled so that the cutting edge stops at the
outer corner (programmed position).
Where sharp outer corners are to be machined with G450, the DISC
instruction can be used in the program to program an overshoot.
This transforms the transition circle into a conic section and the
cutting edge lifts off from the outer corner.
The value range of the DISC instruction extends from 0 to theoretically 100 in steps of 1.
DISC = 0
...Overshoot disabled, transition circle active
DISC = 100 ...Overshoot large enough to theoretically produce a
response similar to intersection (G451).
Programmed values of DISC which are higher than those stored in
CUTCOM_MAX_DISC are limited to this maximum value without output
of a message. A severely non-linear alteration in the path speed
can thus be avoided.
Special cases:
It is not generally meaningful to enter values higher than 50 in
DISC.
It is therefore not possible to enter values > 75.
20230
CUTCOM_CURVE_INSERT_LIMIT
C08, C06
W1
DOUBLE
Reset
150.
2/2
Description:
Where outer corners are very flat, G450 (transition circle) and
G451 (intersection) approximate each other more and more. In such
a case, it is no longer useful to insert a transition circle.
Especially with 5-axis machining, it is not allowed to insert a
transition circle at these outer corners, as this might lead to
losses in velocity during continuous-path mode (G64).
That is why the system switches automatically from G450 (transition circle, possibly with DISC) to G451 (intersection) in the
case of very flat outer corners. The contour angle (in degrees),
as of which the automatic switchover (transition circle --->
intersection) is to be carried out, can be specified in
CUTCOM_CURVE_INSERT_LIMIT.
50.0,50.0,50.0,50.0,50 0.0
.0,50.0,50.0...
10.,10.,10.,10.,10.,10., 0.0
10.,10.,10....
20240
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS
C08, C02
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
10000
7/2
Description:
4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4, 2
4,4,4,4
3-283
Maschine Data
09/2009
20250
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
C08, C02
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
1000
7/2
Description:
Auxiliary functions
In general: Blocks that are taken over into the main run and
executed there
The maximum number of intermediate blocks is defined with this MD.
If the value is exceeded, alarm 10762 "Too many empty blocks
between 2 traversing blocks during active tool radius compensation" is output.
Note:
Comment blocks, arithmetic blocks and empty blocks are not
intermediate blocks in the sense of this MD and can therefore be
programmed in any number (without an alarm being triggered).
20252
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_SUPPR_BLOCKS
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
1000
0/0
Description:
Indicates the maximum number of blocks for active tool radius compensation, in which the function "Keep radius offset constant"
(CUTCONON or reprogramming of G41 / G42 during active TRC) may be
active.
Note:
The restriction of the number of blocks with active CUTONON is
necessary in order to carry out repositioning in this situation
too. Increasing this value for the machine data can lead to an
increased memory requirement for NC blocks.
3-284
5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5, 0
5,5,5,5
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20254
ONLINE_CUTCOM_ENABLE
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
This data enables online tool radius compensation. When the function is enabled, the control reserves the necessary memory space
required for online tool radius compensation after POWER ON.
ONLINE_CUTCOM_ENABLE = 0:
Online tool radius compensation can be used
ONLINE_CUTCOM_ENABLE = 1:
Online tool radius compensation cannot be used
20256
CUTCOM_INTERS_POLY_ENABLE
C09
W1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
20260
PATH_IPO_IS_ON_TCP
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
3-285
Maschine Data
09/2009
20262
SPLINE_FEED_PRECISION
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1.0
0/0
Description:
20270
CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT
C11, C03
H2,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
1/1
Description:
0.001,0.001,0.001,0.0 0.000001
01,0.001,0.001...
3-286
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, -2
1,1,1,1
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20272
SUMCORR_DEFAULT
C03
H2,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
The number of the total offset of the cutting edge which becomes
active when a new cutting edge compensation is activated without a
programmed DL value being available.
MD18110 $MN_MM_MAX_SUMCORR_PER_CUTTEDGE
defines the maximum useful value which can be entered.
Value Meaning
> 0
Number of the total offset
= 0
No total offset active with D programming
= 1
The total offset number for the previously programmed D is
used.
Related to:
MD20270 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT.
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, -1
0,0,0,0
3-287
Maschine Data
09/2009
20310
TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
C09
P3 pl,P3 sl
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
0x80400F,0x80400F,0 0
x80400F,0x80400F...
0xFFFFFFF
1/1
828d-me81
0x80400F,0x80400F,0 0
x80400F,0x80400F...
0xFFFFFFF
1/1
828d-te61
0x81400F,0x81400F,0 0
x81400F,0x81400F...
0xFFFFFFF
1/1
828d-te81
0x81400F,0x81400F,0 0
x81400F,0x81400F...
0xFFFFFFF
1/1
Description:
3-288
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
Bit 9 to bit 11
Bit 9: Reserved for test purposes
It can also be used by machine manufacturers during the test
phase, provided that the PLC program does not yet control the tool
change.
Bit 10=1: M06 is delayed until the preparation has been accepted
by the PLC user program.
The change command is not output until the preparation acknowledgment has been received. That can be, for example, status "1" or
"105".
Bit 10=0: The change command is output without delay, directly
after the preparation command.
Bit 11=1: The tool preparation command (PLC command numbers=2, 4,
5) is also executed if the same tool preparation command has
already been executed. (Commands 4, 5 contain the tool preparation)
Example: (Tool changed with M6 (PLC command no.= 3):
T="Tool1"; tool preparation
M6; tool change
T="Tool2" ; 1st tool preparation after M6 (for same tool holder)
; is always output to PLC.
T="Tool2"; 2nd tool preparation is only output as a command to the
PLC if bit 11 = 1.
; This tool preparation counts as the first if the state of the
tool has changed since the previous tool preparation such that it
would no longer be serviceable.
That might be, for example, an asynchronous unloading of the tool.
This tool preparation then attempts to select a replacement tool.
Bit 11=0: The preparation command can only be output once for any
one tool.
Bit 12 to bit 14
Bit 12=1: The preparation command (PLC command numbers = 2, 4, 5)
is also executed when the tool is already in the spindle/tool
holder.
T="Tool1" ; tool preparation
M6; tool change
T="Tool1"; tool is already in the tool holder
; 1st tool preparation after M6 (for the same tool holder)
; is only output to the PLC if bit 12 = 1.
; An unserviceable tool (e.g. disabled because of tool monitoring.) on the tool holder does not count as being on the tool
holder. This tool preparation then attempts to select a replacement tool.
T="Tool2" ; 2nd tool preparation - the rules of bit 11 apply to the
output.
Bit 12=0: The preparation command is not executed if the tool is
already in the spindle.
Bit 13=1: On reset, the commands are retrieved from the diagnostics buffer and stored in the passive file system (TCTRAxx.MPF
under part program) This file is required by the Hotline.
The tool sequences are only recorded in the the diagnostics buffers of systems that have adequate memory (NCU572, NCU573)).
Bit 14=1: Reset mode
3-289
Maschine Data
09/2009
3-290
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK
C06, C09
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
0x1
Description:
Activation of the tool time monitoring for the tool holders and
spindles 1..x.
As soon as the path axes have been traversed (not with G00, always
with G63), the tool time monitoring data of the active D compensation are updated for the tool in the selected tool holder, which
is also the master tool holder.
Bit 0...x-1: Monitoring of the tool in tool holder 1...x
20360
TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK
C09
M5,P1,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0xFFFF
1/1
828d-me81
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0xFFFF
1/1
828d-te61
0x283
0xFFFF
1/1
828d-te81
0x283
0xFFFF
1/1
Description:
3-291
Maschine Data
09/2009
Bit 3:
Zero offsets in frames in the transverse axis are included in
the calculaton as a diameter value.
Bit 4:
PRESET value is included in the calculaton as a diameter value
Bit 5:
Include the external work offset in the transverse axis in the
calculaton as a diameter value
Bit 6:
Read actual values of the transverse axis as diameter values
(AA_IW, AA_IEN, AA_IBN, AA_IB, caution: but not AA_IM)
Bit 7:
Display all actual values of the transverse axis as diameter
values, irrespective of the G code of group 29 (DIAMON / DIAMOF)
Bit 8:
Always display the distance-to-go as a radius in the WCS
Bit 9:
During DRF handwheel travel of a transverse axis, only half the
distance of the specified increment is traveled (on condition
that MD11346 $MN_HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE = 1).
Bit10:
Activate the tool component of an active, orientable tool carrier even if no tool is active.
Bit11:
The tool parameter $TC_DP6 is not interpreted as a tool radius
but as a tool diameter.
Bit12:
The tool parameter $TC_DP15 is not interpreted as wear of the
tool radius but as wear of the tool diameter.
Bit13:
During JOG of circles, the circle center coordinate is always a
radius value, see D42690 $SC_JOG_CIRCLE_CENTRE.
Bit14:
Absolute values of the transverse axis with cycle masks in the
radius
Bit15:
Incremental values of the transverse axis with cycle masks as
diameter
3-292
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20370
SHAPED_TOOL_TYPE_NO
C01, C08
DWORD
Immediately
2/2
0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
Description:
Indicates for each channel max. two number ranges for tool types
that are treated as forming tools. Therefore individual ranges are
possible both for grinding and for turning tools.
The first range is specified by the first and the second number,
the second range by the third and fourth number.
If the first number is not smaller than the second one (the same
applies for the third and fourth number), no range will be
defined, but two individual numbers will be specified instead.
The numbers 400 through 599 are permissible (tool type numbers for
turning and grinding tools), and also value 0 (no tool type number
defined).
Examples:
400 405 590 596 : Tool types 400-405 and 590-596 are contour tools
410 400 590 596 : tool types 400, 410 and 590-596 are contour
tools
450
0 420 430 : Tool types 450 and 420-430 are contour tools
20372
SHAPED_TOOL_CHECKSUM
C01, C08
BOOLEAN
Immediately
2/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
3-293
Maschine Data
09/2009
20380
TOOL_CORR_MODE_G43G44
BYTE
Reset
2/2
Description:
This machine data determines in ISO dialect M (G43 / G44) the way
in which length compensations programmed with H are processed.
0:
Mode A
Tool length H always acts on the third geometry axis (usually Z)
1:
Mode B
Tool length H acts, depending on the active plane, on one of the
three geometry axes. This means with
G17 on the 3rd geometry axis (usually Z)
G18 on the 2nd geometry axis (usually Y)
G19 on the 1st geometry axis (usually X)
In this mode, compensations in all three geometry axes can be
configured through multiple programming, i.e. through the activation of one component, the length compensation possibly
active in another axis is not deleted.
2:
Mode C
The tool length acts, independent of the active plane, on the
axis that has simultaneously been programmed with H. Otherwise,
the response is the same as with mode B.
20382
TOOL_CORR_MOVE_MODE
C01, C08
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
This machine data determines how the tool length compensations are
traversed.
0:
A tool length compensation is only traversed if the associated axis has been programmed (behavior as in previous software
versions)
1:
Tool lengths are always traversed independently of whether
the associated axes are programmed or not.
20384
TOOL_CORR_MULTIPLE_AXES
BOOLEAN
Reset
1/1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
3-294
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20390
TOOL_TEMP_COMP_ON
C01, C08
K3,W1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
20392
TOOL_TEMP_COMP_LIMIT
C01, C08
W1
mm
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
20396
TOOL_OFFSET_DRF_ON
C01, C08
BOOLEAN
Reset
-1/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
20400
LOOKAH_USE_VELO_NEXT_BLOCK
EXP, C05
B1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
20430
LOOKAH_NUM_OVR_POINTS
B1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
3-295
Maschine Data
09/2009
20440
LOOKAH_OVR_POINTS
EXP, C05
B1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2.0
2/2
0.2
Description:
20442
LOOKAH_SYSTEM_PARAM
EXP
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
20
Description:
20443
LOOKAH_FFORM
EXP, C05
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0, 0, 0, 1, 1
2/2
828d-me81
0, 0, 0, 1, 1
2/2
828d-te61
0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0, 0, 0,
0...
0/0
828d-te81
0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0, 0, 0,
0...
0/0
Description:
20450
LOOKAH_RELIEVE_BLOCK_CYCLE
EXP, C05
B1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-296
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20455
LOOKAH_FUNCTION_MASK
EXP, C05
BYTE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
20460
LOOKAH_SMOOTH_FACTOR
EXP, C05
B1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
500.0
0/0
Description:
20462
LOOKAH_SMOOTH_WITH_FEED
EXP, C05
B1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.
0.0,0.0,0.0...
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
20464
PATH_MODE_MASK
EXP, C05
Path behavior
DWORD
Reset
0xffff
1/1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
Description:
3-297
Maschine Data
09/2009
20465
ADAPT_PATH_DYNAMIC
EXP, C05
B1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
0/0
1.0
Description:
20470
CPREC_WITH_FFW
K6
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
828d-me61
TRUE
0/0
828d-me81
TRUE
0/0
828d-te61
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1/1
828d-te81
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1/1
Description:
This machine data defines the behavior of the programmable function CPRECON in conjunction with feedforward control.
FALSE: The CPRECON function is inactive when feedforward control
is activated simultaneously.
TRUE: CPRECON is also active with feedforward control.
Related to:
SD42450 $SC_CONTPREC, SD42460 $SC_MINFEED
3-298
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20480
SMOOTHING_MODE
EXP
B1
DWORD
NEW CONF
15344
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
3-299
Maschine Data
09/2009
3-300
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
SD42466 $SC_SMOOTH_ORI_TOL
20482
COMPRESSOR_MODE
EXP
F2
Mode of compressor
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
100
133
1/1
828d-me81
100
133
1/1
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
133
0/0
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
133
0/0
Description:
3-301
Maschine Data
09/2009
20484
COMPRESSOR_PERFORMANCE
EXP
Compressor power
BYTE
Reset
0/0
Description:
9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9, 0
9,9,9,9
20485
COMPRESS_SMOOTH_FACTOR
EXP, C05
B1
Smoothing by compressor
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1.
7/2
0.
Description:
20486
COMPRESS_SPLINE_DEGREE
EXP, C05
B1
BYTE
NEW CONF
0/0
3, 3, 3, 3, 3,3, 3, 3, 3,
3...
Description:
20488
SPLINE_MODE
EXP
B1
BYTE
NEW CONF
3/3
Description:
This MD is used to determine the settings for spline interpolation. The allocation of the spline segments to the NC blocks can
thus be influenced. With spline interpolation, the spline blocks
are combined, if possible, in such a way, that there are no blocks
that are too short and could lead to a reduction in the possible
path velocity.
Bit 0: With BSPLINE, blocks that are too short are avoided.
Bit 1: With BSPLINE/ORICURVE, blocks that are too short are
avoided.
Bit 2: With CSPLINE, blocks that are too short are avoided.
3-302
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20490
IGNORE_OVL_FACTOR_FOR_ADIS
EXP
B1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
828d-me61
TRUE
1/1
828d-me81
TRUE
1/1
828d-te61
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1/1
828d-te81
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
1/1
Description:
20500
CONST_VELO_MIN_TIME
EXP, C05
B2
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.1
2/2
Description:
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
3-303
Maschine Data
09/2009
20550
EXACT_POS_MODE
EXP
B1
BYTE
NEW CONF
33
1/1
Description:
3-304
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20552
EXACT_POS_MODE_G0_TO_G1
EXP
B1
BYTE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
20600
MAX_PATH_JERK
C05
B1,B2
m/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
10000., 10000.,
10000., 10000....
Description:
1.e-9
3-305
Maschine Data
09/2009
20602
CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_ACCEL
EXP, C05
B1,B2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0.95
2/2
Description:
This MD is used to determine whether the reaction of path curvature on path acceleration and path velocity is taken into account.
0:
Not taken into account
> 0:
If required, the path velocity and path acceleration are
reduced in order to keep a sufficient reserve on the machine
axes for centripetal acceleration.
0.75: Recommended setting.
MD20602 $MC_CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_ACCEL defines the proportion of
the axis accelerations (see MD32300 $MA_MAX_AX_ACCEL[..]) that can
be used for centripetal acceleration. The remainder is used for
changing the path velocity.
Centripetal acceleration is not required for linear blocks; the
full axis acceleration is therefore available for the path acceleration. On slightly curved contours or with a sufficiently low
maximum path feedrate $MC_CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_ACCEL has only a
partial or no effect. Accordingly, the path acceleration is higher
than that specified by (1. - MD20602
$MC_CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_ACCEL) * MD32300 $MA_MAX_AX_ACCEL[..].
There is an entry for each dynamic G code group.
20603
CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_JERK
EXP, C05
B1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1000.
2/2
0.
0.
Description:
20605
PREPDYN_SMOOTHING_FACTOR
EXP, C05
B1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
3-306
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20606
PREPDYN_SMOOTHING_ON
EXP, C05
B1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0, 0, 0, 1, 1
1/1
828d-me81
0, 0, 0, 1, 1
1/1
828d-te61
0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0, 0, 0,
0...
1/1
828d-te81
0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0, 0, 0,
0...
1/1
Description:
20607
PREPDYN_MAX_FILT_LENGTH_GEO
EXP, C05
B1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
Maximum filter length for curve and torsion smoothing of the geometry axes.
There is an entry for all dynamic G code groups.
20608
PREPDYN_MAX_FILT_LENGTH_RD
EXP, C05
B1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
3-307
Maschine Data
09/2009
20610
ADD_MOVE_ACCEL_RESERVE
C05
F2,B2,K1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.9
2/2
Description:
This machine data contains the factor which defines the acceleration margin which is not used by a path movement in order to provide sufficient acceleration reserves for an overlaid movement for
the velocity control.
A factor of 0.2 means that the path axes utilize 80% of the path
acceleration in normal operation. Only when a request for overlaid
movement is made, can 100% of the path acceleration be utilized.
MD irrelevant for:
Error states that lead to a rapid stop. In addition, the limitation is also ineffective for positioning axes.
Special cases:
At the moment the machine data is only taken into account if the
function "Fast retraction" is first activated.
Related to:
MD32300 $MA_MAX_AX_ACCEL (axis acceleration)
.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2,.2, 0.
.2,.2,.2,.2...
20620
HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_SIZE
C08, C06
H1
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
20621
HANDWH_ORIAX_MAX_INCR_SIZE
C08, C06
degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
> 0: Limitation of the size of the selected increment for orientation axes
$MN_JOG_INCR_SIZE[<increment/VDI signal>] or
SD41010 $SN_JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE for orientation axes
= 0: No limitation on orientation axes
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
3-308
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20622
HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_VSIZE
mm/min
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
500.,500.,500.,500.,50 0.,500.,500....
20623
HANDWH_ORIAX_MAX_INCR_VSIZE
rev/min
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1, 0.1,0.1,0.1...
3-309
Maschine Data
09/2009
20624
HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND
EXP, C09
H1,P1
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
2/2
Description:
Definition of the behavior for handwheel travel to channel-specific VDI interface signals (bit 0 to bit 7) or the context-sensitive interpolator stop (bit 7):
Bit = 0:
Interruption or collection of the displacements entered via the
handwheel.
Bit = 1:
Traversing aborted and no collecting
Bit assignment:
Bit 0: Mode group stop
Bit 1: Mode group stop, axes plus spindle
Bit 2: NC stop
Bit 3: NC stop, axes plus spindles
Bit 4: Feed disable (exceptions with MD30460
$MA_BASE_FUNCTION_MASK bit 6)
For bit 4 feed disable, it must be taken into account that a
PLC-controlled axis, for which MD30460 $MA_BASE_FUNCTION_MASK
bit 6 = 1, is not stopped by the feed disable, and that no
interruption and no abort are triggered here.
Bit 5: Feedrate override
Bit 6: Rapid traverse override
Bit 7: Feed stop, geometry axis or context-sensitive interpolator
stop
Bit 8 = 0:
The maximum feedrate for handwheel travel of geometry axes is
that specified in machine data JOG_AX_VELO for the corresponding machine axis/axes.
Bit 8 == 1:
The maximum feedrate for handwheel travel of geometry axes is
that specified in machine data MAX_AX_VELO for the corresponding machine axis/axes.
Bit 9 = 0:
The override is active during handwheel travel of geometry axes
Bit 9 = 1:
During handwheel travel of geometry axes, the override is
assumed to be 100% irrespective of the position of the override
switch.
Exception: override 0, which is always active.
Bit 10 = 0:
MD11310 $MN_HANDWH_REVERSE is not active for DRF, i.e. handwheel travel with DRF is carried out as if MD11310
$MN_HANDWH_REVERSE = 0.
Bit 10 = 1:
MD11310 $MN_HANDWH_REVERSE is active for DRF.
Bit 11 = 0:
3-310
0x13FF,0x13FF,0x13
FF,0x13FF,0x13FF...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
3-311
Maschine Data
09/2009
20700
REFP_NC_START_LOCK
C01, C03
D1,R1,Z1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
0:
The NC/PLC interface signal DB3200 DBX0007.1 (NC Start) for
starting of part programs or part program blocks (MDI and overstore) is active even if one or all axes of the channel has/have
not yet been referenced.
To ensure that the axes nevertheless reach the correct position
after NC Start, the workpiece coordinate system (WCS) must be
set to the correct value by means of other methods (scratch
method, automatic zero offset determination etc.).
1:
Those axes, for which the axial MD34110 $MA_REFP_CYCLE_NR
specifies that a reference point is obligate (value > -1), must
have been referenced before NC Start is allowed.
20730
G0_LINEAR_MODE
C09
P2
G0 interpolation mode
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
20732
EXTERN_G0_LINEAR_MODE
N12
P2
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
3-312
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20734
EXTERN_FUNCTION_MASK
N12
DWORD
Reset
0xFFFF
1/1
Description:
0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08, 0
0x08,0x08,0x08...
3-313
Maschine Data
09/2009
Bit8: 0:
With cycles, the F value transferred is always interpreted as a
feedrate.
1:
With threading cycles, the F value transferred is interpreted
as a pitch.
Bit9: 0:
Multiplication with 0.01mm / 0.0001inch is carried out in ISO
mode T for G84, G88 and in standard mode F for G95.
1:
Multiplication with 0.001mm / 0.00001inch is carried out in ISO
mode T for G84, G88 and in standard mode F for G95.
Bit10: 0:
With M96 Pxx, the program programmed with Pxx is always called
in the case of an interrupt
1:
With M96 Pxx, CYCLE396.spf is always called in the case of an
interrupt
Bit11: 0:
With G54 Pxx, only G54.1 is displayed
1:
With G54 Pxx, the programmed program is displayed after the
point, e.g. G54.48
Bit12: 0:
When the subroutine defined with M96 Pxx is called,
$P_ISO_STACK is not modified
1:
When the subroutine defined with M96 Pxx is called,
$P_ISO_STACK is incremented
Bit13: 0:
G10 is executed without internal STOPRE
1:
G10 is executed with internal STOPRE
Bit14: 0:
ISO_mode T: No alarm if a cutting edge has been programmed in
the T command.
1:
ISO mode T: Alarm 14185 if a cutting edge has not been programmed in the T command.
3-314
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20750
ALLOW_G0_IN_G96
C09, C05
P2,V1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
20800
SPF_END_TO_VDI
C04, C03
H2,K1
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3
Description:
Bit 0 = 1:
The M functions for subroutine end (M17 and/or M2/M30) are
transferred to the PLC interface.
Bit 0 = 0:
The M functions for subroutine end (M17 and/or M2/M30) are not
transferred to the PLC interface.
Note:
To prevent stopping in continuous-path mode, M17 must not be
programmed alone in a block.
Example of a subroutine: G64 F2000 G91 Y10 X10
X10 Z10 M17
Bit 1 = 0:
M01:
conditional program stop is always output to PLC, irrespective
of whether the M01 signal is active or not.
Fast auxiliary function output M=QU(1) is inactive because M01
is assigned to the 1st M function group and thus is always output at block end.
Bit 1 = 1:
M01:
conditional program stop is only output to PLC, if M01 is also
active.
This thus enables optimal run-time processing of the part program.
With fast auxiliary function output M=QU(1), M1 is output during the movement; thus it is possible to traverse blocks in continuous-path mode with programmed M01 as long as M01 is not
active.
The request of the M01 signal with M=QU(1) no longer occurs at
block end but during the movement.
3-315
Maschine Data
09/2009
20850
SPOS_TO_VDI
C04, C03
S1
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
Bit 0 = 0:
When bit 19 is also set to '0' in MD35035
$MA_SPIND_FUNCTION_MASK, auxiliary function M19 is not generated with SPOS and SPOSA. This also eliminates the acknowledgement time for the auxiliary function, which can cause faults
wiith very short blocks.
Bit 0 = 1:
When SPOS and SPOSA are programmed in the part program, auxiliary function M19 is generated and output to the PLC. The
address extension corresponds to the spindle number.
Related to:
SPIND_FUNCTION_MASK
20900
CTAB_ENABLE_NO_LEADMOTION
EXP
M3
BYTE
Reset
0/0
Description:
This MD is used to configure the way jumps of the slave axis are
processed in curve tables. A jump of the slave axis results from
the presence of a movement of the slave axis in a segment of the
curve table with no corresponding movement of the master axis.
The jumps of the slave axis may be programmed directly, or they
are created internally in the control.
These segments may be created especially if a curve table with
active tool radius compensation is generated.
The following configurations are possible:
0:
No curve tables are created that contain a jump of the slave
axis. If a jump of the slave axis occurs, alarm 10949
(CTAB_NO_LEADMOTION) is issued and program processing is terminated. This setting is compatible with previous software versions.
1:
Curve tables containing a jump of the slave axis may be
implemented. If a jump of the slave axis occurs, alarm 10955
(CTAB_NO_LEADMOTIONWARNING) is issued without terminating program
processing.
2:
Curve tables with jumps of the slave axis are implemented
without issuing an alarm or a note.
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3-316
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
20905
CTAB_DEFAULT_MEMORY_TYPE
EXP
M3
BYTE
Reset
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
the SRAM.
the DRAM.
21000
CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST
C06
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
This machine data is used to specify the permissible absolute circle error [mm].
When a circle is programmed, the radii from the programmed center
point to the start and end points are usually not equal (the circle is "overdefined").
The maximum permissible difference between these two radii that is
accepted without an alarm is defined by the larger value in the
following data:
MD21000 $MC_CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST
21010
CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR
C06
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0.01,0.01,0.01,0.01,0. 01,0.01,0.01...
0.001,0.001,0.001,0.0 01,0.001,0.001...
3-317
Maschine Data
09/2009
21015
INVOLUTE_RADIUS_DELTA
C06
A2
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
21016
INVOLUTE_AUTO_ANGLE_LIMIT
C06
A2
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
0.01,0.01,0.01,0.01,0. 01,0.01,0.01...
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
21020
WORKAREA_WITH_TOOL_RADIUS
C03, C06
A3
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
This machine data indicates whether the tool radius is taken into
account in the working area limitation.
0:
It is checked whether the tool center lies within the working
area limits.
1:
The tool radius is taken into account when the working area
limitation is checked. This means that the working area is reduced
by the tool radius.
3-318
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
21050
CONTOUR_TUNNEL_TOL
C06
K6
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
21060
CONTOUR_TUNNEL_REACTION
C06
K6
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
3-319
Maschine Data
09/2009
21070
CONTOUR_ASSIGN_FASTOUT
C01, C06
K6
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
21090
MAX_LEAD_ANGLE
C08, C09
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
80.
2/2
Description:
21092
MAX_TILT_ANGLE
C08, C09
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
180.
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
80.,80.,80.,80.,80.,80., 0.
80.,80.,80....
3-320
180.,180.,180.,180.,18 -180.
0.,180.,180....
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
21094
ORIPATH_MODE
C02
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
211
2/2
Description:
This MD is used to set the behavior for ORIPATH, i.e. path-relevant interpolation of tool orientation.
With the various digits of this machine data various functions for
ORIPATH are activated.
Meaning of the units digit: Activation of the "real" path-relative
orientation interpolation
xx 0:
Only at the end of the block, the tool orientation has the relation programmed with LEAD and TILT to the path tangent and the
normal vector; within the block, the orientation does not follow the path tangent. This corresponds to the behavior of SW
release 6.xx.
xx1:
The relation of the tool orientation to the path tangent and the
surface normal vector programmed with LEAD/TILT is retained
during the whole block. Meaning of the tens digit: Interpretation of the TILT angle
x0x:
LEAD = Rotation around direction vertical to tangent and normal
vector
(forward angle)
TILT = Rotation of orientation around normal vector
This is the interpretation of the LEAD/TILT angles in SW
releases < 7.2
x1x:
LEAD = Rotation around direction vertical to tangent and normal
vector
(forward angle)
TILT = Rotation of orientation around vector in direction of
tangent
(tilt angle)
Meaning of hundreds digit: Activation of a retract movement in the
case of re-orientation.
0xx:
In the case of re-orientation with ORIPATH, a retract movement
is not carried out.
1xx:
In the case of re-orientation with active ORIPATH, a retract
movement in the direction of the programmed vector is carried
out. The programmed vector for the direction of the retract
movement refers to the coordinate system defined by the current
tool direction (z coordinate) and the change in orientation (x
coordinate).
2xx:
In the case of re-orientation with active ORIPATH, a retract
movement in the direction of the programmed vector is carried
out. The programmed vector for the direction of the retract
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
3-321
Maschine Data
09/2009
ORIENTATION_IS_EULER
C01, C09
F2,TE4,M1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
828d-me61
FALSE
1/1
828d-me81
FALSE
1/1
828d-te61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
828d-te81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
Description:
21102
ORI_DEF_WITH_G_CODE
C01, C07
F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
3-322
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
21103
ORI_ANGLE_WITH_G_CODE
C01, C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
21104
ORI_IPO_WITH_G_CODE
C01, C07
F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
21106
CART_JOG_SYSTEM
C01, C07
F2,M1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
3-323
Maschine Data
09/2009
21108
POLE_ORI_MODE
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
122
2/2
Description:
This MD defines how the change in orientation in the case of vector interpolation is treated if the orientation runs through the
pole taper, which is defined by MD2....
$MC_TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_...n.
Vector interpolation is present, if tool orientation is interpolated independent of the kinematics, e.g. by means of large circle
interpolation (orientation is swiveled in a plane), taper interpolation or through interpolation of a 2nd reference point on the
tool (ORICURVE), and not directly the orientation axes.
In the pole, the pole axis can have any position. For large circle
interpolation, however, this axis requires a certain orientation.
If the start orientation is equal or close to the pole orientation
and the end orientation of the block lies outside the tolerance
circle defined by machine data TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_n, the pole axis
can be moved to a position suitable to ensure that the subsequent
vector interpolation can be carried out. This is set via the units
and tens digits of this machine data.
The units digits can have the following values (active if start
orientation equal to pole orientation):
0:
The interpolation is carried out as an axis interpolation.
The specified orientation path (large circle) is followed only if
the pole axis (coincidentally) has the right position and the
basic orientation is perpendicular to the 2nd rotary axis.
1:
A block, that positions the pole axis to a position enabling
large circle interpolation to be carried out in the subsequent
block, is inserted before the block where the situation described
occurs.
2:
If the block preceding the block in which the situation
described occurs contains a geometry axis movement but no orientation movement the required positioning movement of the pole axis
is additionally carried out in this previous block.
If one of the two conditions is not fulfilled (block does not
contain a geometry axis movement or block contains an orientation movement), the pole axis movement is carried out in a separate block (same behavior as under 1.)
The tens digits can have the following values (active if the start
orientation differs from the pole orientation, but lies within the
tolerance circle defined by TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_n):
00: The interpolation is carried out as an axis interpolation.
The specified orientation path (large circle) is followed only if
the pole axis (coincidentally) has the right position hat and the
basic orientation is perpendicular to the 2nd rotary axis.
10: A block, which positions the two rotary axes to the point
where the programmed large circle interpolation intersects with
the tolerance circle defined by TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_n, is inserted
before the block where the situation described occurs. In the
original block, large circle interpolation is applied as of this
point.
20: If the block preceding the block in which the described situ-
3-324
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
X_AXIS_IN_OLD_X_Z_PLANE
M1,K2
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
1 = With automatic definition of a frame (TOFRAME), the Z direction of which equals the current tool orientation, the new coordinate system is additionally rotated around the new Z axis so that
the new X axis is in the old Z-X plane.
0 = With automatic definition of a frame (TOFRAME), the Z direction of which equals the current tool orientation, the new coordinate system is maintained as it results from the kinematics of the
machine, i.e. it is assumed that the coordinate system is fixed to
the tool and rotates with the tool (orientation).
From SW 5.3:
This machine data is only effective when the three lowest value
decimal positions (units, tens, hundreds) of SD42980
$SC_TOFRAME_MODE) equal zero. Otherwise the frame definition is
specified by SD42980 $SC_TOFRAME_MODE.
MD irrelevant for:
No orientation programming
Related to:
MD21100 $MC_ORIENTATION_IS_EULER
Further references:
/PG/, Programming Guide, Fundamentals
3-325
Maschine Data
09/2009
21120
ORIAX_TURN_TAB_1
C07
F2,M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
21130
ORIAX_TURN_TAB_2
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
3-326
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
21132
ORI_DISP_IS_MODULO
C07
F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
21134
ORI_DISP_MODULO_RANGE
C07
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
360000000.0
-1/7
360.0, 360.0,
360.0,360.0, 360.0,
360.0...
1.0
Description:
Defines the size of the modulo range for the display of orientation axis positions.
This modulo range does not impair the programmable values of the
positions nor the possible traversing range of orientation axes.
21136
ORI_DISP_MODULO_RANGE_START
C07
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
Defines the start position for the modulo range used to display
the positions of orientation axes.
This only impairs the displayed positions, but not the possible
programming or traversing range of these axes.
Example:
Start =
0 degree -> modulo range
0 <->360 degrees
Start = 180 degrees -> modulo range 180 <->540 degrees
Start = -180 degrees -> modulo range -180 <->180 degrees
21150
JOG_VELO_RAPID_ORI
C07
F2,R2
rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
3-327
Maschine Data
09/2009
21155
JOG_VELO_ORI
C07
F2
rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
21160
JOG_VELO_RAPID_GEO
C07
F2
mm/min
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
10000., 10000.0,
10000.,10000.,
10000.0, 10000....
Description:
21165
JOG_VELO_GEO
C07
F2
mm/min
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
1000., 1000.,
1000.,1000., 1000.,
1000....
Description:
21170
ACCEL_ORI
C07
F2
rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
3-328
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
21180
ROT_AX_SWL_CHECK_MODE
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
112
0/0
Description:
This machine data is evaluated only with the generic 5-axis transformation.
If the block preparation shows that the path programmed in the
direction programming would lead to a violation of the software
limits of the orientation axes, this machine data determines how
the motions of the rotary axes have to be modified.
The units digit of the MD is used to determine how alternative end
positions of the rotary axes are created if the software limits
would be violated. The tens digit is used to determine how the
axes approach these end positions. The hundreds digit is used to
activate an automatic limitation of the axis that swivels through
the pole (non-pole axis).
Meaning of the units digit:
0:
The path is not modified. Alarm 10720 (SW_LIMITSWITCH) is
output if it is not possible to travel along the shortest path.
1:
If the initially determined orientation path would violate
the limits of the orientation axes, an attempt is made to modify
the end points so that a motion becomes possible.
The first attempt uses the second solution. (There are usually
two solutions to the conversion: orientation ==> angle of
axis). If this solution would also violate the axis limits, an
attempt is made to find a permissible solution by modifying both
rotary axes by multiples of 360 degrees in both solutions.
The modifications of end positions described will only be performed if axis interpolation of rotary axes is active.
2:
Monitoring and possibly modifications of the rotary-axis
positions are the same as those when the machine data has the
value 1.
However, modifications are also permissible if vector interpolation (large-circle interpolation, taper circumference interpolation, etc.) is active. If, in such a case, the rotary-axes
positions would have to be modified, there is a switch to axis
interpolation. The originally programmed orientation path will
then usually not be followed.
Meaning of the tens digit:
0x: The orientation axes travel simultaneously to their possible
end positions. There may be larger or smaller deviations from the
original orientation path.
1x: If possible, the orientation is first rotated in the pole
direction. In the pole position, the pole axis is then positioned
so that the final orientation can be approached by rotating the
orientation from the pole position into the programmed direction.
The originally programmed orientation path is then followed.
Meaning of the hundreds digit:
0xx: The range of the non-pole axis is determined by its software
limits or working area limitations.
1xx: The range of the non-pole axis is limited either in the positive or negative travel range. The possible range is limited by
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
3-329
Maschine Data
09/2009
TOCARR_ROT_OFFSET_FROM_FR
C01, C07
F2
BOOLEAN
Immediately
828d-me61
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
2/2
828d-me81
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
2/2
828d-te61
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
828d-te81
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
Description:
21190
TOFF_MODE
C08
F2,2.4
BYTE
Reset
0/0
Description:
3-330
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
21194
TOFF_VELO
C08
F2,2.4
mm/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
21196
TOFF_ACCEL
C08
2.4
m/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
21198
ORI_TRAFO_ONLINE_CHECK_LIM
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
1.0e-3
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0, 1.0,1.0,1.0...
21200
LIFTFAST_DIST
C09
K1,V1,2.6,6.1
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
21202
LIFTFAST_WITH_MIRROR
C09
K1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1, 0.1,0.1,0.1...
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
1:
When determining the retraction direction, if mirroring of
the contour is active then the retraction direction is also mirrored. Mirroring of the retraction direction only refers to the
directional components vertical to the tool direction.
0:
Mirroring of the contour is NOT taken into account when
determining the retraction direction.
3-331
Maschine Data
09/2009
21204
LIFTFAST_STOP_COND
C09
M3
DWORD
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
21210
SETINT_ASSIGN_FASTIN
C01, C09
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3-332
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1,1,1,1
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
21220
MULTFEED_ASSIGN_FASTIN
C01, C09
A4,V1
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3-333
Maschine Data
09/2009
21230
MULTFEED_STORE_MASK
C01, C09
V1
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
21240
PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK_CHAN
C01, C09
DWORD
PowerOn
255
2/2
Description:
3-334
-1
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
21300
COUPLE_AXIS_1
C09
S3
BYTE
PowerOn
828d-me61
31
0/0
828d-me81
31
0/0
828d-te61
31
2/2
828d-te81
31
2/2
Description:
3-335
Maschine Data
09/2009
21310
COUPLING_MODE_1
C03, C09
S3
BYTE
PowerOn
828d-me61
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
0/0
828d-me81
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
0/0
828d-te61
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
2/2
828d-te81
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
2/2
Description:
This machine data determines the type of coupling for the fixed
coupling configuration defined with machine data COUPLE_AXIS_1[n].
1:
Setpoint coupling activated.
With a setpoint coupling, the reference variable for the following spindle is calculated from the position setpoint of the
leading spindle, thus allowing the setpoints for the FS and LS
to be input simultaneously. This has a particularly positive
effect on the spindle synchronism during acceleration and
deceleration processes.
A setpoint coupling thus achieves better command behavior than
an actual-value coupling.
When a setpoint coupling is used, the following conditions must
be fulfilled before synchronous mode is activated:
For leading spindles which are not suitable for position control.
3-336
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
provided this option has not been inhibited by the channel-specific MD21340 $MC_COUPLE_IS_WRITE_PROT_1. However, the parameterized value of channel-specific MD21310 $MC_COUPLING_MODE_1 remains
unchanged.
MD irrelevant to:
User-defined coupling
Related to:
Channel-specific MD21300 $MC_COUPLE_AXIS_1
(definition of pair of synchronous spindles)
Channel-specific MD21340 $MC_COUPLE_IS_WRITE_PROT_1
(write-protection for configured coupling parameters)
NC/PLC interface signal <Istwertkopplung/> (Actual-value coupling)
3-337
Maschine Data
09/2009
21320
COUPLE_BLOCK_CHANGE_CTRL_1
C09
S3
BYTE
PowerOn
828d-me61
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 0
3,3,3,3
0/0
828d-me81
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 0
3,3,3,3
0/0
828d-te61
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 0
3,3,3,3
2/2
828d-te81
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 0
3,3,3,3
2/2
Description:
3-338
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
21330
COUPLE_RESET_MODE_1
C03, C09
S3,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
0x3FF
0/0
828d-me81
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
0x3FF
0/0
828d-te61
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
0x3FF
2/2
828d-te81
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
0x3FF
2/2
Description:
This machine data defines the behavior of the synchronous mode for
the pair of synchronous spindles configured with machine data
COUPLE_AXIS_1[n].
Bit 0=0:
Synchronous mode remains active with a new program start and, as
long as the control remains switched on, can be canceled only
with COUPOF.
Bit 0=1:
Synchronous mode is canceled with program start (from the reset
condition).
Bit 1=0:
Synchronous mode remains active even with program end and reset
and, as long as the control remains switched on, can be canceled
only with COUPOF.
Bit 1=1:
Synchronous mode is canceled with program end or RESET.
Bit 5=1:
The configured data are activated with program start.
Bit 6=1:
The configured data are activated with program end or RESET.
Bit 9=1:
Synchronous mode is switched on with program start.
Note:
Synchronous mode is not deselected with NC Start after NC Stop.
MD irrelevant to:
User-defined coupling
Related to:
Channel-specific MD21300 $MC_COUPLE_AXIS_1 (definition of pair
of synchronous spindles)
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX2002.4 (Active spindle mode synchronous mode)
3-339
Maschine Data
09/2009
21340
COUPLE_IS_WRITE_PROT_1
C09
S3
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
828d-me61
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
828d-me81
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
0/0
828d-te61
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
2/2
828d-te81
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
2/2
Description:
21380
ESR_DELAY_TIME1
EXP, N09
M3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
3-340
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
21381
ESR_DELAY_TIME2
EXP, N09
M3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
3.3.2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
22000
AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP
C04
H2,S1
BYTE
PowerOn
127
2/2
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1,1, 1...
64
Description:
22010
AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE
C04
H2,S1
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
"", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "",
""...
64
Description:
Machine data
AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE[n] (auxiliary function type),
AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION[n] (auxiliary function extension),
AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE[n] (auxiliary function value) and
AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP[n] (auxiliary function group)
assign an auxiliary function type (M,S,H,T,F,D,DL), the associated
extension and the auxiliary function value to an auxiliary function group.
Example:
M0 = 100 => Group 5 (corr. M100)
Auxiliary function typeM
Auxiliary function extension 0
Auxiliary function value
100
Auxiliary function group
5
MD22010 $MC_AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE[0] = "M"
MD22020 $MC_AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION[0] = 0
MD22030 $MC_AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE[0] = 100
MD22040 $MC_AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP[0] = 5
; (5th group)
M00, M01, M02, M17 and M30 are assigned to group 1 as default.
M3, M4, M5 and M70 of the master spindle are assigned to group 2 as
default.
3-341
Maschine Data
09/2009
AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION
C04
H2,S1
DWORD
PowerOn
99
2/2
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -1
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
64
Description:
22030
AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE
C04
H2,S1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
64
Description:
3-342
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
22035
AUXFU_ASSIGN_SPEC
C04
H2
Output specification
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
64
Description:
22040
AUXFU_PREDEF_GROUP
C04
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
128
2/2
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 0
2, 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 3,
1, 1, 1...
261
Description:
22050
AUXFU_PREDEF_TYPE
C04
H2
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
261
Description:
3-343
Maschine Data
09/2009
22060
AUXFU_PREDEF_EXTENSION
C04
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
99
2/2
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, -1
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
0, 0, 0...
261
Description:
22070
AUXFU_PREDEF_VALUE
C04
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
261
Description:
22080
AUXFU_PREDEF_SPEC
C04
H2,K1
Output specification
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
261
Description:
3-344
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
22100
AUXFU_QUICK_BLOCKCHANGE
C04
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
22110
AUXFU_H_TYPE_INT
C11, C04
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0:
The values of H auxiliary functions are present in floating
point format.
The maximum value range is +/-3.4028 ex 38.
1:
The value of H auxiliary functions is rounded and changed to
an integer.
The basic program in the PLC must interpret the value as an
integer.
The maximum value range is -2147483648 to 2147483647.
22200
AUXFU_M_SYNC_TYPE
C04
H2,K1,2.4
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
Description:
3-345
Maschine Data
09/2009
22210
AUXFU_S_SYNC_TYPE
C04
H2,2.4
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
22220
AUXFU_T_SYNC_TYPE
C11, C04
H2,2.4
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
3-346
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
22230
AUXFU_H_SYNC_TYPE
C04
H2,2.4
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
22240
AUXFU_F_SYNC_TYPE
C04
H2,K1,V1,Z1
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 0
3,3,3,3
3-347
Maschine Data
09/2009
22250
AUXFU_D_SYNC_TYPE
C04
H2
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
22252
AUXFU_DL_SYNC_TYPE
C04
H2
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
3-348
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
22254
AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE
H2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
3-349
Maschine Data
09/2009
22256
AUXFU_ASSOC_M1_VALUE
H2
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
22400
S_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
1:
The last S values set in the main run are still active after
a RESET.
0:
The various S values are equal to 0 after a RESET and must
therefore be reprogrammed.
22410
F_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
M3,V1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
1:
The last programmed F, FA, OVR and OVRA values are still
active after RESET.
0:
The various values are set to their default values after
reset.
Related to:
MD22240 $MC_AUXFU_F_SYNC_TYPE Output time of the F functions
3-350
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
22420
FGROUP_DEFAULT_AXES
C11
BYTE
PowerOn
3/3
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0...
Description:
Default setting for FGROUP command. You can specify up to 8 channel axes whose resulting velocity is equivalent to the programmed
path feed.
If all eight values are zero (default), the geo axis entered in
MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB are active as the default setting for the FGROUP command as previously.
22510
GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC
C04
K1,P3 pl,P3 sl
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
22512
EXTERN_GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC
C11, C04
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
18, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
3-351
Maschine Data
09/2009
22515
GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC_MODE
C04
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
For setting the behavior, i.e. how the G groups are to be interpreted in the PLC with regard to data.
With the current behavior (bit 0 = 0), the G group is the array
index of a 64-byte field (DBB 208 - DBB 271).
Maximally the 64th G group can be reached in this way.
With the new behavior (bit 0 = 1), the data storage in the PLC consists of max. 8 bytes (DBB 208 - DBB 215).
With this procedure, the array index of this byte array is identical with the index of the MD22510 $MC_GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC[Index]
and MD22512 $MC_EXTERN_GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC[Index].
Each index (0 - 7) may only be set for one of the two machine data;
the value 0 must be entered for the other MD.
Bit 0(LSB) = 0:
Behavior as before, the 64-byte field is used for displaying the
G codes
Bit 0(LSB) = 1:
The user specifies for which G groups the first 8 bytes are to
be used
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
22530
TOCARR_CHANGE_M_CODE
C04
H2,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
99999999
2/2
Description:
3-352
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, -99999999
0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
22532
GEOAX_CHANGE_M_CODE
C04
H2,K2
DWORD
PowerOn
99999999
1/1
Description:
22534
TRAFO_CHANGE_M_CODE
C04
M1,H2
DWORD
PowerOn
99999999
2/2
Description:
22550
TOOL_CHANGE_MODE
W3,K1,W1
BYTE
PowerOn
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
828d-me61
1/1
828d-me81
1/1
828d-te61
1/1
828d-te81
1/1
Description:
3-353
Maschine Data
09/2009
22560
TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
H2,K1,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
206
99999999
2/2
828d-me81
206
99999999
2/2
828d-te61
6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6, 0
6,6,6,6
99999999
2/2
828d-te81
6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6, 0
6,6,6,6
99999999
2/2
Description:
22562
TOOL_CHANGE_ERROR_MODE
C09
W1
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFF
2/2
Description:
3-354
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
3-355
Maschine Data
09/2009
3-356
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
22600
SERUPRO_SPEED_MODE
EXP
K1
DWORD
Immediately
1/1
Description:
This machine data specifies the search run mode: SERUPRO in more
detail.
SERUPRO search run is activated with PI service _N_FINDBL mode
parameter = 5.
SERUPRO means SEarchRUn by PROgram test, i.e. traversing under
program test from beginning of program to search target.
Note:
Program test does not move any axes/spindles.
Bit0 and Bit1:
==========
0:
Under program test, the axes/spindles are traversed at the
following speeds:
Axes:
MD22601 $MC_SERUPRO_SPEED_FACTOR*dry run feed.
Spindles: MD22601 $MC_SERUPRO_SPEED_FACTOR*programmed speed.
Dynamic axis / spindle limitations are not taken into account.
1:
Under program test, the axes/spindles are traversed at the
following speeds:
Axes:
at the same velocity as dry run feed.
Spindles: at the programmed speed.
Dynamic axis / spindle limitations are taken into account.
2:
Under program test, the axes/spindles are traversed at the
programmed velocity/speed.
Dynamic axis /spindle limitations are taken into account.
3:
Not assigned.
Related to:
SD42100 $SC_DRY_RUN_FEED, MD22601 $MC_SERUPRO_SPEED_FACTOR
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1,1,1,1
3-357
Maschine Data
09/2009
22601
SERUPRO_SPEED_FACTOR
EXP
K1
DOUBLE
Immediately
1/1
Description:
22620
START_MODE_MASK_PRT
EXP, C03
M3,K1
DWORD
Reset
0xFFFF
1/1
10.0,10.0,10.0,10.0,10 1.0
.0,10.0,10.0...
Description:
3-358
0x400,0x400,0x400,0
x400,0x400,0x400...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
22621
ENABLE_START_MODE_MASK_PRT
EXP, C03
M3,K1
DWORD
Reset
0x1
1/1
Description:
22622
DISABLE_PLC_START
EXP
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
22680
AUTO_IPTR_LOCK
EXP, C03
K1
DWORD
Reset
0x3
0/0
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
3-359
Maschine Data
09/2009
22700
TRACE_STARTTRACE_EVENT
EXP, C06
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
NBUP
-
Description:
22702
TRACE_STARTTRACE_STEP
EXP, C06
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
NBUP
-
,,, ,, ,, ,, ...
Description:
22704
TRACE_STOPTRACE_EVENT
EXP, C06
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
NBUP
CLEARCANCELALAR M_M,CLEARCANCEL
ALARM_M...
Description:
22706
TRACE_STOPTRACE_STEP
EXP, C06
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
NBUP
3-360
, ,, ,, ,, ,, ...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
22708
TRACE_SCOPE_MASK
EXP, C06
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
NBUP
-
Description:
22710
TRACE_VARIABLE_NAME
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
NBUP
"BL_NR",
"TR_POINT",
"EV_TYPE",
"EV_SRC",
"CS_ASTEP"...
10
Description:
22712
TRACE_VARIABLE_INDEX
EXP, C06
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
2/2
NBUP
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0...
10
Description:
3-361
Maschine Data
09/2009
22714
MM_TRACE_DATA_FUNCTION
Activating diagnostics
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3FFFF
2/2
Description:
NBUP
3-362
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
16
17
22800
TRACE_COMPRESSOR_OUTPUT
EXP, C01
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
Corner detection
NBUP
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
22900
STROKE_CHECK_INSIDE
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
7/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
22910
WEIGHTING_FACTOR_FOR_SCALE
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
Definition of the unit for the scaling factor P and for the axial
scaling factors I, J, K.
Meaning:
0
Scale factor in 0.001
1
Scale factor in 0.00001
Related to:
SD43120 $SA_DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_AXIS,
SD42140 $SC_DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_P
3-363
Maschine Data
09/2009
22914
AXES_SCALE_ENABLE
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
22920
EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_ON
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
22930
EXTERN_PARALLEL_GEOAX
BYTE
PowerOn
20
2/2
Description:
3-364
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24000
FRAME_ADD_COMPONENTS
C03
K2
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
24002
CHBFRAME_RESET_MASK
C03
K2
DWORD
Reset
0xFFFF
1/1
Description:
Bit mask for the reset setting of the channel-specific base frames
which are included in the channel.
The following apply:
If MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK bit0 = 1 and BIT14 = 1
the entire base frame is determined on reset by chaining the
base frame field elements, whose bit is 1 in the bit mask.
If MD20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK bit0 = 1 and BIT14 = 0
the entire base frame is deselected on reset.
0xFFFF,0xFFFF,0xFF 0
FF,0xFFFF,0xFFFF...
24004
CHBFRAME_POWERON_MASK
C03
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFFF
1/1
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
3-365
Maschine Data
09/2009
24006
CHSFRAME_RESET_MASK
C03
K2
DWORD
Reset
0x00000FFF
1/1
Description:
Bit mask used for the reset setting of the channel-specific system
frames included in the channel.
Bit 0: System frame for actual value setting and scratching is
active after reset.
Bit 1: System frame for external work offset is active after
reset.
Bit 2: Reserved, for TCARR and PAROT see MD20150
$MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES[].
Bit 3: Reserved, for TOROT and TOFRAME see MD20150
$MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES[].
Bit 4: System frame for workpiece reference points is active after
reset.
Bit 5: System frame for cycles is active after reset.
Bit 6: Reserved; reset behavior dependent on MD20110
$MC_RESET_MODE_MASK.
Bit 7:System frame $P_ISO1FR (ISO G51.1 Mirror) is active after
reset.
Bit 8:System frame $P_ISO2FR (ISO G68 2DROT) is active after
reset.
Bit 9:System frame $P_ISO3FR (ISO G68 3DROT) is active after
reset.
Bit 10:System frame $P_ISO4FR (ISO G51 Scale) is active after
reset.
Bit 11:
System frame $P_RELFR is active after reset.
Related to:
MD28082 $MC_MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK
3-366
0x811
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24007
CHSFRAME_RESET_CLEAR_MASK
C03
K2
DWORD
Reset
0x00000FFF
1/1
0x20
Description:
24008
CHSFRAME_POWERON_MASK
C03
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0x00000FFF
1/1
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
3-367
Maschine Data
09/2009
PFRAME_RESET_MODE
C03
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
24020
FRAME_SUPPRESS_MODE
C03
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0x0000003
2/2
0x1
Description:
24030
FRAME_ACS_SET
C03
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
0:
SZS results from the WCS transformed with $P_CYCFRAME and
$P_PFRAME.
1:
SZS results from the WCS transformed with the $P_CYCFRAME.
24040
FRAME_ADAPT_MODE
C03
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0x0000007
1/1
Description:
3-368
0x07
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24050
FRAME_SAA_MODE
C03
DWORD
PowerOn
0x0000003
1/1
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
24080
USER_FRAME_POWERON_MASK
N01
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1
7/2
Description:
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
3-369
Maschine Data
09/2009
3.3.3
24100
TRAFO_TYPE_1
C07
F2,TE4,M1,K1,W1
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-te61
256
1/1
828d-te81
256
1/1
Description:
3-370
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
Example:
A 5-axis transformation with turnable tool and axis sequence CA
(i.e. C axis turns A axis) has number 20 ( = 16 + 4 )
Notice:
Not all combinations of group numbers and axis sequence numbers
are allowed. An error message is output if a number for a nonexistent transformation is entered.
Related to:
MD24200 $MC_TRAFO_TYPE_2, MD24300 $MC_TRAFO_TYPE_3, ... MD24460
$MC_TRAFO_TYPE_8
References:
/FB/, F2, "5-Axis Transformation"
24110
TRAFO_AXES_IN_1
C07
F2,TE4,M1,K1,W1
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
20
1/1
828d-me81
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
20
1/1
828d-te61
1, 3, 2, 0, 0, 0
20
1/1
828d-te81
1, 3, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
20
1/1
Description:
3-371
Maschine Data
09/2009
24120
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1
C07
F2,TE4,TE4,M1,K
1,W1
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
20
1/1
828d-me81
20
1/1
828d-te61
1, 3, 2
20
1/1
828d-te81
1, 3, 2
20
1/1
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 1.
Not relevant:
No transformation
Related to:
MD20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB, if no transformation is
active.
References:
/FB/, K2, "Coordinate Systems, Axis Types, Axis Configurations,
Workpiece-Related Actual Value System, External Work Offset"
24130
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
1/1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during the 1st transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool
with reference to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed by
the transformation. In standard transformations, only the
"inclined-axis transformation" fulfills this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS)
refers to the tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers to the tool tip (Tool Center Point TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
3-372
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24200
TRAFO_TYPE_2
C07
F2,M1
DWORD
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
24210
TRAFO_AXES_IN_2
C07
F2,M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
Description:
TRAFO_AXES_IN_2(n)
Axis assignment at input of 2nd to 8th transformation.
Same meaning as for TRAFO_AXES_IN_1.
24220
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2
C07
F2,M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
1/1
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 2.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
3-373
Maschine Data
09/2009
24230
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_2
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
1/1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during the 2nd transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool
with reference to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed by
the transformation. In standard transformations, only "inclinedaxis transformation" fulfills this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS)
refers to the tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers to the tool tip (Tool Center Point TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
24300
TRAFO_TYPE_3
C07
M1
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
Description:
3-374
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24310
TRAFO_AXES_IN_3
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
Description:
24320
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_3
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
20
0/0
828d-me81
20
0/0
828d-te61
20
1/1
828d-te81
20
1/1
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 3.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
3-375
Maschine Data
09/2009
24330
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_3
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
828d-me61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-me81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-te61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
828d-te81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
Description:
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during the 3rd transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool
with reference to to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed
by the transformation. In standard transformations, only
"inclined-axis transformation" fulfills this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS)
refers to the tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers to the tool tip (Tool Center Point TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
24400
TRAFO_TYPE_4
C07
M1
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
Description:
3-376
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24410
TRAFO_AXES_IN_4
C07
F2,M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
Description:
24420
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_4
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
20
0/0
828d-me81
20
0/0
828d-te61
20
1/1
828d-te81
20
1/1
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 4.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
3-377
Maschine Data
09/2009
24426
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_4
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
828d-me61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-me81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-te61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
828d-te81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
Description:
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during the 4th transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool
with reference to to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed
by the transformation. In standard transformations, only
"inclined-axis transformation" fulfills this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS)
refers to the tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers to the tool tip (Tool Center Point TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
24430
TRAFO_TYPE_5
C07
M1
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
Description:
3-378
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24432
TRAFO_AXES_IN_5
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
Description:
24434
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_5
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
20
0/0
828d-me81
20
0/0
828d-te61
20
1/1
828d-te81
20
1/1
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 5.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
3-379
Maschine Data
09/2009
24436
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_5
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
828d-me61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-me81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-te61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
828d-te81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
Description:
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during the 5th transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool
with reference to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed by
the transformation. In standard transformations, only "inclinedaxis transformation" fulfills this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS)
refers to the tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers to the tool tip (Tool Center Point TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
24440
TRAFO_TYPE_6
C07
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
Description:
3-380
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24442
TRAFO_AXES_IN_6
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
Description:
24444
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_6
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
20
0/0
828d-me81
20
0/0
828d-te61
20
1/1
828d-te81
20
1/1
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 6.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
3-381
Maschine Data
09/2009
24446
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_6
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
828d-me61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-me81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-te61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
828d-te81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
Description:
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during the 6th transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool
with reference to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed by
the transformation. In standard transformations, only "inclinedaxis transformation" fulfills this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS)
refers to the tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers to the tool tip (Tool Center Point TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
24450
TRAFO_TYPE_7
C07
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
Description:
3-382
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24452
TRAFO_AXES_IN_7
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
Description:
24454
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_7
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
20
0/0
828d-me81
20
0/0
828d-te61
20
1/1
828d-te81
20
1/1
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 7.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
3-383
Maschine Data
09/2009
24456
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_7
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
828d-me61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-me81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-te61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
828d-te81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
Description:
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during the 7th transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
It is evaluated on the condition that the orientation of the tool
with reference to the Basic Coordinate System cannot be changed by
the transformation. In standard transformations, only "inclinedaxis transformation" fulfills this condition.
If this machine data is set, the Basic Coordinate System (BCS)
refers to the tool reference point even with active transformations. Otherwise, it refers to the tool tip (Tool Center Point TCP).
The method of operation of protection zones and working area limitations varies correspondingly.
24460
TRAFO_TYPE_8
C07
F2,TE4,M1
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
Description:
3-384
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24462
TRAFO_AXES_IN_8
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
Description:
24464
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_8
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
20
0/0
828d-me81
20
0/0
828d-te61
20
1/1
828d-te81
20
1/1
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 8.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
24466
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_8
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
828d-me61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-me81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-te61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
828d-te81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
Description:
This machine data states for each channel whether the tool is handled during the 8th transformation or externally.
This machine data is evaluated only with specific transformations.
3-385
Maschine Data
09/2009
TRAFO_TYPE_9
C07
M1
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
1/1
Description:
24472
TRAFO_AXES_IN_9
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
Description:
3-386
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24474
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_9
C07
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
20
0/0
828d-me81
20
0/0
828d-te61
20
1/1
828d-te81
20
1/1
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 9.
24476
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_9
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
828d-me61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-me81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
0/0
828d-te61
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
828d-te81
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
1/1
Description:
24480
TRAFO_TYPE_10
C07
F2,M1
Transformation 10 in channel
DWORD
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3-387
Maschine Data
09/2009
24482
TRAFO_AXES_IN_10
C07
F2,M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
0/0
Description:
24484
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_10
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
0/0
Description:
24486
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_10
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
0/0
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
3-388
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24500
TRAFO5_PART_OFFSET_1
C07
F2,M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24510
TRAFO5_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
C07
F2,M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-389
Maschine Data
09/2009
24520
TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
C07
F2,M1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE, TRUE,
TRUE,TRUE, TRUE,
TRUE...
Description:
This machine data designates the sign with which the two rotary
axes are included in the first 5-axis transformation of a channel.
MD = 0 (FALSE): Sign is reversed.
MD = 1 (TRUE) :
Sign is not reversed and the traversing direction is defined
according to MD32100 $MA_AX_MOTION_DIR.
This machine data does not mean that the rotational direction of
the rotary axis concerned is to be reversed, but specifies whether
its motion is in the mathematically positive or negative direction
when the axis is moving in the positive direction.
The result of a change to this machine data is not therefore a
change in the rotational direction, but a change in the compensatory motion of the linear axes.
However, if a directional vector and thus, implicitly, a compensatory motion is specified, the result is a change in the rotational
direction of the rotary axis concerned.
On a real machine, therefore, the machine data may be set to FALSE
(or zero) only if the rotary axis is turning in an anti-clockwise
direction when moving in a positive direction.
MD irrelevant:
if the "5-Axis Transformation" option is not installed.
24530
TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_1
C07
F2
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD designates a limit angle for the fifth axis of the first 5axis transformation with the following properties: if the path
runs below this angle past the pole, the traverse will pass
through the pole.
For the 5-axis transformation, the two orientation axes of the
tool form a coordinate system of length and width circles on a
spherical surface. If orientation programming (that is the orientation vector lies in a plane) leads the path so close past the
pole that the angle defined by the MD is undershot then there is a
deviation from the defined interpolation such that the interpolation runs through the pole.
Alarm 14112 is output if this modification of the path gives a
deviation greater than a tolerance defined by MD24540
TRAFO5$MC_TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_1.
MD irrelevant:
If the "5-Axis Transformation" option is not installed.
Also irrelevant with programming in the machine coordinate system ORIMKS.
Related to:
MD: TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_n
3-390
2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0, 2.0,2.0,2.0...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24540
TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_1
C07
F2,M1
degrees
End angle toler. with interpol. through pole for 5-axis transf. DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24542
TRAFO5_POLE_TOL_1
C07
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
End angle tolerance for interpolation through the pole for the 1st
5/6-axis transformation.
This MD is evaluated only by the generic 5/6-axis
transformation.
If the programmed end orientation lies within the body cone and
within the tolerance cone specified by this MD, the pole axis does
not move and retains it starting positions. The other rotary axis,
however, moves to the programmed angle.
This results in the end orientation deviating from the programmed
orientation.
Another function of this MD is the handling of the programmmed end
orientation with non-orthogonal kinematics. As a rule, not all
tool orientations can be set with these machine kinematics.
Alarm 14112 is output if an orientation is programmed that lies
outside the settable range of the orientation cone (the programmed
orientation path is not possible).
However, if the programmed orientation still lies within the range
defined by MD $MC_TRAFO5_POLE_TOL, an alarm is not output, and the
programmed orientation is accepted.
2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0, 2.0,2.0,2.0...
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
3-391
Maschine Data
09/2009
However, the programmed orientation is corrected so that the orientation remains stationary at the edge of the settable range.
The maximum active value of this MD is the value of MD
TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_1, which is used to define the body cone.
24550
TRAFO5_BASE_TOOL_1
C07
F2,M1,W1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD specifies the vector of the base tool which takes effect
when the first transformation is activated without a length compensation being selected. Programmed length compensations have an
additive effect with respect to the base tool.
MD irrelevant:
if the "5-Axis Transformation" option is not installed.
24558
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_PART_1
C07
F2,M1,W1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This machine data is only evaluated for generic 5-axis transformations with rotatable workpiece and rotatable tool (TRAFO_TYPE =
56, mixed kinematics).
It indicates the part of the vector between table and turning head
assigned to the table.
Only the sum of this MD and MD TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET is entered in
the transformation equations.
A difference results only when reading the whole tool length using
the function GETTCOR. In this case, only the MD
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET is considered.
On a machine with mixed kinematics, this machine data can be used
to assign the machine data of the 5-axis transformation and the
parameters of the orientable tool holder uniquely to one another
as follows:
Orientable tool holder
5-axis transformation (1st transformation)
1
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_1
2
TRAFO5_BASE_TOOL_1
3
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_PART_1
4
TRAFO5_PART_OFFSET_1
3-392
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24560
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_1
C07
F2,W1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This machine data designates the vector between first and second
rotary joint for the first transformation of a channel and has a
specific meaning for the various machine types:
Machine type 1 (two-axis swivel head for tool) and:
Machine type 2 (two-axis rotary table for workpiece):
Vector between first and second rotary joint of tool rotary head
or workpiece rotary table.
Machine type 3 (single-axis rotary table for workpiece and singleaxis swivel head for tool):
Vector from machine reference point to joint of workpiece
table.
MD irrelevant:
if the "5-Axis Transformation" option is not installed. The
same applies for 3-axis and 4-axis transformations.
24561
TRAFO6_JOINT_OFFSET_2_3_1
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24562
TRAFO5_TOOL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-393
Maschine Data
09/2009
24564
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_1
C07
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
89.
-1/7
Description:
Angle between the second rotary axis and the axis corresponding to
it in the rectangular coordinate system
MD irrelevant for: Transformation type other than "universal milling head".
Related to:
MD2.... $MC_TRAFO_TYPE_n...
24566
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_VIRT_ORIAX_1
C07
M1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
45.0,45.0,45.0,45.0,45 -89.
.0,45.0,45.0...
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
24570
TRAFO5_AXIS1_1
C07
F2,M1,W1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-394
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24572
TRAFO5_AXIS2_1
C07
F2,M1,W1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24573
TRAFO5_AXIS3_1
C07
F2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24574
TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_1
C07
NEW CONF
F2,M1
-1/7
Description:
3-395
Maschine Data
09/2009
24576
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_1
C07
F2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24580
TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_1
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
-1/2
Description:
Indicates the direction of the orientation vector for the first 5axis transformation for each channel.
0: Tool vector in x direction
1: Tool vector in y direction
2: Tool vector in z direction
24582
TRAFO5_TCARR_NO_1
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 0
2,2,2,2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
24585
TRAFO5_ORIAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1
C07
F2,M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/2
Description:
3-396
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24590
TRAFO5_ROT_OFFSET_FROM_FR_1
C01, C07
F2
BOOLEAN
Immediately
-1/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
24594
TRAFO7_EXT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
C07
F2
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24595
TRAFO7_EXT_AXIS1_1
C07
F2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-397
Maschine Data
09/2009
24600
TRAFO5_PART_OFFSET_2
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24610
TRAFO5_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
C07
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-398
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24620
TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
C07
F2,M1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE, TRUE,
TRUE,TRUE, TRUE,
TRUE...
Description:
This machine data designates the sign with which the two rotary
axes are included in the second 5-axis transformation of a channel.
MD = 0 (FALSE):
Sign is reversed.
MD = 1 (TRUE) :
Sign is not reversed and the traversing direction is defined
according to MD32100 $MA_AX_MOTION_DIR.
This machine data does not mean that the rotational direction of
the rotary axis concerned is to be reversed, but specifies whether
its motion is in the mathematically positive or negative direction
when the axis is moving in the positive direction.
The result of a change to this data is not therefore a change in
the rotational direction, but a change in the compensatory motion
of the linear axes.
However, if a directional vector and thus, implicitly, a compensatory motion is specified, the result is a change in the rotational
direction of the rotary axis concerned.
On a real machine, therefore, the machine data may be set to FALSE
(or zero) only if the rotary axis is turning in an anti-clockwise
direction when moving in a positive direction.
MD irrelevant:
if the "5-Axis Transformation" option is not installed.
3-399
Maschine Data
09/2009
24630
TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_2
C07
F2,M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD designates a limit angle for the fifth axis of the second
5-axis transformation with the following properties: if the path
runs past the pole below this angle, the traverse passes through
the pole.
In a 5-axis transformation, the two orientation axes of the tool
form a coordinate system of length and width circles on a spherical surface. If orientation programming (that is the orientation
vector lies in a plane) leads the path so closely past the pole
that the angle defined by this MD is undershot, then there is a
deviation from the defined interpolation such that the interpolation runs through the pole.
Alarm 14112 is output if this modification of the path results in
a deviation greater than a tolerance defined by MD24640
$MC_TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_2.
MD irrelevant:
If the "5-Axis Transformation" option is not installed.
Also irrelevant with programming in the machine coordinate system ORIMKS.
Related to:
MD2.... $MC_TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_...
24640
TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_2
C07
F2,M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0, 2.0,2.0,2.0...
3-400
2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0, 2.0,2.0,2.0...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24642
TRAFO5_POLE_TOL_2
C07
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
End angle tolerance for interpolation through the pole for the 2nd
5/6-axis transformation.
This MD is evaluated only by the generic 5/6-axis
transformation.
If the programmed end orientation lies within the body cone and
within the tolerance cone
specified by this MD, the pole axis does not move and retains its
starting positions.
However, the other rotary axis moves to the programmed angle.
This results in the end orientation deviating
from the programmed orientation.
Another function of this MD is the handling of the programmmed end
orientation with
non-orthogonal kinematics. As a rule, not all tool orientations
can be set with
these machine kinematics.
Alarm 14112 is output if an orientation is programmed that lies
outside the
settable range of the orientation cone (the programmed orientation
path is not possible).
However, if the programmed orientation still lies within the range
defined by MD $MC_TRAFO5_POLE_TOL,
an alarm is not output, and the programmed orientation is
accepted.
However, the programmed orientation is corrected so that the orientation remains
stationary at the edge of the settable range.
The maximum active value of this MD is the value of MD
TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_1, which is used to define the body cone.
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
24650
TRAFO5_BASE_TOOL_2
C07
M1,W1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD indicates the vector of the base tool which takes effect
when the second transformation is activated without a length compensation being selected. Programmed length compensations have an
additive effect with respect to the base tool.
MD irrelevant:
if the "5-Axis Transformation" option is not installed.
3-401
Maschine Data
09/2009
24658
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_PART_2
C07
M1,W1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24660
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_2
C07
W1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This machine data designates the vector between first and second
rotary joint for the first transformation of a channel and has a
specific meaning for the various machine types:
Machine type 1 (two-axis swivel head for tool) and:
Machine type 2 (two-axis rotary table for workpiece):
Vector between first and second rotary joint of tool rotary head
or workpiece rotary table.
Machine type 3 (single-axis rotary table for workpiece and singleaxis swivel head for tool):
Vector from machine reference point to joint of workpiece
table.
MD irrelevant:
if the "5-Axis Transformation" option is not installed. The
same applies for 3-axis and 4-axis transformations.
24661
TRAFO6_JOINT_OFFSET_2_3_2
C07
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24662
TRAFO5_TOOL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-402
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24664
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_2
C07
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
89.
-1/7
Description:
Angle between the second rotary axis and the axis corresponding to
it in the rectangular coordinate system
MD irrelevant for:
Transformation type other than "universal milling head"
Related to:
MD24564 $MC_TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_1
24666
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_VIRT_ORIAX_2
C07
M1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
45.0,45.0,45.0,45.0,45 -89.
.0,45.0,45.0...
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
24670
TRAFO5_AXIS1_2
C07
F2,M1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24672
TRAFO5_AXIS2_2
C07
M1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24673
TRAFO5_AXIS3_2
C07
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-403
Maschine Data
09/2009
24674
TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_2
C07
F2,M1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24676
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_2
C07
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24680
TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_2
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
-1/2
Description:
24682
TRAFO5_TCARR_NO_2
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24685
TRAFO5_ORIAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/2
Description:
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 0
2,2,2,2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3-404
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24690
TRAFO5_ROT_OFFSET_FROM_FR_2
C01, C07
BOOLEAN
Immediately
-1/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
24694
TRAFO7_EXT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
C07
F2
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
24695
TRAFO7_EXT_AXIS1_2
C07
F2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-405
Maschine Data
09/2009
24700
TRAANG_ANGLE_1
C07
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
828d-me81
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
828d-te61
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
1/1
828d-te81
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
1/1
Description:
Indicates for the first agreed TRAANG transformation of the channel the angle of the inclined axis in degrees between the 1st
machine axis and the 1st basic axis while TRAANG is active. The
angle is measured positively clockwise.
Related to:
MD24750 $MC_TRAANG_ANGLE_2
24710
TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_1
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
-1/7
828d-me81
-1/7
828d-te61
1/1
828d-te81
1/1
Description:
Indicates a basic offset of the tools zero for the 1st TRAANG
transformation. The offset is referenced to the geometry axes
valid when TRAANG is active. The basic offset is included with and
without selection of the tool length compensation. Programmed
length corrections have an additive effect with respect to the
basic tool.
The index i takes the values 0, 1, 2 for the 1st to 3rd geometry
axes.
Related to:
MD24760 $MC_TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_2
3-406
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24720
TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_1
C07
M1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
828d-me81
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
828d-te61
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
1/1
828d-te81
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
1/1
Description:
24721
TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_1
C07
M1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
828d-me81
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
828d-te61
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
1/1
828d-te81
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
1/1
Description:
Indicates the acceleration margin for jog, positioning and oscillating movements for each channel for the first TRAANG transformation which is held ready on the parallel axis (see MD2....
$MC_TRAFO_AXES_IN_...[1]) for the compensating movement.
Related to:
MD24720 $MC_TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_1
3-407
Maschine Data
09/2009
24750
TRAANG_ANGLE_2
C07
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
828d-me81
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
-1/7
828d-te61
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
1/1
828d-te81
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
1/1
Description:
Indicates for the second agreed TRAANG transformation of the channel the angle of the inclined axis in degrees between the 1st
machine axis and the 1st basic axis while TRAANG is active. The
angle is measured positively clockwise.
Related to:
MD24700 $MC_TRAANG_ANGLE_1
24760
TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_2
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
-1/7
828d-me81
-1/7
828d-te61
1/1
828d-te81
1/1
Description:
Indicates a basic offset of the tools zero for the 2nd TRAANG
transformation. The offset is referenced to the geometry axes
valid when TRAANG is active. The basic offset is included with and
without selection of the tool length compensation. Programmed
length corrections have an additive effect with respect to the
basic tool.
The index i takes the values 0, 1, 2 for the 1st to 3rd geometry
axes.
Related to:
MD24710 $MC_TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_1
3-408
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24770
TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_2
C07
M1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
828d-me81
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
828d-te61
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
1/1
828d-te81
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
1/1
Description:
24771
TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_2
C07
M1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
828d-me81
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
-1/7
828d-te61
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
1/1
828d-te81
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
1.0
1/1
Description:
24800
TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
C07
M1,K2
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
Indicates the offset of the rotary axis for the first agreed TRACYL transformation in degrees in relation to the neutral position
while TRACYL is active.
Related to:
MD24850 $MC_TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
3-409
Maschine Data
09/2009
24805
TRACYL_ROT_AX_FRAME_1
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
0:
1:
2:
24808
TRACYL_DEFAULT_MODE_1
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
24810
TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
C07
M1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
1/1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
Indicates the sign with which the rotary axis is taken into
account in the TRACYL transformation for the first agreed TRACYL
transformation.
Related to:
MD24860 $MC_TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
24820
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_1
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
Indicates a basic offset of the tools zero for the 1st TRACYL
transformation. The offset is referenced to the geometry axes
valid when TRACYL is active. The basic offset is included with and
without selection of the tool length compensation. Programmed
length corrections have an additive effect with respect to the
basic tool.
The index i takes the values 0, 1, 2 for the 1st to 3rd geometry
axes.
Related to:
MD24870 $MC_TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_2
3-410
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24850
TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
C07
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
24855
TRACYL_ROT_AX_FRAME_2
C07
M1,K2
BYTE
NEW CONF
1/1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
Description:
0:
1:
2:
24858
TRACYL_DEFAULT_MODE_2
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
24860
TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
1/1
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
Indicates the sign with which the rotary axis is taken into
account in the TRACYL transformation for the 2nd agreed TRACYL
transformation for each channel.
Related to:
MD24810 $MC_TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
3-411
Maschine Data
09/2009
24870
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_2
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
24900
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
C07
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
Indicates the offset of the rotary axis for the first agreed
TRANSMIT transformation in degrees in relation to the neutral
position while TRANSMIT is active.
Related to:
MD24950 $MC_TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
24905
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_FRAME_1
C07
M1,K2
BYTE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
0:
1:
2:
24910
TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
C07
M1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
1/1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
Indicates the sign with which the rotary axis is taken into
account in the TRANSMIT transformation for the first agreed TRANSMIT transformation for each channel.
Related to:
MD24960 $MC_TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
3-412
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24911
TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_1
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-te61
1/1
828d-te81
1/1
Description:
24920
TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_1
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
Indicates a basic offset of the tools zero for the 1st TRANSMIT
transformation. The offset is referenced to the geometry axes
valid when TRANSMIT is active. The basic offset is included with
and without selection of the tool length compensation. Programmed
length corrections have an additive effect with respect to the
basic tool.
The index i takes the values 0, 1, 2 for the 1st to 3rd geometry
axes.
Related to:
MD24970 $MC_TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_2
24950
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
C07
M1
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
Indicates the offset of the rotary axis for the second agreed
TRANSMIT transformation in degrees in relation to the neutral
position while TRANSMIT is active.
Related to:
MD24900 $MC_TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0.0,0.0,0.0...
3-413
Maschine Data
09/2009
24955
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_FRAME_2
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
0:
1:
2:
24960
TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
C07
M1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
1/1
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
Indicates the sign with which the rotary axis is taken into
account in the TRANSMIT transformation for the second agreed
TRANSMIT transformation for each channel.
Related to:
MD24910 $MC_TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
24961
TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_2
C07
M1
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-te61
1/1
828d-te81
1/1
Description:
Restriction of working area in front of/behind pole or no restriction, i.e. traversal through pole.
The assigned values have the following meanings:
1:
Working area of linear axis for positions >=0,
(if tool length compensation parallel to linear axis equals 0)
2:
Working area of linear axis for positions <=0,
(if tool length compensation parallel to linear axis equals 0)
0:
No restriction of working area. Traversal through pole.
3-414
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
24970
TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_2
C07
M1
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
Indicates a basic offset of the tools zero for the 2nd TRANSMIT
transformation. The offset is referenced to the geometry axes
valid when TRANSMIT is active. The basic offset is included with
and without selection of the tool length compensation. Programmed
length corrections have an additive effect with respect to the
basic tool.
The index i takes the values 0, 1, 2 for the 1st to 3rd geometry
axes.
Related to:
MD24920 $MC_TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_1
24995
TRACON_CHAIN_1
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
Description:
3-415
Maschine Data
09/2009
However, it would be possible to define a further, sixth transformation, if this does not go into a linked transformation.
Transformations cannot be linked with one another at will.
The following limitations apply in SW version 5:
The first transformation in the chain must be an orientation
transformation (3- , 4- , 5-axis transformation, nutator) transmit
or peripheral curve transformation. The second transformation must
be an inclined axis transformation.
No more than two transformations may be linked.
24996
TRACON_CHAIN_2
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
Description:
3-416
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
TRACON_CHAIN_3
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
Description:
24998
TRACON_CHAIN_4
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
20
1/1
Description:
25100
TRAFO_TYPE_11
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD defines for each channel, which transformation is available as 11th transformation in the channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_TYPE_1.
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3-417
Maschine Data
09/2009
25102
TRAFO_AXES_IN_11
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
Description:
25104
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_11
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 11.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25106
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_11
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
25110
TRAFO_TYPE_12
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD defines for each channel, which transformation is available as 12th transformation in the channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_TYPE_1.
3-418
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
25112
TRAFO_AXES_IN_12
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
Description:
25114
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_12
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 12.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25116
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_12
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
25120
TRAFO_TYPE_13
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD defines for each channel, which transformation is available as 13th transformation in the channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_TYPE_1.
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3-419
Maschine Data
09/2009
25122
TRAFO_AXES_IN_13
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
Description:
25124
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_13
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 13.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25126
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_13
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
25130
TRAFO_TYPE_14
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD defines for each channel, which transformation is available as 14th transformation in the channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_TYPE_1.
3-420
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
25132
TRAFO_AXES_IN_14
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
Description:
25134
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_14
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 14.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25136
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_14
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
25140
TRAFO_TYPE_15
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD defines for each channel, which transformation is available as 15th transformation in the channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_TYPE_1.
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3-421
Maschine Data
09/2009
25142
TRAFO_AXES_IN_15
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
Description:
25144
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_15
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 15.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25146
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_15
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
25150
TRAFO_TYPE_16
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD defines for each channel, which transformation is available as 16th transformation in the channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_TYPE_1.
3-422
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
25152
TRAFO_AXES_IN_16
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
Description:
25154
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_16
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 16.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25156
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_16
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
25160
TRAFO_TYPE_17
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD defines for each channel, which transformation is available as 17th transformation in the channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_TYPE_1.
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3-423
Maschine Data
09/2009
25162
TRAFO_AXES_IN_17
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
Description:
25164
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_17
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 17.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25166
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_17
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
25170
TRAFO_TYPE_18
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD defines for each channel, which transformation is available as 18th transformation in the channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_TYPE_1.
3-424
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
25172
TRAFO_AXES_IN_18
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
Description:
25174
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_18
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 18.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25176
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_18
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
25180
TRAFO_TYPE_19
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD defines for each channel, which transformation is available as 19th transformation in the channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_TYPE_1.
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3-425
Maschine Data
09/2009
25182
TRAFO_AXES_IN_19
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
Description:
25184
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_19
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 19.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25186
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_19
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
25190
TRAFO_TYPE_20
C07
F2
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD defines for each channel, which transformation is available as 20th transformation in the channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO_TYPE_1.
3-426
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
25192
TRAFO_AXES_IN_20
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-me81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te61
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
828d-te81
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0...
20
-1/7
Description:
25194
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_20
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
Description:
This MD states the channel axes on which the axes of the cartesian
coordinate system are mapped for active transformation 20.
Otherwise the meaning corresponds to TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1.
25196
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_20
C07
M1,F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,T RUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR
UE...
Description:
25200
TRAFO5_PART_OFFSET_3
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-427
Maschine Data
09/2009
25210
TRAFO5_ROT_AX_OFFSET_3
C07
F2
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
25220
TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_3
C07
F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE, TRUE,
TRUE,TRUE, TRUE,
TRUE...
Description:
This machine data designates the sign with which the two rotary
axes enter the 3rd 5-axis transformation of a channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as
TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1.
25230
TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_3
C07
F2
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This machine data designates a limit angle for the fifth axis of
the 3rd 5-axis transformation.
Other than that it has the same meaning as
TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_1.
25240
TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_3
degrees
End angle toler. with interpol. through pole for 5-axis transf. DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This machine data designates an end angle tolerance for the fifth
axis of the 3rd 5-axis transformation with the following properties:
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_1.
2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0, 2.0,2.0,2.0...
C07
F2
2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0, 2.0,2.0,2.0...
25242
TRAFO5_POLE_TOL_3
C07
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
End angle tolerance for interpolation through the pole for 5/6axis transformation 3.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO5_POLE_TOL_1.
3-428
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
25250
TRAFO5_BASE_TOOL_3
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD indicates the vector of the base tool which takes effect
when the third transformation is activated without a length compensation being selected. Programmed length compensations have an
additive effect with respect to the base tool.
MD irrelevant:
if the "5-axis transformation" option is not installed.
25258
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_PART_3
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This machine data is only evaluated in generic 5-axis tranformations with rotatable workpiece and rotatable tool (TRAFO_TYPE =
56, mixed kinematics).
Other than that it has the same meaning as
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_PART_1.
25260
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_3
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This machine data designates the vector from the first to the second rotary joint for the 3rd transformation of a channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_1.
25261
TRAFO6_JOINT_OFFSET_2_3_3
C07
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-429
Maschine Data
09/2009
25262
TRAFO5_TOOL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_3
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
25264
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_3
C07
F2
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
89.
-1/7
Description:
Angle between the second rotary axis and the axis corresponding to
it in the rectangular coordinate system
Other than that it has the same meaning as
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_1.
25266
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_VIRT_ORIAX_3
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
45.0,45.0,45.0,45.0,45 -89.
.0,45.0,45.0...
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
25270
TRAFO5_AXIS1_3
C07
F2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
25272
TRAFO5_AXIS2_3
C07
F2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-430
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
25273
TRAFO5_AXIS3_3
C07
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
25274
TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_3
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
25276
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_3
C07
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
Indicates the vector that stands vertically on the tool orientation (TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENTATION_1) in general 6-axis transformation
(TRAFO_TYPE_* = 24, 40, 56, 57).
Other than that it has the same meaning as
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_1.
25280
TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_3
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
-1/2
Description:
Indicates the direction of the orientation vector for the first 5axis transformation for each channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_1.1.
25282
TRAFO5_TCARR_NO_3
C07
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
C07
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 0
2,2,2,2
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
3-431
Maschine Data
09/2009
25285
TRAFO5_ORIAX_ASSIGN_TAB_3
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/2
Description:
25290
TRAFO5_ROT_OFFSET_FROM_FR_3
C01, C07
BOOLEAN
Immediately
-1/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
25294
TRAFO7_EXT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_3
C07
F2
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
25295
TRAFO7_EXT_AXIS1_3
C07
F2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-432
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
25300
TRAFO5_PART_OFFSET_4
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
25310
TRAFO5_ROT_AX_OFFSET_4
C07
F2
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
25320
TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_4
C07
F2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
TRUE, TRUE,
TRUE,TRUE, TRUE,
TRUE...
Description:
This machine data designates the sign with which the two rotary
axes enter the 4th 5-axis transformation of a channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as
TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1.
25330
TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_4
C07
F2
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This machine data designates a limit angle for the fifth axis of
the 4th 5-axis transformation.
Other than that it has the same meaning as
TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_1.
25340
TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_4
degrees
End angle toler. with interpol. through pole for 5-axis transf. DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This machine data designates an end angle tolerance for the fifth
axis of the 4th 5-axis transformation with the following properties:
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_1.
2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0, 2.0,2.0,2.0...
C07
F2
2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0,2.0, 2.0,2.0,2.0...
3-433
Maschine Data
09/2009
25342
TRAFO5_POLE_TOL_4
C07
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
End angle tolerance for interpolation through the pole for 5/6axis transformation 4.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO5_POLE_TOL_1.
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 0
0.0,0.0,0.0...
25350
TRAFO5_BASE_TOOL_4
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This MD indicates the vector of the base tool which takes effect
when the first transformation is activated without a length compensation being selected. Programmed length compensations have an
additive effect with respect to the base tool.
MD irrelevant:
if the "5-axis transformation" option is not installed.
25358
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_PART_4
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This machine data is only evaluated in generic 5-axis tranformations with rotatable workpiece and rotatable tool (TRAFO_TYPE =
56, mixed kinematics).
Other than that it has the same meaning as
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_PART_1.
25360
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_4
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
This machine data designates the vector from the first to the second rotary joint for the 4th transformation of a channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_1.
25361
TRAFO6_JOINT_OFFSET_2_3_4
C07
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-434
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
25362
TRAFO5_TOOL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_4
C07
F2
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
25364
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_4
C07
F2
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
89.
-1/7
Description:
Angle between the second rotary axis and the axis corresponding to
it in the rectangular coordinate system
Other than that it has the same meaning as
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_1.
25366
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_VIRT_ORIAX_4
C07
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
-1/7
45.0,45.0,45.0,45.0,45 -89.
.0,45.0,45.0...
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
25370
TRAFO5_AXIS1_4
C07
F2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
25372
TRAFO5_AXIS2_4
C07
F2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-435
Maschine Data
09/2009
25373
TRAFO5_AXIS3_4
C07
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
25374
TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_4
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
25376
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_4
C07
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
Indicates the vector that stands vertically on the tool orientation (TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENTATION_1) in general 6-axis transformation
(TRAFO_TYPE_* = 24, 40, 56, 57).
Other than that it has the same meaning as
TRAFO6_BASE_ORIENT_NORMAL_1.
25380
TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_4
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
-1/2
Description:
Indicates the direction of the orientation vector for the first 5axis transformation for each channel.
Other than that it has the same meaning as TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_1.1.
25382
TRAFO5_TCARR_NO_4
C07
DWORD
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
C07
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 0
2,2,2,2
3-436
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
25385
TRAFO5_ORIAX_ASSIGN_TAB_4
C07
F2
BYTE
NEW CONF
20
-1/2
Description:
25390
TRAFO5_ROT_OFFSET_FROM_FR_4
C01, C07
BOOLEAN
Immediately
-1/2
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
25394
TRAFO7_EXT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_4
C07
F2
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
25395
TRAFO7_EXT_AXIS1_4
C07
F2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
-1/7
Description:
3-437
Maschine Data
09/2009
25495
TRACON_CHAIN_5
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
Description:
25496
TRACON_CHAIN_6
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
Description:
25497
TRACON_CHAIN_7
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
Description:
25498
TRACON_CHAIN_8
C07
M1
Transformation grouping
DWORD
NEW CONF
20
-1/7
0, 0, 0 ,0,0, 0, 0, 0,0,
0, 0, 0...
Description:
27100
ABSBLOCK_FUNCTION_MASK
N01
K1,P1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x1
1/1
828d-me81
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0 0
x0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
0x1
1/1
828d-te61
0x1
0x1
1/1
828d-te81
0x1
0x1
1/1
Description:
3-438
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
27200
MMC_INFO_NO_UNIT
EXP, -
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/2
80
Description:
27201
MMC_INFO_NO_UNIT_STATUS
EXP, -
BYTE
PowerOn
0/2
80
Description:
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1...
27202
MMC_INFO_POSN_LIN
EXP, -
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/2
50
Description:
27203
MMC_INFO_POSN_LIN_STATUS
EXP, -
BYTE
PowerOn
0/2
50
Description:
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, 1...
27204
MMC_INFO_VELO_LIN
EXP, -
mm/min
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/2
16
Description:
27205
MMC_INFO_VELO_LIN_STATUS
EXP, -
BYTE
PowerOn
16
0/2
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0...
3-439
Maschine Data
09/2009
27206
MMC_INFO_CUT_SPEED
EXP, -
m/min
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/2
Description:
100.,0.,0.,0.,0.,100.,0., 0.,0.,0....
27207
MMC_INFO_CUT_SPEED_STATUS
EXP, -
BYTE
PowerOn
0/2
Description:
27208
MMC_INFO_REV_FEED
EXP, -
mm/rev
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/2
1,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,1,0, 0,0,0...
10
1.,0.100,1.,1.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0....
Description:
27209
MMC_INFO_REV_FEED_STATUS
EXP, -
BYTE
PowerOn
10
0/2
Description:
27400
OEM_CHAN_INFO
A01, A11
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
1,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1, 1,1,0,0,0,0,0,0...
, , ,, , ,, , ...
Description:
27800
TECHNOLOGY_MODE
C09
A2,K1
BYTE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-te61
0/0
828d-te81
0/0
Description:
This machine data can be used for stating the technology independently of the channel.
This information is used, among other things, for evaluating HMI,
PLC and standard cycles.
3-440
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
Meaning:
MD = 0:Milling
MD = 1:Turning
MD = 2:Grinding
21:Cylindrical grinding
22:Surface grinding
MD = 3:Nibbling
MD = 4:...
(Enter additional technologies as and when required.)
27860
PROCESSTIMER_MODE
C09
K1
DWORD
Reset
0x3FF
1/1
Description:
0x173
3-441
Maschine Data
09/2009
Bit 8 = 0
$AC_CYCLE_TIME is not deleted on jumping to program start with
GOTOS
Bit 8 = 1
$AC_CYCLE_TIME is deleted on jumping to program start with
GOTOS.
Bit 9 only when bits 0, 1 = 1:
Bit 9 = 0
$AC_OPERATING_TIME, $AC_CYCLE_TIME: No measurement with override = 0.
Bit 9 = 1
$AC_OPERATING_TIME, $AC_CYCLE_TIME: Measurement also with override = 0.
Bits 10 to 31 Reserved
27880
PART_COUNTER
C09
K1
DWORD
Reset
0x0FFFF
1/1
Description:
3-442
0x901
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
PART_COUNTER_MCODE
C09
K1
BYTE
PowerOn
99
3/2
Description:
3-443
Maschine Data
09/2009
27900
REORG_LOG_LIMIT
EXP, C02
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
The machine data defines the percentage of the IPO buffer above
which data in the REORG LOG memory can be released in stages, if
the block preparation has been interrupted due to an overflow of
the REORG LOG data memory.
The released data are no longer available to the REORG function
(References: /FB /, K1, "Mode Groups, Channels, Program Operation
Mode").
A consequence of this status is that a further REORG command is
cancelled with an error message.
If the status of "non-reorganizability" occurs, warning 15110 is
output. The output of the warning can be suppressed by enabling
the highest significant bit. The bit is set by adding the value
128 to the input value in REORG_LOG_LIMIT.
In addition to the instructions of the NC blocks, the size of the
IPO buffer and the REORG data memory also affect the frequency of
data release.
Related to:
MD28000 $MC_MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM
(memory size for REORG)
MD28060 $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE
(number of blocks in the IPO buffer)
27920
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_INT_TASK
EXP, C01
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.100
7/0
Description:
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1,1,1,1
3-444
0.005,0.005,0.005,0.0 0.001
05,0.005,0.005...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
3.3.4
28000
MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM
EXP, C02
V2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
500
0/0
Description:
Definition of the size (in kbyte) of the dynamic memory for the
REORG-LOG data. The size of the memory determines the quantity of
the data available for the function REORG.
References:
/FB/, K1, "Mode Groups, Channel, Program Operation"
28010
MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES
EXP, C02
V2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
SLMAXNUMBER
OF_USERMODU
LES
1/1
Description:
Defines the number of additional LUD data blocks available for the
function REORG (see Description of Functions, Channels, Mode
Groups, Program Operation (K1)).
This value can be 0 if the function REORG is not used. The CNC
always opens 12 LUD data blocks, of which 8 are used for NC programs and 4 for the ASUBs.
An LUD data block is needed for each NC program and ASUB in which
a local user variable is defined. This value may have to be
increased for the function REORG if a large IPO buffer is present
and a large number of short NC programs in which LUD variables are
defined are active (prepared NC blocks of the programs are located
in the IPO buffer).
An LUD data block is needed for each of these programs. The size of
the reserved memory is affected by the number of LUDs per NC program and their individual memory requirements. The LUD data blocks
are stored in the dynamic memory.
The memory requirement for managing the blocks for local user
variables with REORG can be determined as follows:
The size of the LUD blocks depends on the number of active LUDs and
their data type. The memory for the LUD blocks is limited by the
MD28000 $MC_MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM (memory size for REORG).
100,100,100,100,100, 1
100,100,100,100...
30
3-445
Maschine Data
09/2009
28020
MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL
C02
V2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
1000,1000,1000,1000, 0
1000,1000,1000...
32000
1/1
828d-me81
1000,1000,1000,1000, 0
1000,1000,1000...
32000
1/1
828d-te61
1200,1200,1200,1200, 0
1200,1200,1200...
32000
1/1
828d-te81
1200,1200,1200,1200, 0
1200,1200,1200...
32000
1/1
Description:
Defines the number of variables for the local user data (LUD)
which are permitted to exist in the active sections of the program. Approximately 150 bytes of memory per variable are reserved
for the names of the variables and the variable values. The memory
required for the variable value is equal to the size of the data
type. If the total of the local user variables from the active
main program and the related subprograms is larger than the
defined limit, the variables which are over the limit are not
accepted during execution of the program. Dynamic memory is used
for the variable names and variable values.
Overview of the memory used by the data types:
Data type
Memory used
REAL
8 bytes
INT
4 bytes
BOOL
1 byte
CHAR
1 byte
STRING
1 byte per character, 200 characters per
string are possible
AXIS
4 bytes
FRAME
400 bytes
3-446
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
28040
MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM
C02
V2,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
1/1
Description:
This MD defines the amount of memory space available for LUD variables.
The maximum number of available LUDs is given by one of the limit
values of MD28020 $MC_MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL or MD28040
$MC_MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM.
The memory defined here is subdivided into (MD28040
$MC_MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM * 1024) / MD18242
$MN_MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE blocks, and allocated to part programs which request memory. Each part program that contains at
least one definition of an LUD variable or call parameters uses at
least one such block.
It should be remembered that several part programs requiring memory can be open simultaneously in the NCK. The number depends on
the type of programming, the program length, and the size of the
internal NCK block memory upwards of (MD28060
$MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE, MD28070 $MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP).
Related to:
MD28020 $MC_MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL
(number of local user variables (DRAM))
250,250,250,250,250, 0
250,250,250,250...
28050
MM_NUM_R_PARAM
C02
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
32535
0/0
Description:
300
3-447
Maschine Data
09/2009
28060
MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE
C02
B1,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
150
250
1/1
828d-me81
150
250
1/1
828d-te61
10
250
1/1
828d-te81
10
250
1/1
Description:
28070
MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP
EXP, C02
B1,K1
DWORD
PowerOn
500
1/1
Description:
Defines the number of NC blocks available for NC block preparation. This figure is determined mainly by the system software and
is used largely for optimization. Approximately 10 Kbytes of
dynamic memory is reserved per NC block.
Related to:
MD28060 $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE
(number of NC blocks with IPO buffer)
80
65
28080
MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES
C11, C02
K1,K2
DWORD
PowerOn
100
0/0
100
Description:
28081
MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES
C02
M5,K2
DWORD
PowerOn
16
0/0
Description:
3-448
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
28082
MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK
C02
M5,K2,W1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
0xFBD
0x00000FFF
1/0
828d-me81
0xFBD
0x00000FFF
1/0
828d-te61
0xFE1
0x00000FFF
1/0
828d-te81
0xFE1
0x00000FFF
1/0
Description:
28083
MM_SYSTEM_DATAFRAME_MASK
C02
DWORD
PowerOn
0x00000FFF
1/0
Description:
0xF9F,0xF9F,0xF9F,0 0
xF9F,0xF9F,0xF9F...
3-449
Maschine Data
09/2009
28150
MM_NUM_VDIVAR_ELEMENTS
C02
A2,P3 pl,P3 sl
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
The MD defines the number of elements which the user has available
for writing PLC variables ($A_DBx=...). This number also applies
to block search, but not to synchronized actions.
The memory requirement is ca. 24 bytes per element.
One element is needed for each write action when writing PLC variables in quick succession.
If more writing actions are to be performed than elements are
available, block transport must be guaranteed (trigger preprocessing stop, if required)
However, the number of elements can be reduced if the accessing
actions are made separately (block transport has already been
accomplished). Writing accesses (var=$A_DBx) are unlimited.
28180
MM_MAX_TRACE_DATAPOINTS
DWORD
PowerOn
20000
1/1
Description:
28200
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CHAN
A3
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
This machine data defines how many blocks are set up for channelspecific protection zones.
Related to:
MD28210 $MC_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_ACTIVE
(number of simultaneously active protection zones)
MD18190 $MN_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_NCK
(number of files for machine-related protection zones (SRAM))
References:
/FB/, A3, "Axis/Contour Tunnel Monitoring, Protection Zones"
NBUP
100,100,100,100,100, 0
100,100,100,100...
3-450
10
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
28210
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_ACTIVE
A3
DWORD
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
This machine data defines the number of protection zones that may
be activated simultaneously for each channel.
It is not practical to enter a numerical value higher than MD18190
$MN_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_NCK + MD28200
$MC_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CHAN.
Related to:
MD28200 $MC_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CHAN
(Number of blocks for channel-specific protection zones)
MD18190 $MN_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_NCK
(Number of files for machine-related protection zones (SRAM))
References:
/FB1/ Function Manual Basic Functions; Axis Monitoring, Protection
Zones (A3)
28212
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CONTOUR
A3
DWORD
PowerOn
50
0/0
Description:
This machine data defines for each channel how many internal contour elements in total are held available for active protection
zones.
Dynamic memory is used.
The MD affects the memory requirements for the activated protection zones.
This machine data is active only if MD28210
$MC_MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_ACTIVE is not equal to 0.
10
30,30,30,30,30,30,30, 0
30,30,30,30,30,30...
3-451
Maschine Data
09/2009
28250
MM_NUM_SYNC_ELEMENTS
C02, -
2.8,6.1
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
2/2
Description:
159,159,159,159,159, 0
159,159,159,159...
28251
MM_NUM_SAFE_SYNC_ELEMENTS
C02, -
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
-1/2
Description:
28252
MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS
C02
2.4,2.8,6.1
DWORD
PowerOn
100
2/2
Description:
28254
MM_NUM_AC_PARAM
C02
Dimension of $AC_PARAM.
DWORD
PowerOn
20000
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 0
3,3,3,3
3-452
50,50,50,50,50,50,50, 0
50,50,50,50,50,50...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
28255
MM_BUFFERED_AC_PARAM
C02
2.3,6.1
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
28256
MM_NUM_AC_MARKER
C02
2.3,6.1
Dimension of $AC_MARKER
DWORD
PowerOn
20000
1/1
Description:
8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 0
8,8,8,8
28257
MM_BUFFERED_AC_MARKER
C02
2.3,6.1
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
28258
MM_NUM_AC_TIMER
C02
2.3,2.4,6.1
DWORD
PowerOn
10000
1/1
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
3-453
Maschine Data
09/2009
28260
NUM_AC_FIFO
C01
2.3,2.4,6.1
DWORD
PowerOn
10
7/2
Description:
3-454
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
28262
START_AC_FIFO
C01
2.3,2.4,6.1
DWORD
PowerOn
32535
7/2
Description:
28264
LEN_AC_FIFO
C01
2.3,2.4,6.1,M5
DWORD
PowerOn
32535
2/2
Description:
28266
MODE_AC_FIFO
C01
2.3,2.4,6.1
BYTE
PowerOn
7/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
3-455
Maschine Data
09/2009
28274
MM_NUM_AC_SYSTEM_PARAM
EXP, C02
DWORD
PowerOn
20000
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
28276
MM_NUM_AC_SYSTEM_MARKER
EXP, C02
DWORD
PowerOn
20000
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
28290
MM_SHAPED_TOOLS_ENABLE
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,FALSE,FALSE,FAL
SE...
Description:
28300
MM_PROTOC_USER_ACTIVE
C02
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
10
Description:
3-456
TRUE, FALSE,
FALSE, FALSE,
FALSE, TRUE,
TRUE, TRUE,
FALSE...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
28301
MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETP_OEM_TYP
C02
DWORD
PowerOn
10
20
0/0
Description:
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0...
28302
MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETP_STD_TYP
C02
DWORD
PowerOn
57
1/1
10
Description:
28400
MM_ABSBLOCK
EXP, C02
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
512
0/0
Description:
Value:
0:
Block display with absolute values deactivated
1:
Block display with absolute values activated;
A display buffer of the following size is created:
(MD28257 $MC_MM_BUFFERED_AC_MARKER + MD28070
$MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP) * 256 bytes
>= 128:Block display with absolute values activated;
A display buffer of the following size is created:
(MD28060 $MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE + MD28070
$MC_MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP) * <value>
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 0
1,1,1,1
28402
MM_ABSBLOCK_BUFFER_CONF
EXP, C02
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
32000
0/0
Description:
3-457
Maschine Data
09/2009
28450
MM_TOOL_DATA_CHG_BUFF_SIZE
-, C02, C06
DWORD
PowerOn
2500
0/0
100
Description:
Number of entries in the buffer for the OPI change service for
tool data.
Dynamic memory is used.
This buffer is created only if bit 2 or bit 3 is set in MD17530
$MN_TOOL_DATA_CHANGE_COUNTER.
28500
MM_PREP_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, C02
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
500
0/0
Description:
Defines the stack size in kbytes for the preparation task. The
stack is stored in the dynamic memory.
Note:
This machine data is assigned internally by the control and must
not be altered by the user.
28502
MM_INT_TASK_STACK_SIZE
EXP, C02
DWORD
PowerOn
40
0/0
Description:
70,70,70,70,70,70,70, 70
70,70,70,70,70,70...
20,20,20,20,20,20,20, 20
20,20,20,20,20,20...
28520
MM_MAX_AXISPOLY_PER_BLOCK
C02
B1
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
3-458
3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3, 1
3,3,3,3
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
28530
MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS
C02
A2,B1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
100
1/1
828d-me81
100
1/1
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
1/1
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
1/1
Description:
3-459
Maschine Data
09/2009
28533
MM_LOOKAH_FFORM_UNITS
C02
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
18
100000
1/1
828d-me81
18
100000
1/1
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100000
1/1
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100000
1/1
Description:
The machine data is used to configure the work memory for extended
LookAhead.
The MD scales the value defined internally through MD28060
$MC_MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE, MD28520 $MC_MM_MAX_AXISPOLY_PER_BLOCK,
MD28530 $MC_MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS, MD28535
$MC_MM_FEED_PROFILE_SEGMENTS, MD28540 $MC_MM_ARCLENGTH_SEGMENTS).
Its practical size depends on the part program, the block lengths,
the axis dynamics, and an active kinematic transformation.
The MD should only be set for those channels in which free-form
surfaces are also machined.
0
: default LookAhead is active.
> 0 : extended LookAhead is active if switched on by MD20443
$MC_LOOKAH_FFORM.
The guide value for free-form surface applications is: 18..20
28535
MM_FEED_PROFILE_SEGMENTS
C02
DWORD
PowerOn
10
1/1
Description:
3-460
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1
1,1,1,1
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
28540
MM_ARCLENGTH_SEGMENTS
C02
B1
DWORD
PowerOn
828d-me61
10
100
1/1
828d-me81
10
100
1/1
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
1/1
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
100
1/1
Description:
28560
MM_SEARCH_RUN_RESTORE_MODE
C02
K2
DWORD
PowerOn
0x00000001
1/1
0x1
Description:
Bit mask to restore data after abort of a simulated program execution. The following applies:
Bit 0: All frames in the data storage are restored.
3-461
Maschine Data
09/2009
28580
MM_ORIPATH_CONFIG
C02
BYTE
PowerOn
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
Description:
28590
MM_ORISON_BLOCKS
C02
BYTE
PowerOn
828d-me61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-me81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
1/1
828d-te61
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
828d-te81
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
0/0
Description:
3-462
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
28600
MM_NUM_WORKAREA_CS_GROUPS
C02
DWORD
PowerOn
10
2/2
Description:
Number of data blocks in the channel that are created for coordinate system-specific operating range limits.
It indicates the maximum value of the 1st index of system variable
$P_WORKAREA_CS...[WALimNo, Ax]. It furthermore defines the number
of the programmable G functions "WALCS1, WALCS2, ... WALCS10" as
well as the maximum value in system variable
$AC_WORKAREA_CS_GROUP".
= 0: Function "Monitoring of coordinate system-specific operating
range limits" cannot be activated.
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0, 0
0,0,0,0
28610
MM_PREPDYN_BLOCKS
C02
BYTE
PowerOn
30
1/1
Description:
3.3.5
52000
DISP_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
BYTE
PowerOn
47
7/3
10
Description:
With this MD you adapt the operator panel of the coordinate system
to the machine's coordinate system. Depending on the selected
position, all help screens, the sequence graphic, the simulation
and the input fields with the circular direction specified will
change automatically.
Also note MD 52210 $MCS_FUNCTION_MASK_DISP, bit 1.
3-463
Maschine Data
09/2009
52005
DISP_PLANE_MILL
BYTE
Immediately
19
7/3
17
Description:
52006
DISP_PLANE_TURN
BYTE
Immediately
19
0/0
18
Description:
52010
DISP_NUM_AXIS_BIG_FONT
BYTE
PowerOn
31
7/3
Description:
52200
TECHNOLOGY
Technology
BYTE
PowerOn
7/1
Description:
Technology
0: no specific configuration
1: turning
2: milling
Also note MD 52201 $MCS_TECHNOLOGY_EXTENSION.
52201
TECHNOLOGY_EXTENSION
Extended technology
BYTE
PowerOn
7/1
Description:
Extended technology
0: no specific configuration
1: turning
2: milling
Also note MD 52200 $MCS_TECHNOLOGY.
Example:
Turning machine with milling technology
MD 52200 $MCS_TECHNOLOGY = 1
MD 52201 $MCS_TECHNOLOGY_EXTENSION = 2
3-464
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
52206
AXIS_USAGE
BYTE
PowerOn
10
7/3
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0
20
Description:
52207
AXIS_USAGE_ATTRIB
Axis attributes
BYTE
PowerOn
7/3
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0
20
Description:
Axis attributes
Bit 0: rotates around the 1st geometry axis (applies to rotary
axes)
Bit 1: rotates around the 2nd geometry axis (applies to rotary
axes)
Bit 2: rotates around the 3rd geometry axis (applies to rotary
axes)
Bit 3: displayed positive direction of rotation is counterclockwise (applies to rotary axes)
Bit 4: displayed direction of rotation for M3 is counterclockwise
(applies to spindles)
Bit 5: direction of rotation M3 corresponds to rotary axis minus
(applies to spindles)
This bit must be set analog to PLC bit DBnn.DBX17.6 !
(nn = 31 + machine data index)
52210
FUNCTION_MASK_DISP
BYTE
PowerOn
7/3
Description:
3-465
Maschine Data
09/2009
52212
FUNCTION_MASK_TECH
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
52214
FUNCTION_MASK_MILL
DWORD
Immediately
7/3
Description:
52216
FUNCTION_MASK_DRILL
DWORD
Immediately
7/3
Description:
52218
FUNCTION_MASK_TURN
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
3-466
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
52229
ENABLE_QUICK_M_CODES
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
Enable fast M
Bit 0:Coolant
Bit 1:Coolant
Bit 2:Coolant
Bit 3:Coolant
functions
OFF
1
ON
2
ON
1 and 2 ON
52230
M_CODE_ALL_COOLANTS_OFF
DWORD
Immediately
32767
7/3
-1
Description:
52231
M_CODE_COOLANT_1_ON
DWORD
Immediately
32767
7/3
Description:
-1
52232
M_CODE_COOLANT_2_ON
DWORD
Immediately
32767
7/3
Description:
-1
52233
M_CODE_COOLANT_1_AND_2_ON
DWORD
Immediately
32767
7/3
-1
-1
Description:
52240
NAME_TOOL_CHANGE_PROG
STRING
Immediately
7/3
Description:
3-467
Maschine Data
09/2009
52241
SPINDLE_CHUCK_TYPES
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
52242
MAIN_SPINDLE_PARAMETER
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
52243
SUB_SPINDLE_PARAMETER
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
52244
SUB_SPINDLE_PARK_POS_Y
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
52246
TAILSTOCK_DIAMETER
mm
Tailstock diameter
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
Tailstock diameter
52247
TAILSTOCK_LENGTH
mm
Tailstock length
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
Tailstock length
3-468
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
52250
M_CODE_CHUCK_OPEN
STRING
Immediately
7/3
Description:
52251
M_CODE_CHUCK_OPEN_ROT
STRING
Immediately
7/3
Description:
52252
M_CODE_CHUCK_CLOSE
STRING
Immediately
7/3
Description:
3-469
Maschine Data
09/2009
52270
TM_FUNCTION_MASK
DWORD
PowerOn
7/3
Description:
52271
TM_MAG_PLACE_DISTANCE
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
10000
0/0
Description:
70
52272
TM_TOOL_LOAD_DEFAULT_MAG
BYTE
PowerOn
30
0/0
Description:
3-470
09/2009
Maschine Data
Channel-specific machine data
52273
TM_TOOL_MOVE_DEFAULT_MAG
BYTE
PowerOn
30
0/0
Description:
52281
TOOL_MCODE_FUNC_ON
DWORD
Immediately
32767
7/3
-1
Description:
52282
TOOL_MCODE_FUNC_OFF
DWORD
Immediately
32767
7/3
-1
Description:
3.3.6
52605
MEA_TURN_CYC_SPECIAL_MODE
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
Functional behavior of a third geometry axis (Y axis) in the turning technology based on the G18 working plane!
=0: an existing third geometry axis (Y axis; applicate); is not
supported by the measuring cycles!
=1: specified setpoint and parameterization (SETVAL, _TUL, _TLL,
SZO) refer to the third geometry axis (Y axis).
However, tool length offset or work offset are performed in
the components active in the second geometry axis (X axis, ordinate)
(i.e. measurement in Y and offset in X). The offset target
can be influenced using the _KNUM parameter!
3-471
Maschine Data
09/2009
52750
J_MEA_FIXPOINT
mm
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
52800
ISO_M_ENABLE_POLAR_COORD
Polar coordinates
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
Polar coordinates
0: OFF
1: ON
52802
ISO_ENABLE_INTERRUPTS
Interrupt process
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
Interrupt process
0: OFF
1: ON
52804
ISO_ENABLE_DRYRUN
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
52806
ISO_SCALING_SYSTEM
Basic system
BYTE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
Basic system:
0: not defined
1: METRIC
2: INCH
52808
ISO_SIMULTAN_AXES_START
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
3-472
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
52810
ISO_T_DEEPHOLE_DRILL_MODE
BYTE
Immediately
7/3
Description:
3.4
Number
Identifier
Display filters
Reference
Unit
Name
Data type
Active
Maximum value
Protection
Attributes
System
Dimension
Default value
Minimum value
Description:
Description
3.4.1
Configuration
30100
CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR
EXP, A01
G2,S9
BYTE
PowerOn
-1/2
Description:
In this MD enter the number of the bus segment through which the
output is addressed.
0:
Local bus (for 802D MCPA)
1:
SIMODRIVE611D drive bus for SINUMERIK 840D/810D (1st DCM)
2:
reserved (previously local P bus)
3:
reserved (previously 611D bus, 2nd DCM)
4:
reserved (virtual buses)
5:
PROFIBUS/PROFINET (e.g. SINUMERIK 840Di)
6:
reserved (same effect as 5)
3-473
Maschine Data
09/2009
30110
CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR
A01, A11, -
G2,S9
BYTE
PowerOn
828d-me61
2,3,4,1,5,6
31
2/2
828d-me81
2,3,4,1,5,6
31
2/2
828d-te61
2,3,1,5,4,6
31
2/2
828d-te81
2,3,1,5,4,6,8,7
31
2/2
Description:
30120
CTRLOUT_NR
EXP, A01, -
G2
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
Number of the output on a module, through which the setpoint output is addressed.
The value is always 1 for SIMODRIVE 611D or PROFIdrive.
30130
CTRLOUT_TYPE
A01, A11
G2,M3,S9
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
30132
IS_VIRTUAL_AX
A01
M3,TE1,TE3
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-474
FALSE
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
30134
IS_UNIPOLAR_OUTPUT
A01
G2
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
30200
NUM_ENCS
A01, A02, -
G2,R1,Z1
Number of encoders
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
30210
ENC_SEGMENT_NR
G2
BYTE
PowerOn
-1/2
Description:
5, 5
3-475
Maschine Data
09/2009
30220
ENC_MODULE_NR
G2
BYTE
PowerOn
828d-me61
31
2/2
828d-me81
31
2/2
828d-te61
31
2/2
828d-te81
31
2/2
Description:
30230
ENC_INPUT_NR
G2,S9
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
For PROFIdrive:
Number of the encoder within the PROFIdrive message frame through
which the encoder is addressed.
For example telegram 103: 1 (=G1_ZSW etc.) or 2 (=G2_ZSW etc.).
The index[n] of the machine data has the following coding:
[Encodernr.]: 0 or 1
If an input is selected, to which no encoder is connected, alarm
300008 "Measuring circuit not available on drive" is output.
3-476
1, 2
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
30240
ENC_TYPE
A3,,G2,R1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
Encoder type:
0:
simulation
1:
raw signal generator (high resolution)
2:
rectangular signal encoder (quadruplication of the pulse number per revolution) - for SIMODRIVE 611D only
3:
reserved (previously encoder for stepper motor)
4:
general absolute encoder (e.g. with EnDat interface)
5:
special absolute encoder with SSI interface - for SIMODRIVE
611D only
Related to:
PROFIdrive parameter p979 (compare there)
30242
ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT
A02, A11, -
G2,R1
Encoder is independent
BYTE
NEW CONF
1/1
0, 0
0, 0
Description:
Modulo treatment,
PRESET
Example:
MD30200 $MA_NUM_ENCS[ AX1 ] = 2
MD30242 $MA_ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT[ 0, AX1 ] = 0
MD30242 $MA_ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT[ 1, AX1 ] = 1
When the VDI interface has selected the first encoder for position
control, the above mentioned actual value corrections will be executed on this encoder only.
When the VDI interface has selected the second encoder for position control, the above mentioned actual value corrections will be
executed on both encoders.
The machine data is therefore only valid for encoders that have
not been selected by the VDI interface for positon control (passive encoders).
As from SW5, the scope of functions has been extended:
MD30242 $MA_ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT = 2
3-477
Maschine Data
09/2009
ENC_MEAS_TYPE
BYTE
PowerOn
1/0
1, 1
Description:
30250
ACT_POS_ABS
R1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1/1
ODLD, -, -
Description:
Absolute encoders:
To restore the current position (in combination with the position, possibly with several meanings, buffered in the encoder).
Incremental encoders:
To buffer the actual value beyond power OFF when the functionality is activated MD34210 $MA_ENC_REFP_STATE = 1 or. 2 (i.e. as a
reference point replacement).
To buffer the actual value beyond power OFF when the functionality is activated MD34210 $MA_ENC_REFP_STATE = 3 (i.e. as a
restored position value).
3-478
0.0, 0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
Note:
This MD is changed internally by the control during traversing
movements. Loading a previously saved MD data block can therefore destroy the encoder calibration (machine position reference) of absolute encoders.
For software conversions, we recommend removing the MD data
block from the old software release prior to conversion and
reloading it into the new software release without moving any
axis in the meantime. Protection level 1 should be set for SW
3.6; protection level 2 suffices for SW 4 and higher. The
encoder calibration must be explicitly verified (controlled,
calibrated) after the software conversion.
30260
ABS_INC_RATIO
DWORD
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
4, 4
3-479
Maschine Data
09/2009
30270
ENC_ABS_BUFFERING
R1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-480
0, 0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
30300
IS_ROT_AX
G1,K3,R2,T1,G2,
K2,R1,S1,V1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
828d-me61
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
2/2
828d-me81
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
2/2
828d-te61
FALSE,FALSE,TRUE, TRUE,TRUE,FALSE
2/2
828d-te81
FALSE,FALSE,TRUE, TRUE,TRUE,FALSE...
2/2
Description:
1:
SCAL, CTEQ
3-481
Maschine Data
09/2009
30310
ROT_IS_MODULO
TE3,K3,R2,T1,A3,
R1,R2,S1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
828d-me61
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
2/2
828d-me81
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
2/2
828d-te61
FALSE,FALSE,TRUE, TRUE,TRUE,FALSE
2/2
828d-te81
FALSE,FALSE,TRUE, TRUE,TRUE,FALSE...
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
3-482
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
30320
DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
R2,T1,K2
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
828d-me61
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
2/2
828d-me81
FALSE,FALSE,FALS E,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
2/2
828d-te61
FALSE,FALSE,TRUE, TRUE,TRUE,FALSE
2/2
828d-te81
FALSE,FALSE,TRUE, TRUE,TRUE,FALSE...
2/2
Description:
30330
MODULO_RANGE
EXP, A01, -
R2,T1,R1
degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
360000000.0
1/1
CTEQ
CTEQ
-
360.0
1.0
Description:
30340
MODULO_RANGE_START
EXP, A01
R1,R2
degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
1/1
CTEQ
-
Description:
0.0
3-483
Maschine Data
09/2009
30350
SIMU_AX_VDI_OUTPUT
A01, A06
A2,G2,Z1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
CTEQ
-
FALSE
Description:
30450
IS_CONCURRENT_POS_AX
EXP, A01
G1
BOOLEAN
Reset
1/1
CTEQ
-
Description:
For SW4.3:
If FALSE: On RESET, a neutral axis is reassigned to the NC program.
If TRUE: On RESET, a neutral axis remains in the neutral axis
state and an axis assigned to the NC program becomes a neutral
axis
3-484
FALSE
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
30455
MISC_FUNCTION_MASK
A06, A10
R2,S3,R1
Axis functions
DWORD
Reset
0x80
1/1
CTEQ
-
0x00
Description:
Bit 0 =0:
Modulo rotary axis/spindle: programmed positions must lie
within the modulo range. Otherwise, an alarm is output.
Bit 0 =1:
When positions outside the modulo range are programmed, no
alarm is output. The position will be modulo-converted internally.
Example: B-5 is equivalent to B355, POS[A]=730 is identical to
POS[A]=10, and SPOS=-360 behaves like SPOS=0 (modulo range 360
degrees)
Bit 1 =0:
Determination of reference point position of rotary, distancecoded encoders analog (1:1) to the mechanical absolute position.
Bit 1 =1:
Determination of reference point position of rotary, distancecoded encoders within the configured modulo range.
For rotary axes with MD30310 $MA_ROT_IS_MODULO=0 using rotary,
distance-coded encoders MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE=3, the reference point position is determined as a functin of MD30330
$MA_MODULO_RANGE and MD30340 $MA_MODULO_RANGE_START. This is
automatically adapted to the motion limits of the modulo range.
This bit is irrelevant fo rotary axes with MD30310
$MA_ROT_IS_MODULO=1, since the reference point position is
always determined within the modulo range.
Bit 2 =0:
Modulo rotary axis positioned at G90 with AC by default
Bit 2 =1:
Modulo rotary axis positioned at G90 with DC by default (shortest path)
Bit 3 =0:
With spindle/axis disable, $VA_IM, $VA_IM1, $VA_IM2 supply the
setpoint value
Bit 3 =1:
With spindle/axis disable, $VA_IM, $VA_IM1, $VA_IM2 supply the
actual value
Bit 4 =0:
Synchronous spindle coupling, following spindle: cancellation
of feedrate enable will decelerate the coupled group.
Bit 4 =1:
Following spindle: feedrate enable only refers to the interpolation share of the overlaid motion (SPOS,..) and has no impact
on the coupling.
Bit 5 = 0:
Synchronous spindle coupling, following spindle: position control, feedforward control and parameter block are set corresponding to the leading spindle.
Bit 5 =1:
3-485
Maschine Data
09/2009
BASE_FUNCTION_MASK
A01
K5,P2,P1
Axis functions
DWORD
PowerOn
0x1FF
1/1
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-486
0x00
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
Bit 6 = 0:
The channel-specific interface signal DB3200 DBX0006.0 (feedforward disable) has an effect on the axis, even though it is a
PLC-controlled axis.
Bit 6 = 1:
The channel-specific interface signal DB3200 DBX0006.0 (feedforward disable) will have no effect on the axis, if it is a
PLC-controlled axis.
Bit 7 = 0:
The channel-specific interface signal DB3300 DBX0004.3 (all
axes stationary) is set dependently of the axis, even though it
is PLC-controlled.
Bit 7 = 1:
The channel-specific interface signal DB3300 DBX0004.3 (all
axes stationary) will be set independently of the axis, if this
axis is PLC-controlled.
Bit 8 = 0:
The axis is an 'interpolating (full) axis' (path/GEO/additional path axis/GEOAX()/spindle for thread cutting/tapping)
Bit 8 = 1:
The axis is a positioning axis / auxiliary spindle
30465
AXIS_LANG_SUB_MASK
N01
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
0x3
2/2
0x0
Description:
0x0
3-487
Maschine Data
09/2009
30500
INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB
A01, A10
T1,H1
BYTE
Reset
2/2
Description:
30501
INDEX_AX_NUMERATOR
A01, A10
T1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
3-488
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
30502
INDEX_AX_DENOMINATOR
A01, A10
T1
DWORD
Reset
2/2
Description:
30503
INDEX_AX_OFFSET
A01, A10
T1,R2
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
Defines the position of the first indexing position from zero for
an indexing axis with equidistant positions.
MD irrelevant for non-equidistant indexes in accordance with
tables.
Related to:
MD30501 $MA_INDEX_AX_NUMERATOR, MD30502
$MA_INDEX_AX_DENOMINATOR, MD30500 $MA_INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB
30505
HIRTH_IS_ACTIVE
A01, A10
T1
BOOLEAN
Reset
1/1
Description:
30550
AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN
K5,TE3,B3,S3,K1,
R1
BYTE
PowerOn
10
0/0
Description:
0.0
CTEQ
FALSE
3-489
Maschine Data
09/2009
30552
AUTO_GET_TYPE
K5,M3,TE6,P2,P5
,2.4
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
30600
FIX_POINT_POS
A03, A10
K1,W3
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
30610
NUM_FIX_POINT_POS
A03, A10
K1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
30800
WORKAREA_CHECK_TYPE
A3
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
CTEQ
3-490
FALSE
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
3.4.2
Encoder matching
31000
ENC_IS_LINEAR
A02, A11, -
G2
Linear scale
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
FALSE, FALSE
Description:
31010
ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST
A02, A11, -
G2
mm
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
0.01, 0.01
Description:
31020
ENC_RESOL
A02, A11, -
G2,R1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
2048, 2048
Description:
31025
ENC_PULSE_MULT
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
2048, 2048
Description:
3-491
Maschine Data
09/2009
31030
LEADSCREW_PITCH
A02, A11, -
G2,A3
mm
Pitch of leadscrew
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
10.0
Description:
The ball screw lead must be entered in the MD (see data sheet:
mm/rev or inch/rev).
Special meaning for hydraulic linear drives:
If a hydraulic linear drive (HLA) is configured as rotary axis, it
must be specified in this MD, which drive feedrate in mm corresponds to a programmed revolution (360 degrees).
31040
ENC_IS_DIRECT
A02, A11, -
G2,S1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
MD = 1:
Encoder for actual position value sensing is attached directly to
the machine (without an intermediate gear unit).
MD = 0:
Encoder for actual position value sensing is attached to the
motor (MD31060 $MA_DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA and MD31050
$MA_DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM are included in the encoder valuation).
The index[n] of the machine data has the following coding:
[encoder no.]: 0 or 1
Special cases:
An incorrect entry may result in an incorrect encoder resolution,
as, for example, the gear ratios would be calculated incorrectly.
31044
ENC_IS_DIRECT2
A02, -
G2,S1
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
FALSE, FALSE
3-492
FALSE, FALSE
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
31050
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM
A02, A11, -
A2,A3,G2,S1,V1
DWORD
PowerOn
2147000000
2/2
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
Description:
31060
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA
A02, A11, -
A2,A3,G2,S1,V1
DWORD
PowerOn
2147000000
2/2
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
-2147000000
Description:
31064
DRIVE_AX_RATIO2_DENOM
A02, -
G2,S1
DWORD
NEW CONF
2147000000
2/2
Description:
the effectively active gear ratio from the motor to the tool is
considered in the safety-relevant machine data and if
31066
DRIVE_AX_RATIO2_NUMERA
A02, -
G2,S1
DWORD
NEW CONF
2147000000
2/2
Description:
-2147000000
3-493
Maschine Data
09/2009
31070
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_DENOM
A02, A11, -
A3,G2,S1
DWORD
PowerOn
2147000000
2/2
1, 1
Description:
31080
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_NUMERA
A02, A11, -
A3,G2,S1
DWORD
PowerOn
2147000000
2/2
1, 1
Description:
31090
JOG_INCR_WEIGHT
A01, A12
H1,G2
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
MD31090 $MA_JOG_INCR_WEIGHT
(Weighting of an increment of a machine axis for INC/handwheel)
CTEQ
3-494
0.001, 0.00254
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
31122
BERO_DELAY_TIME_PLUS
A02, A06
S1,R1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
0.000110, 0.000110
Description:
31123
BERO_DELAY_TIME_MINUS
A02, A06
S1,R1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
0.000078, 0.000078
Description:
3-495
Maschine Data
09/2009
31200
SCALING_FACTOR_G70_G71
EXP, A01
G2
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
31600
TRACE_VDI_AX
EXP, N06
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
1/1
CTEQ
25.4
1.e-9
NBUP
-
FALSE
Description:
This machine data determines whether the axial VDI signals for
this axis are recorded in the NCSC trace (according to MD18794
$MN_MM_TRACE_VDI_SIGNAL).
3.4.3
Closed-loop control
32000
MAX_AX_VELO
A11, A04
M3,TE1,TE3,W6,
Z3,H1,K3,M1,P2,
A3,B2,G2,H2,S1,
V1,W1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
10000.,10000.,10000., 1.e-9
36000.,36000....
2/2
828d-me81
10000.,10000.,10000., 1.e-9
36000.,36000....
2/2
828d-te61
10000.,10000.,36000., 1.e-9
36000.,36000....
2/2
828d-te81
10000.,10000.,36000., 1.e-9
36000.,36000....
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
3-496
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32010
JOG_VELO_RAPID
A11, A04, -
H1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
828d-me61
10000.,10000.,10000., 36000.,36000....
2/2
828d-me81
10000.,10000.,10000., 36000.,36000....
2/2
828d-te61
10000.,10000.,36000., 36000.,36000....
2/2
828d-te81
10000.,10000.,36000., 36000.,36000....
2/2
Description:
The axis velocity entered applies when the rapid traverse override
key is pressed in JOG mode and when the axial feedrate override is
set to 100%.
The value entered must not exceed the maximum permissible axis
velocity (MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO).
This machine data is not used for the programmed rapid traverse
G0.
MD irrelevant to:
Operating modes AUTOMATIC and MDI
Related to:
MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO (maximum axis velocity)
MD32040 $MA_JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID
(revolutional feedrate for JOG with rapid traverse override)
NC/PLC interface signal DB3200 DBX1000.5,1004.5,1008.5 (Rapid
traverse override)
NC/PLC interface signal DB3200 DBX0004 (Feedrate override A-H)
CTEQ
3-497
Maschine Data
09/2009
32020
JOG_VELO
A11, A04, -
H1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
828d-me61
2000.,2000.,2000.,360 00.,36000....
2/2
828d-me81
2000.,2000.,2000.,360 00.,36000....
2/2
828d-te61
2000.,2000.,36000.,36 000.,36000....
2/2
828d-te81
2000.,2000.,36000.,36 000.,36000....
2/2
Description:
continuous jogging
handwheel jogging
The value entered must not exceed the maximum permissible axis
velocity (MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO).
If DRF is active, the axis velocity for JOG must be reduced with
MD32090 $MA_HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR.
Spindles in JOG mode:
This machine data can also be used to define the JOG mode speed for
specific spindles (if SD41200 $SN_JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO = 0). However, the speed can be modified with the spindle override switch.
Related to:
MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO
(maximum axis velocity)
MD32050 $MA_JOG_REV_VELO
(revolutional feedrate for JOG)
MD32090 $MA_HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR
(ratio of JOG velocity to handwheel velocity (DRF))
SD41110 $SN_JOG_SET_VELO
(JOG velocity for G94)
SD41130 $SN_JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO
(JOG velocity for rotary axes)
NC/PLC interface signal DB3200 DBX0004 (Feedrate override A-H)
CTEQ
3-498
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32040
JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID
A11, A04
H1,P2,R2,T1,V1,Z
1
mm/rev
DOUBLE
Reset
828d-me61
2.5,2.5,2.5,1.0,1.0,1.0 -
2/2
828d-me81
2.5,2.5,2.5,1.0,1.0,1.0 -
2/2
828d-te61
2.5,2.5,1.0,1.0,1.0,2.5 -
2/2
828d-te81
2.5,2.5,1.0,1.0,1.0,2.5, 2.5,1.0
2/2
Description:
32050
JOG_REV_VELO
A11, A04
H1,P2,R2,T1,V1,Z
1
mm/rev
DOUBLE
Reset
828d-me61
0.5,0.5,0.5,1.0,1.0,1.0 -
2/2
828d-me81
0.5,0.5,0.5,1.0,1.0,1.0 -
2/2
828d-te61
0.5,0.5,1.0,1.0,1.0,0.5 -
2/2
828d-te81
0.5,0.5,1.0,1.0,1.0,0.5, 0.5,1.0
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
CTEQ
3-499
Maschine Data
09/2009
32060
POS_AX_VELO
A12, A04
H1,P2,K1,V1,2.4,
6.2
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
828d-me61
10000.,10000.,10000., 36000.,36000....
2/2
828d-me81
10000.,10000.,10000., 36000.,36000....
2/2
828d-te61
10000.,10000.,36000., 36000.,36000....
2/2
828d-te81
10000.,10000.,36000., 36000.,36000....
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
32070
CORR_VELO
A04
2.4,6.2
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-500
50.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32074
FRAME_OR_CORRPOS_NOTALLOWED
A01
K5,K2,2.4,6.2
DWORD
PowerOn
0xFFF
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
0
3-501
Maschine Data
09/2009
HANDWH_MAX_INCR_SIZE
A05, A10
H1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
1/1
CTEQ
-
0.0
Description:
32082
HANDWH_MAX_INCR_VELO_SIZE
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
828d-me61
500.,500.,500.,1800.,1 800.,1800.
2/2
828d-me81
500.,500.,500.,1800.,1 800.,1800.
2/2
828d-te61
500.,500.,1800.,1800., 1800.,500.
2/2
828d-te81
500.,500.,1800.,1800., 1800.,500....
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
3-502
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32084
HANDWH_STOP_COND
EXP, A10
H1
DWORD
Reset
0x7FF
2/2
CTEQ
-
0xFF
Description:
Definition of the response of the handwheel travel to axis-specific VDI interface signals or a context-sensitive interpolator
stop:
Bit = 0:
Interruption or collection of the distances preset via the
handwheel.
Bit = 1:
Cancellation of the traversing motion or no collection.
Bit assignment:
Bit 0: feedrate override
Bit 1: spindle speed override
Bit 2: feedrate stop/spindle stop or context-sensitive interpolator stop
Bit 3: clamping procedure running (= 0 no effect)
Bit 4: servo enable
Bit 5: pulse enable
For machine axis:
Bit 6 = 0
For handwheel travel, the maximum velocity at which the relevant machine axis can be traversed is the feedrate set in
MD32020 $MA_JOG_VELO.
Bit 6 = 1
For handwheel travel, the maximum velocity at which the relevant machine axis can be traversed is the feedrate set in
MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO.
Bit 7 = 0
The override is active in handwheel travel.
Bit 7 = 1
The override is always assumed to be 100% for handwheel travel,
regardless of how the override switch is set.
Exception: override 0% is always active.
Bit 8 = 0
The override is active with DRF
Bit 8 = 1
The override is always assumed to be 100% for DRF, regardless of
how the override switch is set.
Exception: override 0% is always active.
Bit 9 = 0
For handwheel travel, the maximum possible velocity with revolutional feedrate is
- with the feedrate in SD41120 $SN_JOG_REV_SET_VELO or
- the feedrate in MD32050 $MA_JOG_REV_VELO or
- in the case of rapid traverse with MD32040
$MA_JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID
of the relevant machine axis calculated with the spindle or
rotary axis feedrate.
3-503
Maschine Data
09/2009
Bit 9 = 1
For handwheel travel, the maximum possible velocity is with the
revolutional feedrate in MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO of the relevant machine axis. (see also bit 6)
Bit 10 = 0
For overlaid motions, $AA_OVR is not active.
Bit 10 = 1
For overlaid motions (DRF, $AA_OFF, external work offset,
online tool offset), the override $AA_OVR settable via synchronized actions is active.
Bit 11 = 0
With the VDI interface signal "driveReady" (= 0) missing, paths
defined by the handwheel are not collected, but a traversing
request is displayed. Start of a continuous JOG motion in continuous mode ($SN_JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD 41050 = 0) or an
incremental JOG motion in continuous mode
($MN_JOG_INC_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD 11300 = 0) is displayed as a
traversing request. With "driveReady" = 1, however, the tool is
not traversed, but the procedure is aborted and must be started
again.
Bit 11 = 1
With the VDI interface "driveReady" missing, the paths defined
by the handwheel are collected. Start of a continuous JOG motion
in continuous mode ($SN_JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD 41050 = 0)
or an incremental JOG motion in continuous mode
($MN_JOG_INC_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD 11300 = 0) is displayed and
saved as a traversing request. With "driveReady" = 1 the traversing motion is started.
|
32090
HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR
A10, A04
H1
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
The velocity active with the handwheel in DRF can be reduced from
the JOG velocity with this machine data.
The following applies to linear axes for the velocity active with
DRF:
vDRF = SD41110 $SN_JOG_SET_VELO * MD32090
$MA_HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR
or when SD41110 $SN_JOG_SET_VELO = 0:
vDRF = MD32020 $MA_JOG_VELO * MD32090
$MA_HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR
The velocity setting in SD41130 $SN_JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO applies
for DRF on rotary axes instead of the value in SD41110
$SN_JOG_SET_VELO.
MD irrelevant for:
JOG handwheel
Related to:
MD32020 $MA_JOG_VELO (JOG axis velocity)
SD41110 $SN_JOG_SET_VELO (JOG velocity for G94)
SD41130 $SN_JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO (JOG velocity for rotary axes)
CTEQ
3-504
0.5
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32100
AX_MOTION_DIR
G1,TE3,G2
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
32110
ENC_FEEDBACK_POL
G2
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
-1
1, 1
Description:
-1
3-505
Maschine Data
09/2009
32200
POSCTRL_GAIN
A07, A11
G1,TE1,TE9,K3,S
3,A2,A3,D1,G2,S1
,V1
1000/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2000.
7/2
CTEQ
6
Description:
3-506
33.33333334,
33.33333334,
33.33333334...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32210
POSCTRL_INTEGR_TIME
A07
G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
10000.0
0/0
1.0
Description:
32220
POSCTRL_INTEGR_ENABLE
A07
G2
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
32230
POSCTRL_CONFIG
A07
TE1
BYTE
PowerOn
17
0/0
Description:
FALSE
3-507
Maschine Data
09/2009
32250
RATED_OUTVAL
A01, A11
A3,D1,G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
200
1/1
CTEQ
-
Description:
a.)
Scaling of the manipulated variable with analog drives:
The value of the speed setpoint in percent is to be entered in this
MD, in relation to the maximum speed setpoint at which the motor
speed specified in MD32260 $MA_RATED_VELO[n] is reached.
Related to:
MD32250 $MA_RATED_OUTVAL[n] only makes sense in combination
with MD32260 $MA_RATED_VELO[n].
Example:
1.
At a voltage of 5V, the drive reaches a speed of
1875 rev/min ==> RATED_OUTVAL = 50%, RATED_VELO = 11250
[degrees/s]
2.
At a voltage of 8V, the drive reaches a speed of
3000 rev/min ==> RATED_OUTVAL = 80%, RATED_VELO = 18000
[degrees/s]
3.
At a voltage of 1.5V, the drive reaches a speed of
562.5 rev/min ==> RATED_OUTVAL = 15%, RATED_VELO = 3375
[degrees/s]
All three examples are possible for one and the same drive/converter. The ratio of the two values is decisive; it is the same in
all three examples.
MD32250 $MA_RATED_OUTVAL and MD32260 $MA_RATED_VELO describe physical characteristics of converter and drive; they can therefore
only be determined by means of measurement or start-up instructions (converter, drive).
b.)
Scaling of the manipulated variable with digital PROFIdrive
drives:
Default value "0" declares MD32250 $MA_RATED_OUTVAL and MD32260
$MA_RATED_VELO as invalid. Scaling of the manipulated variable is
automatically determined and adjusted from the drive parameters
instead.
Otherwise (MD32250 $MA_RATED_OUTVAL unequal to zero), the scaling
of the manipulated variable is not determined from the drive (for
example non-Siemens PROFIdrive drives), but set with RATED_VELO
and RATED_OUTVAL, even in the case of these, irrespective of the
scaling active on the drive side. In this case, the following
applies:
Scaling of the manipulated variable on the drive = RATED_VELO /
RATED_OUTVAL
In the case of simultaneous operation of analog and PROFIdrive
drives, the settings for the analog axes must be adjusted as
described in a.).
3-508
0.0
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32260
RATED_VELO
A01, A11
A3,D1,G2
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
CTEQ
-
3000.0
Description:
32300
MAX_AX_ACCEL
A11, A04, -
M3,TE6,Z3,H1,K3
,M1,A3,B1,B2,K1,
V1,2.4
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
1.0e-3
3-509
Maschine Data
09/2009
32301
JOG_MAX_ACCEL
A11, A04, -
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
CTEQ
-
0.0
Description:
32310
MAX_ACCEL_OVL_FACTOR
A04
B1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
CTEQ
-
Description:
The overload factor limits the velocity jump of the machine axis
on block transition. The value entered is related to the value of
MD32300 $MA_MAX_AX_ACCEL (axis acceleration) and states by how
much the maximum acceleration can be exceeded for one IPO cycle.
Related to:
MD32300 $MA_MAX_AX_ACCEL (axis acceleration)
MD10070 $MN_IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO (interpolator clock)
There is an entry for each dynamic G code group.
32320
DYN_LIMIT_RESET_MASK
DWORD
Reset
0x01
2/2
Description:
With MD32320 $MA_DYN_LIMIT_RESET_MASK, the reset behavior of functions limiting the dynamic response can be set.
The MD is bit-coded; currently only bit 0 (LSB) is assigned.
Bit 0 == 0:
Channel reset/M30 resets the programmed ACC to 100%. (compatibility: same response as before)
Bit 0 == 1:
Programmed ACC is maintained beyond channel reset/M30.
CTEQ
3-510
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32400
AX_JERK_ENABLE
A07, A04, -
B2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
FALSE
Description:
32402
AX_JERK_MODE
A07, A04
B2,G2,B3
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-511
Maschine Data
09/2009
Related to:
MD32400 $MA_AX_JERK_ENABLE
MD32410 $MA_AX_JERK_TIME
and for type 3: MD32412 $MA_AX_JERK_FREQ and MD32414
$MA_AX_JERK_DAMP
32410
AX_JERK_TIME
A07, A04
G1,TE1,S3,B2,G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
0.001
Description:
32412
AX_JERK_FREQ
A07, A04
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
10.0
Description:
32414
AX_JERK_DAMP
A07, A04
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
0.0
Description:
32420
JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE
A04
G1,H1,P2,S3,B2
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-512
FALSE
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32430
JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK
A04
G1,P2,S3,B2
m/s, rev/s
Axial jerk
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
CTEQ
828d-me61
100,100,100,100,100, 1.e-9
100
2/2
828d-me81
100,100,100,100,100, 1.e-9
100
2/2
828d-te61
100,100,100,100,100, 1.e-9
100
2/2
828d-te81
100,100,100,100,100, 1.e-9
100,100,100
2/2
Description:
The jerk limit value limits the rate of change of axis acceleration in JOG, REF and positioning axis modes.
The setting and time calculation are made as for MD20600
$MC_MAX_PATH_JERK (path-related maximum jerk).
MD irrelevant for:
Path interpolation
32431
MAX_AX_JERK
A04
B1,B2
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1.e-9
2/2
828d-me81
1.e-9
2/2
828d-te61
2/2
828d-te81
2/2
Description:
3-513
Maschine Data
09/2009
32432
PATH_TRANS_JERK_LIM
A04
B1,B2
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
2/2
828d-me81
2/2
828d-te61
2/2
828d-te81
2/2
Description:
The control limits the jerk (acceleration jump) at a block transition between contour sections of different curvature to the value
set.
MD irrelevant for:
Exact stop
Related to:
Continuous-path mode, SOFT type of acceleration
CTEQ
32433
SOFT_ACCEL_FACTOR
A04, -
TE9,B1,B2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
3/3
Description:
32434
G00_ACCEL_FACTOR
A04, -
TE9,B1,B2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
3/3
Description:
32435
G00_JERK_FACTOR
A04
B1,B2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
3/3
1e-9
1.
1e-9
Description:
3-514
1.
1e-9
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32436
JOG_MAX_JERK
A04
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
CTEQ
-
0.0
Description:
The jerk limit value limits the change of axis acceleration in JOG
mode only .
The behavior of the MD is analog to:
MD32430 $MA_JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK
It therefore also communicates with:
MD32420 $MA_JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE
(default of the axial jerk limitation)
32440
LOOKAH_FREQUENCY
EXP, A04
B1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
10.
Description:
32450
BACKLASH
A09
K3,G2
mm, degrees
Backlash
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
0.0, 0.0
Description:
3-515
Maschine Data
09/2009
32452
BACKLASH_FACTOR
A09
K3,G2,S1,V1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
2/2
0.01
Description:
32490
FRICT_COMP_MODE
A09
K3
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0:
No friction compensation
1:
Friction compensation with constant injection value or adaptive characteristic
2:
Friction compensation with learned characteristic via neural
network
32500
FRICT_COMP_ENABLE
A09
K3,G2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
1:
3-516
FALSE
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32510
FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE
EXP, A09
K3
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
FALSE
Description:
1:
Friction compensation with amplitude adaptation is enabled
for the axis. Quadrant errors on circular contours can be compensated with friction compensation.
The amplitude of the friction compensation value required to be
added on is frequently not constant over the entire acceleration range. That is, a lower compensation value needs to be
entered for optimum friction compensation for higher accelerations than for lower accelerations.
The parameters of the adaptation curve have to be determined,
and entered in the machine data.
0:
Friction compensation with amplitude adaptation is not
enabled for the axis.
MD irrelevant for:
MD32500 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ENABLE = 0
MD32490 $MA_FRICT_COMP_MODE = 2
Related to:
MD32500 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ENABLE
Friction compensation active
MD32520 $MA_FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX
Maximum friction compensation value
MD32530 $MA_FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN
Minimum friction compensation value
MD32550 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1
Adaptation acceleration value 1
MD32560 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL2
Adaptation acceleration value 2
MD32570 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3
Adaptation acceleration value 3
MD32540 $MA_FRICT_COMP_TIME
Friction compensation time constant
3-517
Maschine Data
09/2009
32520
FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX
EXP, A09
K3
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
If adaptation is inactive (MD32510=0), the maximum friction compensation is added throughout the entire acceleration range.
If adaptation is active (MD32510=1), the maximum friction compensation is entered in accordance with the adaptation curve.
In the 1st acceleration range (
a < MD32550), the addon amplitude = MD32520 * (a/MD32550)
In the 2nd acceleration range (MD32550 <= a <= MD32560), the addon amplitude = MD32520
In the 3rd acceleration range (MD32560 < a < MD32570), the addon amplitude = MD32520 * (1-(a-MD32560)/(MD32570-MD32560))
In the 4th acceleration range (MD32570 <= a
), the addon amplitude = MD32530
MD irrelevant for:
MD32500 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ENABLE = 0
MD32490 $MA_FRICT_COMP_MODE = 2 (neural QEC)
Related to:
MD32500 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ENABLE
Friction compensation active
MD32510 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE
Friction compensation adaptation active
MD32530 $MA_FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN
Minimum friction compensation value
MD32550 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1
Adaptation acceleration value 1
MD32560 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL2
Adaptation acceleration value 2
MD32570 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3
Adaptation acceleration value 3
MD32540 $MA_FRICT_COMP_TIME
Friction compensation time constant
3-518
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32530
FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN
EXP, A09
K3
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
0.0
Description:
The minimum friction compensation value is active only if "Friction compensation with adaptation" (MD32510
$MA_FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE=1) is active.
The amplitude of the friction compensation value is entered in the
4th acceleration range (MD32570 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3 <= a).
MD irrelevant for:
MD32510 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE = 0
MD32490 $MA_FRICT_COMP_MODE = 2 (neural QEC)
Special cases:
In special cases, the value for FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN may be
even higher than for MD32520 $MA_FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX.
Related to:
MD32500 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ENABLE
Friction compensation active
MD32510 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE
Friction compensation adaptation active
MD32520 $MA_FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX
Maximum friction compensation value
MD32550 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1
Adaptation acceleration value 1
MD32560 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL2
Adaptation acceleration value 2
MD32570 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3
Adaptation acceleration value 3
MD32540 $MA_FRICT_COMP_TIME
Friction compensation time constant
32540
FRICT_COMP_TIME
EXP, A09
K3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
0.015
Description:
3-519
Maschine Data
09/2009
32550
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1
EXP, A09
K3
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
3-520
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32560
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL2
EXP, A09
K3
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
0.0
Description:
3-521
Maschine Data
09/2009
32570
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3
EXP, A09
K3
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
3-522
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32580
FRICT_COMP_INC_FACTOR
A09
K3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
2/2
Description:
The optimum friction compensation value determined by the circularity test can cause overcompensation of this axis if compensation is activated and axial positioning movements are short.
In such cases, a better setting can be achieved by reducing the
amplitude of the friction compensation value and acts on all positioning blocks that are made within an interpolation cycle of the
control.
The factor that has to be entered can be determined empirically
and can be different from axis to axis because of the different
friction conditions. The input range is between 0 and 100% of the
value determined by the circularity test.
The default setting is 0; so that no compensation is performed for
short traversing movements.
Related to:
MD32500 $MA_FRICT_COMP_ENABLE Friction compensation active
32610
VELO_FFW_WEIGHT
A07, A09
G1,TE1,K3,S3,A3,
G2,S1,V1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0.0
3-523
Maschine Data
09/2009
32620
FFW_MODE
A07, A09
G1,K3,S3,G2,S1
BYTE
Reset
1/1
Description:
3-524
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32630
FFW_ACTIVATION_MODE
A07, A09
K3,G2
BYTE
Reset
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
1
3-525
Maschine Data
09/2009
32640
STIFFNESS_CONTROL_ENABLE
A01, A07
TE3,G2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
FALSE
Description:
32642
STIFFNESS_CONTROL_CONFIG
A01, A07
BYTE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
0
32644
STIFFNESS_DELAY_TIME
A01, A07
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.02
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-526
0.0
-0.02
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32700
ENC_COMP_ENABLE
A09
K3
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
FALSE, FALSE
Description:
32710
CEC_ENABLE
A09
K3
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
828d-me61
FALSE
0/0
828d-me81
FALSE
0/0
828d-te61
FALSE
1/1
828d-te81
FALSE
1/1
Description:
1:
Sag compensation is enabled for this axis.
Inter-axis machine geometry errors (e.g. sag and angularity
errors) can be compensated with sag compensation.
The function is not activated until the following conditions have
been fulfilled:
3-527
Maschine Data
09/2009
32711
CEC_SCALING_SYSTEM_METRIC
A09
K3,G2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
828d-me61
TRUE
0/0
828d-me81
TRUE
0/0
828d-te61
TRUE
1/1
828d-te81
TRUE
1/1
Description:
32720
CEC_MAX_SUM
A09
K3
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1.0
1.0
0/0
828d-me81
1.0
1.0
0/0
828d-te61
1.0
1.0
1/1
828d-te81
1.0
1.0
1/1
Description:
MSEC
Backlash compensation
Temperature compensation
Related to:
MD32710 $MA_CEC_ENABLE
Enable sag compensation
SD41300 $SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE[t]
Enable evaluation of sag compensation table t
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX0000.4 / .5
(referenced/synchronized 1 or 2)
3-528
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32730
CEC_MAX_VELO
K3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
10.0
100.0
0/0
828d-me81
10.0
100.0
0/0
828d-te61
10.0
100.0
1/1
828d-te81
10.0
100.0
1/1
Description:
MSEC
Backlash compensation
Temperature compensation
Related to:
MD32710 $MA_CEC_ENABLE
Enable sag compensation
MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO
Maximum axis velocity
SD41300 $SN_CEC_TABLE_ENABLE[t]
Enable evaluation of sag compensation table t
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX0000.4 / .5
(referenced/synchronized 1 or 2)
3-529
Maschine Data
09/2009
32750
TEMP_COMP_TYPE
A09
K3,W1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-530
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
32760
COMP_ADD_VELO_FACTOR
K3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0.10
2/2
CTEQ
-
0.01
Description:
0.
3-531
Maschine Data
09/2009
EQUIV_CURRCTRL_TIME
G1,K3,S3,A2,A3,
G2,S1,V1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
The time constant is used for parameterizing the torque feedforward control and for calculating the dynamic following error model
(contour monitoring).
In order to set the torque feedforward control correctly, the
equivalent time constant of the current control loop must be
determined exactly by measuring the step response of the current
control loop.
Closed-loop control free of following errors can be set by inputting negative values when MD32620 $MA_FFW_MODE=4 (but positioning
overshoots may then occur).
Delay values taken into account automatically by the software
internally are thus compensated again until the actually active
minimum symmetrizing time "0" is reached.
Any other negative input values have no further effect.
Negative values input when MD32620 $MA_FFW_MODE=2 are automatically converted internally to the input value "0", which means
that they are not active in this case.
3-532
0.0005, 0.0005,
0.0005, 0.0005,
0.0005, 0.0005
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
Related to:
MD32620 $MA_FFW_MODE
Type of feedfoward control
MD32650 $MA_AX_INERTIA
Moment of inertia for torque feedforward control
or MD32652 $MA_AX_MASS
Axis mass for torque feedforward control
MD36400 $MA_CONTOUR_TOL
Tolerance band contour monitoring
32810
EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME
A07, A09
G1,K3,S3,A2,A3,
G2,S1,V1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
2/2
828d-me81
0.0015, 0.0015,
0.0015, 0.0015...
2/2
828d-te61
2/2
828d-te81
0.0015, 0.0015,
0.0015, 0.0015...
2/2
Description:
3-533
Maschine Data
09/2009
32900
DYN_MATCH_ENABLE
A07
G21,S3,G2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
FALSE
Description:
32910
DYN_MATCH_TIME
A07
G1,K3,S3,A2,A3,
G2,S1,V1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
32920
AC_FILTER_TIME
A10
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0/0
Description:
Drive utilization
3-534
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_ENABLE
A07
G2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
32940
POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_TIME
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
32950
POSCTRL_DAMPING
EXP, A07
G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
0/0
CTEQ
FALSE
A07
G2
0.0
0.0
Description:
Application:
Attenuation of an oscillating axis through additional activation
of a rotational speed difference, which is determined from the
difference of the two measuring systems.
Condition: the axis must have two measuring systems, while one
encoder must be connected directly, the other indirectly.
Explanation of normalization by means of SIMODRIVE611D:
An input value of "100%" means: An additional torque is activated
in accordance with drive MD 1725, if
3-535
Maschine Data
09/2009
33000
FIPO_TYPE
EXP, A07
G1,G3,S3,G2
BYTE
PowerOn
0/0
CTEQ
-
Description:
33050
LUBRICATION_DIST
A03, A10
A2,Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
3/3
Description:
After the traversing path defined in the MD has been covered, the
state of the axial interface signal "Lubrication pulse" is
inverted, this can activate an automatic lubrication device.
The traversing path is summated after Power on.
The "Lubrication pulse" can be used with axes and spindles.
Application example(s):
The machine bed lubrication can be carried out as a function of
the relevant traversed path.
Note:
When 0 is entered, the NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX1002.0
(Lubrication pulse) is set in every cycle.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX1002.0 (Lubrication pulse)
3-536
1.0e8
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
33060
MAINTENANCE_DATA
A10
W6,2.4,6.2
DWORD
Reset
1/1
Description:
33100
COMPRESS_POS_TOL
A10
F2,B1,K1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
CTEQ
828d-me61
0.1
1.e-9
3/3
828d-me81
0.1
1.e-9
3/3
828d-te61
0.1
1.e-9
0/0
828d-te81
0.1
1.e-9
0/0
Description:
The value specifies the maximum permitted path deviation for each
axis with compression.
The larger the value, the more short blocks can be compressed into
a long block.
33120
PATH_TRANS_POS_TOL
A10
K1,PGA
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0.005
1.e-9
3/3
828d-me81
0.005
1.e-9
3/3
828d-te61
0.005
1.e-9
0/0
828d-te81
0.005
1.e-9
0/0
Description:
CTEQ
3-537
Maschine Data
09/2009
3.4.4
34000
REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE
A03, A11
G1,R1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
TRUE
Description:
1:
There is at least one reference point cam for this axis
0:
This axis does not have a reference point cam (e.g. rotary
axis)
The referencing cycle starts immediately with phase 2 (see documentation)
Machine axes that have only one zero mark over the whole travel
range or rotary axes that have only one zero mark per revolution
do not require an additional reference cam that selects the zero
mark (select MD34000 $MA_REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE = 0).
The machine axis marked this way accelerates to the velocity specified in MD34040 $MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER (reference point
creep velocity) when the plus/minus traversing key is pressed, and
synchronizes with the next zero mark.
34010
REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS
A03, A11
G1,R1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
Description:
3-538
FALSE
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
34020
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM
G1,R1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
828d-me61
5000.,5000.,5000.,720 .,720.,720.
2/2
828d-me81
5000.,5000.,5000.,720 .,720.,720.
2/2
828d-te61
5000.,5000.,720.,720., 720.,5000.
2/2
828d-te81
5000.,5000.,720.,720., 720.,5000....
2/2
Description:
34030
REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST
A03, A11
G1,R1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
7/2
10000.0
Description:
3-539
Maschine Data
09/2009
34040
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER
G1,R1,S1
mm/min, rev/min
Creep velocity
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
if the axis is already positioned on the cam, the axis is traversed in the opposite direction
3-540
300.00,
300.00,300.00,
300.00...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
34050
REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE
A03, A11
G1,R1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
FALSE, FALSE
Description:
This MD can be used to set the direction of search for the zero
mark:
MD34050 $MA_REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE = 0
Synchronization with falling reference cam signal edge
The machine axis accelerates to the velocity specified in MD34040
$MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER (reference point creep velocity) in
the opposite direction to that specified in MD34010
$MA_REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS (reference point approach in minus
direction).
If the axis leaves the reference cam (NC/PLC interface signal
DB380x DBX1000.7 (Reference point approach delay) is reset) the
control is synchronized with the first zero mark.
MD34050 $MA_REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE = 1
Synchronization with rising reference cam signal edge
The machine axis accelerates to the velocity defined in MD34020
$MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM (reference point creep velocity) in the
opposite direction to that specified in the MD34010
$MA_REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS. If the axis leaves the reference cam
(NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX1000.7 (Reference point
approach delay) is reset), the machine axis decelerates to a halt
and accelerates in the opposite direction towards the reference
cam at the velocity specified in MD34040:
$MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER. When the reference cam is reached
(NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX1000.7 (Reference point
approach delay) is enabled) the control is synchronized with the
first zero mark.
MD irrelevant to:
Linear measuring systems with distance-coded reference marks
3-541
Maschine Data
09/2009
34060
REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST
A03, A11
G1,R1,S1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
828d-me61
20.0, 20.0,20.0,
20.0,20.0, 20.0...
2/2
828d-me81
20.0, 20.0,20.0,
20.0,20.0, 20.0...
2/2
828d-te61
20.0, 20.0,20.0,
20.0,720.0, 720.0...
2/2
828d-te81
20.0, 20.0,20.0,
20.0,720.0, 720.0...
2/2
Description:
34070
REFP_VELO_POS
G1,R1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
Reset
828d-me61
10000.,10000.,10000., 720.,720....
2/2
828d-me81
10000.,10000.,10000., 720.,720....
2/2
828d-te61
10000.,10000.,720.,72 0.,720.,10000.
2/2
828d-te81
10000.,10000.,720.,72 0.,720.,10000....
2/2
Description:
3-542
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
34080
REFP_MOVE_DIST
A03, A11
G1,R1,S1,S3,G2
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1e15
2/2
-2.0, -2.0
-1e15
Description:
34090
REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR
G1,R1,S1,S3,G2
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1e12
2/2
-, -
0.0, 0.0
Description:
Absolute encoder:
MD34090 $MA_REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR acts as an absolute offset.
It describes the offset between the machine zero and the zero
point of the absolute measuring system.
Note:
In conjunction with absolute encoders, this MD is modified by the
control during calibration processes and modulo offset.
With rotary absolute encoders (on linear and rotary axes), the
modification frequency also depends on the setting of MD34220
$MA_ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO.
Manual input or modification of this MD via the part program
should therefore be followed by a Power ON Reset to activate the
new value and prevent it from being lost.
-1e12
3-543
Maschine Data
09/2009
REFP_CAM_SHIFT
A03, A11
G1,R1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
Electronic cam offset for incremental measuring systems with equidistant zero marks.
When the reference cam signal occurs, the zero mark search does
not start immediately but is delayed until after the distance from
REFP_CAM_SHIFT.
This ensures the reproducibility of the zero mark search through a
defined selection of a zero mark, even with temperature-dependent
expansion of the reference cam.
Because the reference cam offset is calculated by the control in
the interpolation cycle, the actual cam offset is at least
REFP_CAM_SHIFT and at most REFP_CAM_SHIFT+(MD34040
$MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER*interpolation cycle)
The reference cam offset is effective in the search direction of
the zero mark.
The reference cam offset is only active if existing cam MD34000
$MA_REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE=1.
34093
REFP_CAM_MARKER_DIST
A03, A11
R1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
0.0, 0.0
3-544
0.0, 0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
34100
REFP_SET_POS
A03, A11
G1,S3,G2,R1,S1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
45000000
2/2
Description:
-45000000
Absolute encoder:
MD34100 $MA_REFP_SET_POS corresponds to the correct actual value
at the calibration position.
The reaction on the machine depends on the status of MD34210
$MA_ENC_REFP_STATE: When MD34210 $MA_ENC_REFP_STATE = 1, the value
of MD34100 $MA_REFP_SET_POS is transferred as the absolute value.
When MD34210 $MA_ENC_REFP_STATE = 2 and MD34330
$MA_REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER = 0 (FALSE), the axis approaches the
target position stored in MD34100 $MA_REFP_SET_POS.
The value of MD34100 $MA_REFP_SET_POS that has been set via NC/PLC
interface signal DB380x DBX2.4 - .7
* (Reference point
value 1 to 4) is used.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX2.4 - .7
* (Reference
point value 1 to 4)
34102
REFP_SYNC_ENCS
A03, A02
R1,Z1
BYTE
Reset
2/2
Description:
3-545
Maschine Data
09/2009
34104
REFP_PERMITTED_IN_FOLLOWUP
A03, A02
R1
BOOLEAN
Reset
1/1
FALSE
Description:
34110
REFP_CYCLE_NR
A03
G1,TE3,D1,R1,Z1
DWORD
PowerOn
31
2/2
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11 -1
,12,13,14,15,16,17,18.
..
Description:
3-546
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
ENC_REFP_MODE
A03, A02
G1,R1,S1
Referencing mode
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
1, 1
Description:
The mounted position measuring systems can be classified for referencing as follows with MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE:
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 0
If an absolute encoder is available: MD34100 $MA_REFP_SET_POS
is taken over
Other encoders: Reference point approach not possible (SW2.2
and higher)
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 1
Referencing of incremental, rotary or linear measuring systems:
Zero pulse on the encoder track
Referencing of absolute, rotary measuring systems:
Replacement zero pulse based on the absolute information
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 2
BERO with 1-edge detection.
Also possible with an absolute encoder. After referencing, the
absolute encoder is additionally marked as "calibrated".
Note: for SIMODRIVE611D only (for PROFIdrive, the drive evaluates the BERO)
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 3
Referencing on linear measuring systems with distance-coded
reference marks:
Linear measuring system with distance-coded reference marks (as
specified by Heidenhain)
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 4 :
Reserved (BERO with 2-edge evaluation)
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 5:
When the BERO is passed, the zero mark search is started when
the negative BERO edge is detected, and it is referenced to the
next zero mark detected.
Note: for SIMODRIVE611D only (for PROFIdrive, the drive evaluates the BERO)
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 6
Measuring system calibration to an already referenced encoder
(not NCU 570) (SW3.2 and higher)
3-547
Maschine Data
09/2009
This mode can be used as a direct measuring system for measuring system configurations with incremental encoders, and as an
indirect measuring system for those with absolute encoders. At the
time of referencing, the absolute measuring system is already referenced by the incremental encoder.
The absolute position is accepted by the incremental encoder
after traversing the distance REFP_MOVE_DIST> of the measured
backlash. After which it is referenced.
Note: for SIMODRIVE611D only
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 7
BERO with configured approach velocity for axis and spindle
applications (SW3.6 and higher) (MD34040
$MA_REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER[n]
(Reference point creep velocity [enc. no.].
Note: for SIMODRIVE611D only (for PROFIdrive, the drive evaluates the BERO)
MD34200 $MA_ENC_REFP_MODE = 8
Referencing for linear measuring systems with distance-coded
reference marks:
Linear measuring system with distance-coded reference marks
over 4 zero marks (increased safety).
34210
ENC_REFP_STATE
R1
BYTE
Immediately
2/2
Description:
3-548
0, 0
Absolute encoder:
This machine data contains the absolute encoder status
0:
Encoder is not calibrated
1:
Encoder calibration enabled (but not yet calibrated)
2:
Encoder is calibrated
Default setting for new startup: Encoder is not calibrated.
3:
No significance, has the same effect as "0"
Incremental encoder:
This machine data contains the "Referenced status", which can
be saved beyond Power On:
0:
Default setting: No automatic referencing
1:
Automatic referencing enabled, but encoder not yet referenced
2:
Encoder is referenced and at exact stop, automatic referencing becomes active at the next encoder activation
3:
The last axis position buffered before switch off is
restored, no automatic referencing
Default setting for new startup: No automatic referencing
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
34220
ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO
A03, A02
R1
DWORD
PowerOn
100000
2/2
Description:
34230
ENC_SERIAL_NUMBER
A02
R1
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
4096, 4096
0, 0
Description:
The encoder serial number (from EnDat encoders) can be read out
here.
It is updated at power ON (SIMODRIVE611D or PROFIdrive) or when
parking is deselected (only PROFIdrive)
"0" is supplied for encoders which do not have a serial number
available.
Manipulating this MD normally causes an automatic absolute encoder
maladjustment ($MA_ENC_REFP_MODE returns to "0").
3-549
Maschine Data
09/2009
34232
EVERY_ENC_SERIAL_NUMBER
A02
R1
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
0/0
TRUE, TRUE
Description:
0 = only valid encoder serial number are entered in the MD, i.e.
when the drive supplies a "0" (which corresponds to invalid or
unknown) the last valid encoder serial number is retained in the
MD (e.g. for add-on axes that are not permanently connected to the
machine).
1 = (default, upward compatible): the value supplied by the drive
for the encoder serial number is taken over into the MD with every
control runup. A validity check is not carried out.
Note for PROFIdrive drives:
As not every drive can supply the relevant parameters at all or
in good time, the functionality is coded permanently corresponding to "0" for the PROFIdrive drive. A "1" setting is
therefore ineffective on the PROFIBUS.
34300
ENC_REFP_MARKER_DIST
A03, A02
R1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-550
10.0, 10.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
34310
ENC_MARKER_INC
A03, A02
R1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
2/2
Description:
34320
ENC_INVERS
A03, A02
G2,R1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
Description:
0.02, 0.02
FALSE, FALSE
3-551
Maschine Data
09/2009
34330
REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER
A03
G1,R1
BOOLEAN
Reset
2/2
Description:
Absolute encoder:
MD34330 $MA_REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER defines the response of an
axis with a valid calibration identifier (MD34210
$MA_ENC_REFP_STATE = 2) with G74 or when a traversing key is actuated in JOG-REF:
REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER = 0:
Axis traverses to the position entered in MD34100 $MA_REFP_SET_POS
REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER = 1:
Axis does not traverse.
MD irrelevant for:
Incremental encoders with zero mark (standard encoders)
Related to:
MD34100 $MA_REFP_SET_POS
(reference point distance/target point for distance-coded system)
TRUE, TRUE
34990
ENC_ACTVAL_SMOOTH_TIME
A02
V1
DOUBLE
Reset
0.5
3/3
Description:
3-552
0.0, 0.0
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
3.4.5
Spindles
35000
SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX
M1,S3,K2,S1
BYTE
PowerOn
828d-me61
0,0,0,1,0,0
20
1/1
828d-me81
0,0,0,1,0,0
20
1/1
828d-te61
0,0,1,2,0,0
20
1/1
828d-te81
0,0,1,3,0,0,0,2
20
1/1
Description:
3-553
Maschine Data
09/2009
35010
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE
A06, A11
P3 pl,P3 sl,S1
DWORD
Reset
0x2B
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-554
0x00
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
35012
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_POSITION
A06, A11
S1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
35014
GEAR_STEP_USED_IN_AXISMODE
DWORD
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
With this MD, a gear stage can be defined which can be loaded into
the axis mode during the transition with M70. The parameter set
zero used in axis mode is to be optimized on this gear stage.
Significance of the values:
0:
There is no implicit gear stage change with M70.
The current gear stage is retained.
1 ... 5:
There is a change into gear stage (1...5) during the execution
of M70.
During the transition into axis mode without M70, there is monitoring for this gear stage and alarm 22022 is issued if necessary. The condition for a gear stage change is the general
release of the function in MD35010 $MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE.
Secondary conditions:
When changing from axis mode into spindle mode, the configured
gear stage continues to remain active. There is no automatic
return to the last active gear stage in spindle mode.
35020
SPIND_DEFAULT_MODE
A06, A10
S1
BYTE
Reset
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-555
Maschine Data
09/2009
35030
SPIND_DEFAULT_ACT_MASK
A06, A10
S1
BYTE
Reset
0x03
1/1
Description:
35032
SPIND_FUNC_RESET_MODE
A06, A10
DWORD
PowerOn
0x01
0/0
Description:
CTEQ
0x2
CTEQ
3-556
0x00
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
35035
SPIND_FUNCTION_MASK
A06, A10
K1,S1
Spindle functions
DWORD
Reset
CTEQ
828d-me61
0x130
1/1
828d-me81
0x130
1/1
828d-te61
0x110
1/1
828d-te81
0x110
1/1
Description:
3-557
Maschine Data
09/2009
3-558
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
35040
SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
A06, A10
S1,Z1,2.7
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
CTEQ
-
Description:
Spindle stops (with M2/M30 and channel and mode group reset)
Program is aborted
MD35040 $MA_SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET= 1:
Program is aborted
MD35040 $MA_SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET= 2:
3-559
Maschine Data
09/2009
35090
NUM_GEAR_STEPS
A06, A10
S1
DWORD
Reset
2/2
Description:
MAXNUM_GEAR_ST 1
EPS
35092
NUM_GEAR_STEPS2
A06, A10
S1
DWORD
Reset
2/2
Description:
Number of set gear stages of the second gear stage data set for the
function 'Tapping with G331/G332'.
Activation (only makes sense for master spindle on tapping): MD
35010 $MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE, bit 5.
The number of gear stages must not be the same in the first and
second gear stage data sets.
Corresponding MD:
MD35010 $MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE (gear stages available/functions)
MD35112 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2 (2nd gear stage data set: max.
speed for gear stage change)
MD35122 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2 (2nd gear stage data set: min.
speed for gear stage change)
MD35212 $MA_GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL2 (2nd gear stage data set:
acceleration in position control mode)
3-560
MAXNUM_GEAR_ST 1
EPS
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
35100
SPIND_VELO_LIMIT
TE3,G2,S1,V1,Z1
rev/min
DOUBLE
PowerOn
7/2
CTEQ
-
10000.0
1.0e-3
Description:
35110
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO
A3,S1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-561
Maschine Data
09/2009
35112
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2
S1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
The 2nd data set for the max. speeds (upper switching thresholds)
of the gear stages for the automatic gear stage change (M40) is
defined in GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2. The gear stages must be defined in
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2 and MD35122 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2 so that
there are no gaps between the gear stages in the programmable
spindle speed range.
Examples:
Incorrect:
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2 [gear stage 1] =1000
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2 [gear stage 2] =1200
Correct:
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2 [gear stage 1] =1000
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2 [gear stage 2] =950
The 2nd gear stage data block for tapping with G331/G332 is activated by MD 35010:$MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE bit 5 for the master
spindle.
Related to:
MD35140 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT (min. speed of gear stage)
MD35130 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT (max. speed of gear stage)
CTEQ
500., 500., 1000.,
2000., 4000., 8000.
35120
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO
S1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-562
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
35122
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2
S1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
The 2nd data block of the minimum speeds (lower switching thresholds) of the gear stages for automatic gear stage change (M40) is
set in GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2. The gear stages must be defined with
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2 and MD35112 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2 so that
there are no gaps between the gear stages within the programmable
spindle speed range.
Examples:
Incorrect:
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2 [gear stage 1] = 1000
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2 [gear stage 2] = 1200
Correct:
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO2 [gear stage 1] = 1000
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO2 [gear stage 2] = 950
The 2nd gear stage data block for tapping with G331/G332 is activated by MD35010 $MA_GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE bit 5 for the master
spindle.
Related to:
MD35140 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT (min. speed of the gear
stage)
MD35130 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT (max. speed of the gear
stage)
CTEQ
50., 50., 400., 800.,
1500., 3000.
3-563
Maschine Data
09/2009
35130
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT
A2,S1,V1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-564
1.0e-3
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
35135
GEAR_STEP_PC_MAX_VELO_LIMIT
S1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
35140
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT
S1,V1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.
CTEQ
5., 5., 10., 20., 40., 80. -
3-565
Maschine Data
09/2009
35150
SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL
R1,S1,Z1
DOUBLE
Reset
1.0
2/2
0.1
0.0
Description:
If the actual speed deviates from the set speed by more than
MD35150 $MA_SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL, the NC/PLC interface signal is
DB390x DBX2001.5 (Spindle in setpoint range) is set to zero.
If the actual speed deviates from the set speed by more than
MD35150 $MA_SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL, the path feed is disabled
(positioning axes continue traversing).
35160
SPIND_EXTERN_VELO_LIMIT
A06, A04
A3,S1,V1,Z1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-566
1000.0
1.0e-3
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
35200
GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL
S1
rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
CTEQ
-
100, 100
1.0e-3
Description:
35210
GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL
S1
rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
35212
GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL2
S1
rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
30.0, 30.0, 25.0, 20.0, 1.0e-3
15.0, 10.0
CTEQ
30.0, 30.0, 25.0, 20.0, 1.0e-3
15.0, 10.0
3-567
Maschine Data
09/2009
35220
ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT
A06, A04
S1,S3,B2
DOUBLE
Reset
1.0
2/2
1.0
0.0
Description:
This machine data defines the threshold speed/velocity for spindles/positioning/path axes from which the acceleration reduction
is to start. The reference is the defined maximum speed/velocity.
The starting point is a percentage of the maximum values.
Example: MD35220 $MA_ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT = 0.7, the maximum speed is 3000 rpm. Acceleration reduction starts at v_on =
2100 rpm, i.e. the maximum acceleration capacity is utilized in
the speed range 0...2099.99 rpm. Reduced acceleration is used from
2100 rpm to the maximum speed.
Related to:
MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO
(maximum axis velocity)
MD35130 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT
(maximum gear stage speed)
MD35230 $MA_ACCEL_REDUCTION_FACTOR
(reduced acceleration)
35230
ACCEL_REDUCTION_FACTOR
A06, A04
S1,S3,B2
Reduced acceleration
DOUBLE
Reset
0.95
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-568
0.0
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
35240
ACCEL_TYPE_DRIVE
A04
B1,B2
BOOLEAN
Reset
1/1
Description:
Basic setting of the acceleration response of the axis (positioning, oscillation, JOG, path motions):
FALSE: No acceleration reduction
TRUE: Acceleration reduction active
MD is active only when MD32420 $MA_JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE =
FALSE.
The settings in MD35220 $MA_ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT and
MD35230 $MA_ACCEL_REDUCTION_FACTOR are always active for spindles
(in spindle mode).
Remark:
This MD also influences the path motion with SOFT, BRISK, TRAFO
CTEQ
FALSE
35242
ACCEL_REDUCTION_TYPE
A04
B1,B2
BYTE
Reset
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
35300
SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO
A06, A04
P3 pl,P3 sl,R1,S1
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-569
Maschine Data
09/2009
35310
SPIND_POSIT_DELAY_TIME
A06, A04
S1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
0.0, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
35350
SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR
A06
S1
BYTE
Reset
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
When SPOS or SPOSA is programmed, the spindle is switched to position control mode and accelerates with the acceleration defined in
MD35210 $MA_GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL (acceleration in position control mode) if the spindle is not synchronized. The direction of
rotation is defined by MD35350 $MA_SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR (direction of rotation for positioning from standstill).
MD35350 $MA_SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR = 3 ---> Clockwise direction of
rotation
MD35350 $MA_SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR = 4 ---> Counterclockwise direction of rotation
Related to:
MD35300 $MA_SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO (position control activation speed)
3-570
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
35400
SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO
A06, A04
P3 pl,P3 sl,S1
rev/min
Oscillation speed
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
500.0
Description:
35410
SPIND_OSCILL_ACCEL
A06, A04, -
S1,Z1
rev/s
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
16.0
Description:
1.0e-3
3-571
Maschine Data
09/2009
35430
SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR
A06
S1
BYTE
Reset
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
35440
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW
A06
S1,Z1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-572
1.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
35450
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW
A06
S1,Z1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
0.5
Description:
35500
SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START
S1,Z1
BYTE
Reset
1/1
Description:
CTEQ
2
3-573
Maschine Data
09/2009
35510
SPIND_STOPPED_AT_IPO_START
S1
BOOLEAN
Reset
1/1
CTEQ
-
TRUE
Description:
When a spindle is stopped (M5), the path feed is disabled (positioning axes continue traversing) if MD35510
$MA_SPIND_STOPPED_AT_IPO_START is enabled and the spindle is in
control mode.
When the spindle has come to a standstill (NC/PLC interface signal
DB390x DBX0001.4 (Axis/spindle stationary) enabled), the path feed
is enabled.
Related to:
MD35500 $MA_SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START (feed enable for spindle
in setpoint range)
35550
DRILL_VELO_LIMIT
rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1/1
CTEQ
-
Description:
35590
PARAMSET_CHANGE_ENABLE
EXP, A05
TE3,A2,S1,Z1
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
CTEQ
-
Description:
0:
3-574
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
Supplementary conditions:
The switchover response depends on whether there is a change in
the servo gain factor between the old and new parameter sets.
A parameter set change in which the active and new parameter sets
have different load gear factors leads to a reset of the referenced signal if the axis has an indirect measuring system.
The parameter set contains the following axial machine data:
MD36200 $MA_AX_VELO_LIMIT
MD32200 $MA_POSCTRL_GAIN
MD32800 $MA_EQUIV_CURRCTRL_TIME
MD32810 $MA_EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME
MD32910 $MA_DYN_MATCH_TIME
MD31050 $MA_DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM
MD31060 $MA_DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signals <Regler-Parametersatz1A-C/> (Servo
parameter set 1 A, B, C) and <Regler-Parametersatz2A-C/> (Servo
parameter set 2 A, B, C)
References:
/FB/, H2, "Output of Auxiliary Functions to PLC"
3.4.6
Monitoring functions
36000
STOP_LIMIT_COARSE
A05
TE1,A3,B1,G2,S1,
Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0.04,0.04,0.04,0.4,0.0 4,0.04
2/2
828d-me81
0.04,0.04,0.04,0.4,0.0 4,0.04
2/2
828d-te61
0.04,0.04,0.4,0.4,0.04, 0.04
2/2
828d-te81
0.04,0.04,0.4,0.4,0.04, 0.04,0.04...
2/2
Description:
3-575
Maschine Data
09/2009
STOP_LIMIT_FINE
A05
TE1,A3,B1,D1,G2
,S1,Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0.01,0.01,0.01,0.1,0.0 1,0.01
2/2
828d-me81
0.01,0.01,0.01,0.1,0.0 1,0.01
2/2
828d-te61
0.01,0.01,0.1,0.1,0.01, 0.01
2/2
828d-te81
0.01,0.01,0.1,0.1,0.01, 0.01,0.01...
2/2
Description:
3-576
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
36012
STOP_LIMIT_FACTOR
A05
G1,A3,B1,G2,S1,
Z1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1000.0
2/2
Description:
36020
POSITIONING_TIME
A05
TE1,A3,B1,G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
0.001
1.0
Description:
The following error must have reached the limit value for exact
stop fine by the expiry of the time entered in this MD for traveling into the position (position setpoint has reached the destination).
The current following error is therefore continuously monitored
for the time limit MD36010 $MA_STOP_LIMIT_FINE. If this time is
exceeded, alarm 25080 "Positioning monitoring" is output, and the
axis stopped. The time entered in this MD should be long enough to
ensure that the monitoring function is not triggered under normal
operating conditions, taking into account any settling times.
Related to:
MD 36010: $MA_STOP_LIMIT_FINE (exact stop fine)
3-577
Maschine Data
09/2009
36030
STANDSTILL_POS_TOL
A05
G1,A3,D1,G2
mm, degrees
Standstill tolerance
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0.2,0.2,0.2,1.0,0.2,0.2 -
7/2
828d-me81
0.2,0.2,0.2,1.0,0.2,0.2 -
7/2
828d-te61
0.2,0.2,1.0,1.0,0.2,0.2 -
7/2
828d-te81
0.2,0.2,1.0,1.0,0.2,0.2, 0.2,1.0
7/2
Description:
After termination of a traversing block (position partial setpoint=0 at the end of the movement), whether the following
error has reached the limit value for MD36030
$MA_STANDSTILL_POS_TOL (standstill tolerance) is monitored
after the programmable MD36040 $MA_STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME
(delay time, standstill monitoring).
36040
STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME
A05
TE1,A3,F1,G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
0.4
Description:
36042
FOC_STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME
Delay time for standstill monit. w/ active torque or force lim. DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0.4
0/0
828d-me81
0.4
0/0
828d-te61
0.4
2/2
828d-te81
0.4
2/2
Description:
A05
F1
3-578
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
36050
CLAMP_POS_TOL
A05
A3,D1,Z1
mm, degrees
Clamping tolerance
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
0.5
Description:
36052
STOP_ON_CLAMPING
A10
A3
BYTE
NEW CONF
0x07
2/1
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-579
Maschine Data
09/2009
36060
STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
A05, A04
TE1,A2,A3,D1,Z1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
5.00,5.00,5.00,1800.0 0,36.00,36.00
7/2
828d-me81
5.00,5.00,5.00,1800.0 0,36.00,36.00
7/2
828d-te61
5.00,5.00,1800.00,180 0.00,36.00...
7/2
828d-te81
5.00,5.00,1800.00,180 0.00,36.00...
7/2
Description:
This MD defines the standstill range for the axis velocity / spindle speed. If the current actual velocity of the axis or the
actual speed of the spindle is less than the value entered in this
MD, the NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX0001.4 (Axis/spindle
stationary) is set.
To bring the axis/spindle to a standstill under control, the pulse
enable should not be removed until the axis/spindle is at a standstill. Otherwise the axis will coast down.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX0001.4 (Axis/spindle stationary)
36100
POS_LIMIT_MINUS
TE1,R2,T1,A3,Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
Same meaning as 1st software limit switch plus, however the traversing range limitation is in the negative direction.
The MD becomes active after reference point approach if the NC/PLC
interface signal DB380x DBX1000.2 (2nd software limit switch
minus) is not set.
MD irrelevant:
if axis is not referenced.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX1000.2 (2nd software limit
switch minus)
3-580
-1.0e8
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
36110
POS_LIMIT_PLUS
TE1,R2,T1,G2,A3,
Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
1.0e8
Description:
A software limit switch can be activated in addition to the hardware limit switch. The absolute position in the machine axis system of the positive range limit of each axis is entered.
The MD is active after reference point approach if NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX1000.3 (2nd software limit switch plus) has
not been set.
MD irrelevant:
if axis is not referenced.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX1000.3 (2nd software limit
switch plus)
36120
POS_LIMIT_MINUS2
A03, A05, -
TE1,A3,Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
-1.0e8
Description:
Same meaning as 2nd software limit switch plus, but the traversing
range limitation is in the negative direction.
The PLC can select whether software limit switch 1 or 2 is to be
active by means of the interface signal.
For example:
DB380x DBX1000.2 = 0 (1st software limit switch minus) active for
1st axis
DB380x DBX1000.2 = 1 (2nd software limit switch minus) active for
1st axis
MD irrelevant:
if axis is not referenced.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX1000.2 (2nd software limit
switch minus)
3-581
Maschine Data
09/2009
36130
POS_LIMIT_PLUS2
A03, A05, -
TE1,A3,Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
1.0e8
Description:
This machine data can define a 2nd software limit switch position
in the positive direction in the machine axis system. The PLC can
select which of the two software limit switches 1 or 2 is to be
active by means of an interface signal.
For example:
DB380x DBX1000.3 = 0 (1st software limit switch plus) active for
1st axis
DB380x DBX1000.3 = 1 (2nd software limit switch plus) active for
1st axis
MD irrelevant:
if axis is not referenced.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX1000.3 (2nd software limit
switch plus)
36200
AX_VELO_LIMIT
TE3,A3,G2,S1,V1
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
3-582
11500., 11500.,
11500., 11500....
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
36210
CTRLOUT_LIMIT
EXP, A05
A3,D1,G2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
200
7/2
CTEQ
-
110.0
Description:
36220
CTRLOUT_LIMIT_TIME
EXP, A05
A3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
This MD defines how long the speed setpoint may be within the
limit CTRLOUT_LIMIT[n] (max. speed setpoint) until the monitoring
function is triggered.
Monitoring (and with it also this machine data) is always active.
Reaching the limit renders the position control loop non-linear,
which results in contour errors provided that the speed setpoint
limited axis is participating in contour generation. That is why
this MD has default value 0, i.e. the monitoring function responds
as soon as the speed setpoint reaches the limit.
36300
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT
A3,D1,R1,Z1
DOUBLE
PowerOn
2/2
0.0
3.0e5, 3.0e5
Description:
3-583
Maschine Data
09/2009
36302
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW
A3,R1,S1,Z1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100
2/2
Description:
3-584
99.9, 99.9
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
36310
ENC_ZERO_MONITORING
A3,R1
DWORD
NEW CONF
2/2
0, 0
Description:
36312
ENC_ABS_ZEROMON_WARNING
A3
DWORD
NEW CONF
0/0
10, 10
Description:
36314
ENC_ABS_ZEROMON_INITIAL
A3
DWORD
NEW CONF
0/0
Description:
1000, 1000
3-585
Maschine Data
09/2009
36400
CONTOUR_TOL
A05, A11
A3,D1,G2
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1.0,1.0,1.0,20.0,1.0,1. 0
7/2
828d-me81
1.0,1.0,1.0,20.0,1.0,1. 0
7/2
828d-te61
1.0,1.0,20.0,20.0,1.0,1 .0
7/2
828d-te81
1.0,1.0,20.0,20.0,1.0,1 .0,1.0,20.0
7/2
Description:
36500
ENC_CHANGE_TOL
A02, A05
G1,K6,K3,A3,D1,
G2,Z1
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
3-586
0.1
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
36510
ENC_DIFF_TOL
A02, A05
A3,G2
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
Permissible deviation between the actual values of the two measuring systems. This difference must not be exceeded during the
cyclic comparison of the two measuring systems used, as otherwise
error message 25105 (measuring systems deviate) would be generated.
The corresponding monitoring function is not active
or if the axis has not been referenced (at least act. closedloop control meas. system).
With modulo axes, it is always the absolute value of the shortest/direct position difference that is monitored.
0.0
36520
DES_VELO_LIMIT
A02, A05
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
Maximum permissible setpoint velocity as a percentage of the maximum axis velocity/spindle speed.
With MD36520 $MA_DES_VELO_LIMIT, the position setpoint is monitored for abrupt changes. If the permissible limit value is
exceeded, alarm 1016 error code 550010 is output.
With axes, this machine data refers to MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO.
With spindles, this MD refers to the lower of the speeds set in
MD35130 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT of the current gear stage and
MD35100 $MA_SPIND_VELO_LIMIT.
125.0
36600
BRAKE_MODE_CHOICE
EXP, A05
A3,Z1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
0
3-587
Maschine Data
09/2009
36610
AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME
A05, -
TE3,K3,A2,A3,N2,
Z1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1.0e15
2/2
Description:
If the time set for the braking ramp for error states is too
long, the controller enable will be removed although the
axis/spindle is still moving. Depending on the drive type used
and the activation of the pulse enable, either an immediate
stop with speed setpoint 0 will be initiated or the axis/spindle will coast down without power. The time selected in MD36610
$MA_AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME should therefore be shorter than
the time in MD36620 $MA_SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME (cutout
delay, controller enable) so that the configured braking ramp
can be fully active throughout the entire braking operation.
3-588
0.05
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
36620
SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME
A05, -
TE3,K3,A2,A3,N2,
Z1
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1.0e15
2/2
0.1
Description:
0.0
3-589
Maschine Data
09/2009
36690
AXIS_DIAGNOSIS
EXP, A08
DWORD
PowerOn
0/0
NBUP
-
Description:
Consider inversion of direction when switching off rapid braking for linked axes
36700
DRIFT_ENABLE
G2
BOOLEAN
NEW CONF
1/1
Description:
Only for special analog and hydraulic drives (not active with digital SIMODRIVE611D or PROFIdrive drives):
The automatic drift compensation is activated by MD36700
$MA_DRIFT_ENABLE.
1:
Automatic drift compensation active (only for position-controlled axes/spindles).
With automatic drift compensation, while the axis is at a standstill, the control continually calculates the additional drift
value still required to ensure that the following error reaches
the value 0 (compensation criterion). The total drift value is
therefore formed from the drift basic value (MD36720
$MA_DRIFT_VALUE) and the drift additional value.
0:
Automatic drift compensation not active.
The drift value is formed only from the drift basic value
(MD36720 $MA_DRIFT_VALUE).
MD irrelevant to:
Non-position-controlled spindles
Related to:
MD36710 $MA_DRIFT_LIMIT drift limit value for automatic drift
compensation
MD36720 $MA_DRIFT_VALUE drift basic value
3-590
FALSE
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
36710
DRIFT_LIMIT
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1.e9
0/0
Description:
Only for special analog and hydraulic drives (not active with digital SIMODRIVE611D or PROFIdrive drives):
The magnitude of the drift additional value calculated during
automatic drift compensation can be limited by MD36710
$MA_DRIFT_LIMIT.
If the drift additional value exceeds the limit value entered in
MD36710 $MA_DRIFT_LIMIT, alarm 25070 "Drift value too large" is
output, and the drift additional value is limited to this value.
MD irrelevant to:
MD36700 $MA_DRIFT_ENABLE = 0
36720
DRIFT_VALUE
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1e15
1/1
0.0
0.0
Description:
Only for special analog and hydraulic drives (not with digital
SIMODRIVE611D drives - digital drives do not have a drift):
The value entered in MD36720 $MA_DRIFT_VALUE is always added as an
offset to the manipulated variable. Whereas automatic drift compensation is active only for position-controlled axes, this
machine data is always active.
Special case: the following applies to PROFIdrive drives:
This MD can also be used for "simple" drives that have drift problems due to drive-internal implementation as analog drives. To
avoid erroneous settings, this static drift compensation only
becomes active with PROFIdrive, if $MA_RATED_OUTVAL != 0 (i.e. the
MD has no effect in the case of automatic interface adjustment
between the NC and the drive).
Note:
Drift compensation must not be active if the DSC function
(MD32640 $MA_STIFFNESS_CONTROL_ENABLE=1) is used, as otherwise
unexpected speed oscillations will occur when DSC is
enabled/disabled.
Standardization: the input value is related to the corresponding
interface standardization in
MD32250 $MA_RATED_OUTVAL,
MD32260 $MA_RATED_VELO and
MD36210 $MA_CTRLOUT_LIMIT.
-1e15
3-591
Maschine Data
09/2009
36730
DRIVE_SIGNAL_TRACKING
A10
B3
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
$AA_LOAD
Drive load
$AA_CURR
Smoothed current setpoint (q-axis current) of drive
MD36730 $MA_DRIVE_SIGNAL_TRACKING = 2 activates the acquisition of
the following drive actual values:
With PROFIdrive, it must be ensured that the stated values are
also transmitted in the drive actual message frame (provide sufficient message frame length on the bus, assign the values to the
message frame contents in the drive, e.g. use message frame 116).
36750
AA_OFF_MODE
A10
2.4,5.3,6.2
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
3-592
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
3.4.7
37000
FIXED_STOP_MODE
A10, -
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
This machine data defines how the function "Travel to fixed stop"
can be started.
0:
Travel to fixed stop not available.
1:
Travel to fixed stop can be started only from the NC program
with the command FXS[x]=1.
2:
Function controlled exclusively by PLC
3:
NCK and PLC have equal priority (user ensures synchronization.)
37002
FIXED_STOP_CONTROL
A10
F1
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-593
Maschine Data
09/2009
37010
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF
A10
DOUBLE
PowerOn
100.0
2/2
CTEQ
-
5.0
0.0
Description:
The clamping torque is set in this machine data as a % of the maximum motor torque (in the case of FDD this corresponds to the % of
the max. current setpoint).
The clamping torque becomes active as soon as the fixed stop is
reached or the NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX0001.1 (Acknowledge fixed stop reached) has been set.
The entered value is a default and is active only as long as
37012
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_RAMP_TIME
A10
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
0.0
37014
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_FACTOR
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
3-594
1.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
37020
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF
A05, A10
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
1.0e15
2/2
CTEQ
-
1.0
0.0
Description:
This machine data is used to enter the default for the standstill
monitoring window at fixed stop.
Fixed stop monitoring becomes active as soon as the fixed stop is
reached, i.e. NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX0002.5 (Fixed stop
reached) is set.
If the position at which the fixed stop is detected is left by more
than the tolerance specified in MD37020 $MA_FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF
alarm 20093 "Fixed stop monitoring has responded" is output and
the "FXS" function is deselected.
The value entered is a default setting and is active only as long
as
37030
FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD
A10, -
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1.0e15
2/2
2.0
Description:
0.0
3-595
Maschine Data
09/2009
37040
FIXED_STOP_BY_SENSOR
A10
BYTE
Immediately
2/2
CTEQ
-
Description:
This machine data defines how the criterion "Fixed stop reached"
is determined.
A change of this machine data becomes active with the next selection of travel to fixed stop.
MD=0
The criterion "Fixed stop reached" is determined internally on
the basis of the axial FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD.
MD=1
The criterion "Fixed stop reached" is determined via an external sensor and signalled to the NC via the NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX0001.2 (Sensor fixed stop).
MD=2
The criterion "Fixed stop reached" is accepted if either the
contour monitoring (MD = 0) or the signal of the external sensor
(MD = 1) has responded.
MD=3
Triggering through movement analysis (only as an alternative to
triggering via sensor)
Related to:
MD37030 $MA_FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD
(threshold for fixed stop detection)
NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX0001.2 (Sensor fixed stop)
3-596
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
37050
FIXED_STOP_ALARM_MASK
A05, A10
BYTE
NEW CONF
15
2/2
Description:
37052
FIXED_STOP_ALARM_REACTION
A05, A10
BYTE
PowerOn
1/1
Description:
3-597
Maschine Data
09/2009
37060
FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK
A10
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
This machine data defines whether or not the NC waits for acknowledgement messages from the PLC when the "Travel to fixed stop"
function is active.
Bit 0 = 0
Once the NC has transmitted interface signal DB390x DBX0002.4
(Activate travel to fixed stop) to the PLC, it starts the programmed traversing.
Bit 0 = 1
After the NC has transmitted interface signal DB390x DBX0002.4
(Activate travel to fixed stop) to the PLC, it waits for the PLC
to acknowledge with interface signal DB380x DBX0003.1 (Enable
travel to fixed stop) and then starts the programmed traversing.
Bit 0 should be set to 1 for analog drives so that the motion is
not started before the PLC has limited the torque in the drive.
Bit 1 = 0
Once the NC has transmitted the interface signal DB390x
DBX0002.5 (Fixed stop reached) to the PLC, the program advances
to the next block.
Bit 1 = 1
After the NC has transmitted the interface signal DB390x
DBX0002.5 (Fixed stop reached) to the PLC, it waits for the PLC
to acknowledge with interface signal DB380x DBX0001.1 (Acknowledge fixed stop reached), outputs the programmed torque and
then advances to the next block.
Bit 1 should be set for analog drives so that the PLC can switch
the drive to torque-controlled operation if a programmable
clamping torque has to be specified.
With digital drives (SIMODRIVE611D, PROFIdrive), the "Travel to
fixed stop" function can be executed without any acknowledgements, thus allowing program run times to be reduced.
Related to:
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX0002.4 (Activate travel to
fixed stop)
NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX0003.1 (Enable travel to
fixed stop)
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX0002.5 (Fixed stop reached)
NC/PLC interface signal DB380x DBX0001.1 (Acknowledge fixed
stop reached)
CTEQ
3-598
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
37070
FIXED_STOP_ANA_TORQUE
A10
DOUBLE
PowerOn
100.0
0/0
Description:
CTEQ
5.0
0.0
37080
FOC_ACTIVATION_MODE
A10
BYTE
PowerOn
828d-me61
0/0
828d-me81
0/0
828d-te61
2/2
828d-te81
2/2
Description:
3-599
Maschine Data
09/2009
37100
GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE
A01, A10
G1,TE1,Z3
BYTE
PowerOn
CTEQ
828d-me61
33
2/2
828d-me81
33
2/2
828d-te61
33
-1/2
828d-te81
33
-1/2
Description:
3-600
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
37110
GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING
A05, A10
G1,Z3
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
828d-me61
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
828d-me81
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
828d-te61
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
828d-te81
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
Description:
Value > 0
With gantry axes, the difference between the position actual
values of the leading and synchronized axes is constantly monitored.
MD37110 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING is used to define a limit
value for the position actual value difference; when the limit
is exceeded, warning 10652 "Warning limit exceeded" is output.
However, the gantry axes are not stopped internally in the control. The warning threshold must therefore be selected so that
the machine can withstand the position actual value deviation
between the gantry axes without sustaining mechanical damage.
Furthermore, the NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX5005.3
* (Gantry warning limit exceeded) to the PLC is set to "1". The
PLC user program can thus initiate the necessary measures (e.g.
program interruption at block end) when the warning limit is
exceeded.
As soon as the current position actual value difference has
dropped below the warning limit again, the message is canceled
and the interface signal "Gantry warning limit exceeded" is
reset.
Effect of the gantry warning limit on the gantry synchronization process:
The position actual value difference between the leading and
synchronized axes is determined during gantry synchronization.
If the deviation is less than the gantry warning limit, the synchronizing motion of the gantry axes is automatically started
internally in the control.
Otherwise the synchronizing motion has to be initiated via the
PLC interface (interface signal DB380x DBX5005.4
*
(Start gantry synchronization process))
Value = 0
The setting MD37110 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING = 0 deactivates
the monitoring for violation of the warning limit.
The gantry synchronization is not initiated internally in the
control.
Special cases:
Alarm 10652 "Warning limit exceeded" in response to violation
of the gantry warning limit.
Related to:
MD37100 $MA_GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE Gantry axis definition
MD37120 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR Gantry trip limit
MD37130 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF
Gantry trip limit during referencing
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX5005.3
* (Gantry
warning limit exceeded)
3-601
Maschine Data
09/2009
* (Start
37120
GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR
A05, A10
G1,Z3
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
828d-me61
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
828d-me81
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
828d-te61
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
828d-te81
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
Description:
With gantry axes, the difference between the position actual values of the leading and synchronized axes is continuously monitored. MD37120 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR defines the maximum
permissible deviation in position actual value between the synchronized axis and the leading axis in the gantry axis grouping.
Violation of this limit value is monitored only if the gantry axis
grouping is already synchronized (NC/PLC interface signal DB390x
DBX5005.5
* (Gantry grouping is synchronized) = 1); otherwise the value set in MD37130 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF is used.
When this limit value is exceeded, alarm 10653 "Error limit
exceeded" is output. The gantry axes are immediately stopped
internally in the control to prevent any damage to the machine.
In addition, the NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX5005.2
* (Gantry trip limit exceeded) to the PLC is set to "1".
Special cases:
Alarm 10653 "Error limit exceeded" in response to violation of
the gantry trip limit.
Related to:
MD37100 $MA_GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE Gantry axis definition
MD37110 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING Gantry warning limit
MD37130 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF
Gantry trip limit during referencing
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX5005.5
* (Gantry
grouping is synchronized)
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX5005.2
* (Gantry
trip limit exceeded)
3-602
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
37130
GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF
A05, A10
G1,Z3
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
828d-me61
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
828d-me81
0.0
-1e15
1e15
2/2
828d-te61
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
828d-te81
0.0
-1e15
1e15
-1/2
Description:
With gantry axes, the difference between the position actual values of the leading and synchronized axes is continuously monitored. MD37130 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF defines the maximum
permissible difference between the position actual values of the
synchronized axis and the leading axis that is monitored if the
gantry axis grouping has not yet been synchronized (NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX5005.5
* (Gantry grouping is synchronized) = 0).
Alarm 10653 "Error limit exceeded" is output if the limit value is
exceeded. The gantry axes are immediately stopped internally in
the control to prevent any damage to the machine.
In addition, the NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX5005.2
* (Gantry trip limit exceeded) to the PLC is set to "1".
Special cases:
Alarm 10653 "Error limit exceeded" in response to violation of
the gantry trip limit.
Related to:
MD37100 $MA_GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE Gantry axis definition
MD37110 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING Gantry warning limit
MD37120 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR Gantry trip limit
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX5005.5
* (Gantry
grouping is synchronized)
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX5005.2
* (Gantry
trip limit exceeded)
37135
GANTRY_ACT_POS_TOL_ERROR
A05, A10
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
828d-me61
0.0
2/2
828d-me81
0.0
2/2
828d-te61
0.0
-1/2
828d-te81
0.0
-1/2
Description:
Actual value difference between master axis and slave axis in the
case of alarm 10653.
Leads to alarm 10657 after Power ON.
3-603
Maschine Data
09/2009
37140
GANTRY_BREAK_UP
G1,Z3
BOOLEAN
Reset
CTEQ
828d-me61
FALSE
2/2
828d-me81
FALSE
2/2
828d-te61
FALSE
-1/2
828d-te81
FALSE
-1/2
Description:
GANTRY_BREAK_UP = "0"
The forced coupling of the gantry axis grouping remains valid.
Monitoring of violation of the gantry warning or trip limit is
active.
GANTRY_BREAK_UP = "1"
This invalidates the forced coupling of the gantry grouping, thus
allowing all gantry axes in this grouping to be traversed individually in manual mode. The monitoring for violation of the gantry
warning or trip limit is deactivated. The NC/PLC interface signal
"Gantry grouping is synchronized" is set to "0".
Notice:
In cases where the gantry axes are still mechanically coupled,
the machine may sustain damage in this operating state when the
leading or synchronized axis is traversed.
The gantry axes cannot be referenced individually.
Related to:
MD37100 $MA_GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE Gantry axis definition
MD37110 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING Gantry warning limit
MD37130 $MA_GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF
Gantry trip limit during referencing
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX5005.5
* (Gantry
grouping is synchronized)
NC/PLC interface signal DB390x DBX5005.2
* (Gantry
trip limit exceeded)
3-604
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
37150
GANTRY_FUNCTION_MASK
A10
G1
Gantry functions
DWORD
Reset
828d-me61
0x00
0x3
2/2
828d-me81
0x00
0x3
2/2
828d-te61
0x00
0x3
-1/2
828d-te81
0x00
0x3
-1/2
Description:
3-605
Maschine Data
09/2009
37200
COUPLE_POS_TOL_COARSE
A05, A10
M3,S3,2.4,6.2
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
1.0
0.0
1.0e15
0/0
828d-me81
1.0
0.0
1.0e15
0/0
828d-te61
1.0
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
828d-te81
1.0
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
Description:
37210
COUPLE_POS_TOL_FINE
A05, A10
M3,S3,2.4
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
0.5
0.0
1.0e15
0/0
828d-me81
0.5
0.0
1.0e15
0/0
828d-te61
0.5
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
828d-te81
0.5
0.0
1.0e15
2/2
Description:
3-606
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
37220
COUPLE_VELO_TOL_COARSE
A05, A10
S3
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
60.0
0/0
828d-me81
60.0
0/0
828d-te61
60.0
2/2
828d-te81
60.0
2/2
Description:
37230
COUPLE_VELO_TOL_FINE
A05, A10
S3
mm/min, rev/min
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
30.0
0/0
828d-me81
30.0
0/0
828d-te61
30.0
2/2
828d-te81
30.0
2/2
Description:
3-607
Maschine Data
09/2009
37240
COUP_SYNC_DELAY_TIME
A05, A10
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
828d-me61
60, 30
0/0
828d-me81
60, 30
0/0
828d-te61
60, 30
2/2
828d-te81
60, 30
2/2
Description:
37250
MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_SPEED_CMD
A10
TE3
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-608
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
37252
MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_TORQUE_CTR
A10
TE3
DWORD
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
A torque control between the master and the slave axes is configured by stating the machine axis number of the master axis belonging to the slave.
A homogenous torque control is achieved by using the torque compensatory controller.
In order to do this, the controller has to know the actual torque
values of the drives involved (these are available by default with
SIMODRIVE611D, with PROFIdrive, the message frame used must
include and transfer these values, e.g. use message frame 116).
With default setting = 0, the same master axis is used for torque
control as for speed setpoint coupling MD37250
$MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_SPEED_CMD.
Related to:
MD37250 $MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_SPEED_CMD
MD37254 $MA_MS_TORQUE_CTRL_MODE
MD37256 $MA_MS_TORQUE_CTRL_P_GAIN
MD37258 $MA_MS_TORQUE_CTRL_I_TIME
MD37268 $MA_MS_TORQUE_WEIGHT_SLAVE
37253
MS_FUNCTION_MASK
A10
TE3
Master/slave settings
DWORD
NEW CONF
2/2
0x0
Description:
37254
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_MODE
A10
TE3
DWORD
Immediately
2/2
Description:
3-609
Maschine Data
09/2009
37255
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_ACTIVATION
A10
TE3
BYTE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
37256
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_P_GAIN
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
2/2
Description:
0.0
0.0
37258
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_I_TIME
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
2/2
Description:
3-610
0.0
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
37260
MS_MAX_CTRL_VELO
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
2/2
100.0
0.0
Description:
37262
MS_COUPLING_ALWAYS_ACTIVE
A10
TE3
BYTE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
37263
MS_SPIND_COUPLING_MODE
A10
TE3
BYTE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
3-611
Maschine Data
09/2009
37264
MS_TENSION_TORQUE
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
Immediately
100.0
2/2
0.0
-100.0
Description:
A constant tension torque between the master and the slave axis
can be entered as a percentage of the rated drive torque of the
slave axis.
Use of a tension torque requires an active torque compensatory
controller (compare MD37255 $MA_MS_TORQUE_CTRL_ACTIVATION).
Related to:
MD37252 $MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_TORQUE_CTR
MD37266 $MA_MS_TENSION_TORQ_FILTER_TIME
MD37255 $MA_MS_TORQUE_CTRL_ACTIVATION
37266
MS_TENSION_TORQ_FILTER_TIME
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
2/2
0.0
0.0
Description:
The tension torque between the master and slave axes can be activated via a PT1 filter. Any change of MD37264
$MA_MS_TENSION_TORQUE is then travelled out with the time constant
of the filter.
As default, the filter is inactive; any torque change becomes
active unfiltered.
Related to:
MD37264 $MA_MS_TENSION_TORQUE
37268
MS_TORQUE_WEIGHT_SLAVE
A10
TE3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
2/2
Description:
The torque share that the slave axis contributes to the total
torque can be configured via the weighting. This enables different
torque shares to be implemented between the master and slave axes.
In the case of motors with the same rated torque, a 50% to 50%
torque sharing is suggested.
The torque share of the master axis results implicitly from 100% MD37268.
Related to:
MD37252 $MA_MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_TORQUE_CTR
MD37266 $MA_MS_TENSION_TORQ_FILTER_TIME
3-612
50.0
1.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
37270
MS_VELO_TOL_COARSE
A10
TE3,Z3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
5.0
Description:
37272
MS_VELO_TOL_FINE
A10
TE3,Z3
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
1.0
Description:
37274
MS_MOTION_DIR_REVERSE
A10
BYTE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
37500
ESR_REACTION
M3,P2
BYTE
NEW CONF
22
2/2
Description:
CTEQ
0
37510
AX_ESR_DELAY_TIME1
P2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
CTEQ
-
0.0
Description:
3-613
Maschine Data
09/2009
37511
AX_ESR_DELAY_TIME2
P2
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
2/2
Description:
37600
PROFIBUS_ACTVAL_LEAD_TIME
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.032
0/0
Description:
CTEQ
0.0
0.000125
0.0
37602
PROFIBUS_OUTVAL_DELAY_TIME
DOUBLE
PowerOn
0.032
0/0
Description:
3-614
0.003
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
37610
PROFIBUS_CTRL_CONFIG
EXP, A01
BYTE
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-615
Maschine Data
09/2009
37620
PROFIBUS_TORQUE_RED_RESOL
EXP, A01
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
10.0
2/2
1.0
0.005
Description:
37800
OEM_AXIS_INFO
A01, A11
STRING
PowerOn
2/2
Description:
3-616
09/2009
Maschine Data
Axis-specific machine data
3.4.8
38000
MM_ENC_COMP_MAX_POINTS
K3
DWORD
PowerOn
5000
7/0
Description:
125
3-617
Maschine Data
09/2009
38010
MM_QEC_MAX_POINTS
A01, A09
K3
DWORD
PowerOn
1040
0/0
Description:
3-618
09/2009
Maschine Data
Machine data compile cycles
3.5
Number
Identifier
Display filters
Reference
Unit
Name
Data type
Active
Maximum value
Protection
Attributes
System
Dimension
Default value
Description:
Description
Minimum value
61516
CC_PROTECT_PAIRS
DWORD
Reset
7/2
Description:
61517
CC_PROTECT_SAFE_DIR
DWORD
Reset
7/2
Description:
In this MD the direction of retraction for both axes of a collision-protected axis pair is entered. Entry in the decade of 1s and
10s defines the direction of retraction of the first axis. Entry
in the decade of 100s and 1000s defines that of the second axis. A
value > 0 means retraction in the plus direction. 0 means retraction in the minus direction.
The value can only be changed only if collision protection for the
axis pair is inactive!
61518
CC_PROTECT_OFFSET
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
0.0
7/2
0.0
Description:
0.0
3-619
Maschine Data
09/2009
61519
CC_PROTECT_WINDOW
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
10000.0
7/2
Description:
10.0
0.0
61532
CC_PROTECT_DIR_IS_REVERSE
DWORD
Reset
7/2
Description:
61533
CC_PROTECT_WINDOW_EXTENSION
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
10000.0
7/2
Description:
3.5.1
62500
CLC_AXNO
DWORD
PowerOn
CC_MAXNUM_A
XES_PER_CHAN
7/2
10.0
0.0
Description:
3-620
-2
09/2009
Maschine Data
Machine data compile cycles
CLC_ANALOG_INPUT
DWORD
7/2
Description:
The machine data defines the number of the analog input that is
used for the clearance sensor.
Differing from the functions realized in the interpolator (synchronized actions) the input of the clearance control cannot be
influenced via PLC interface DB10 DBW148ff.
62504
CLC_SENSOR_TOUCHED_INPUT
DWORD
PowerOn
40
7/2
Description:
This machine data defines the digital input that is used for collision detection.
Requirements:
The numbering of the digital inputs corresponds to the numbering of the corresponding system variables: $A_IN[n], with n =
number of the digital input.
-40
62505
CLC_SENSOR_LOWER_LIMIT
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
0.0
7/2
Description:
CLC_SENSOR_LOWER_LIMIT[0]
With the first field element the lower limit for the deviation
from the sensor-controlled machine position from the programmed
position is entered.
As soon as the limit is reached, PLC signal DB21.DBX37.4 is set
and CLC alarm 75020 is displayed:
CLC_SENSOR_LOWER_LIMIT[1]
The second field element limits the value of the maximum lower
motion limit that can be programmed.
-5.0,-10.0
-1.0e40
3-621
Maschine Data
09/2009
62506
CLC_SENSOR_UPPER_LIMIT
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
+1.0e40
7/2
Description:
CLC_SENSOR_UPPER_LIMIT[0]
With the first field element the upper limit for the deviation
from the sensor-controlled machine position from the programmed
position is set.
As soon as the limit is reached, PLC signal DB21.DBB37.5 is set
and CLC alarm 75021 is displayed.
CLC_SENSOR_UPPER_LIMIT[1]
The second field element limits the value of the maximum upper
motion limit that can be programmed.
62508
CLC_SPECIAL_FEATURE_MASK
DWORD
PowerOn
7/2
+10.0,+40.0
0.0
Description:
3-622
0x3
09/2009
Maschine Data
Machine data compile cycles
Bit 5 = 1: The analog input is inactive. If the digital input configured with MD 62504 is activated (inverted, if required), a
retraction motion will start in the same position controller cycle
that corresponds to an analog signal specification of +10V during
operation as "Online tool length compensation" (see bit 4).
The digital input signal that starts the retraction movement cannot be influenced by the PLC. In addition to the reaction in the
position controller, the input "sensor collision" and the subsequent stop of the path motion is handled in the interpolator. This
signal branch can be influenced by the PLC through default signals
DB10 DBB0ff.
Bit 8:
Mode for alarm output when the lower motion limit is reached.
Bit 8 = 0: Alarm 75020 is displayed.
Bit 8 = 1: Alarm 75020 will not be displayed, if the alarm reaction
after reaching of the CLC movement limits (bit 0) was configured
without program execution stop: bit 0 = 0
Bit 9:
Mode for alarm display when the upper motion limit is reached.
Bit 9 = 0: Alarm 75021 is displayed.
Bit 9 = 1: Alarm 75021 will not be displayed, if the alarm reaction
on reaching the CLC motion limits (bit 0) was configured without
program execution stop: bit 1 = 0
Bit 14:
Synchronization of the start position with single-axis clearance
control.
Bit 14 = 0: If the clearance control has been configured for one
axis only (MD62500), the current actual position of the next part
program block on clearance control power OFF with CLC(0) is synchronized for this axis only.
Bit 14 = 1: If the clearance control has been configured for one
axis only (MD62500), the current actual positions of the next part
program block on clearance control power OFF with CLC(0) are synchronized for all axes.
This setting is required only for those applications for which a
single-axis clearance control is used together with a 3/4/5-axis
transformation (e.g. pipe cutting with rotating workpiece) and
when an axis jump in the CLC axis or alarm: "Channel %1 Axis %2
System error 550010" occur at the first traversing block after CLC
(0).
3-623
Maschine Data
09/2009
62510
CLC_SENSOR_VOLTAGE_TABLE_1
DOUBLE
Reset
10.0
7/2
Description:
This machine data defines the voltage values of sensor characteristic 1. The corresponding velocity value must be entered under
the same index i of this machine data:
MD62511 $MC_CLC_SENSOR_VELO_TABLE_1[i]
For the simplest case it will suffice to define the characteristic
via two interpolation points as a symmetrical straight through the
zero point:
Example:
A point with velocity value 0 must not stand at the end of the
table.
62511
CLC_SENSOR_VELO_TABLE_1
mm/min
DOUBLE
Reset
7/2
Description:
This machine data defines the velocity values of sensor characteristic 1. The corresponding voltage value must be entered under the
same index i of the machine data:
MD62510 $MC_CLC_SENSOR_VOLTAGE_TABLE_1[i]
Additional information on how to define the characteristic is
available in the description of machine data MD62510.
-10.0,10.0,0.0,0.0,0.0
-10.0
3-624
2000.0/60.0,2000.0/60.0,0.0...
09/2009
Maschine Data
Machine data compile cycles
62512
CLC_SENSOR_VOLTAGE_TABLE_2
DOUBLE
Reset
10.0
7/2
Description:
-10.0,10.0,0.0,0.0,0.0
-10.0
62513
CLC_SENSOR_VELO_TABLE_2
mm/min
DOUBLE
Reset
7/2
Description:
2000.0/60.0,2000.0/60.0,0.0...
62516
CLC_SENSOR_VELO_LIMIT
DOUBLE
Reset
200.0
7/2
100.0
-200.0
Description:
1D clearance control:
This machine data defines the maximum traversing velocity of the
overlaid control motion as a percentage value of the max. residual
axis velocity from the maximum value ( MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO[
AX# ] ) of the next clearance-controlled axis.
2D/3D clearance control
With 2D or 3D clearance control the maximum velocity of the slowest clearance-controlled axis multiplied with the root of 2 or
with the root of 3 is used as reference value.
62517
CLC_SENSOR_ACCEL_LIMIT
DOUBLE
Reset
200.0
7/2
Description:
1D clearance control:
This machine data defines the maximum acceleration of the overlaid
control motion as a percentage value of the max. residual axis
velocity from the maximum value ( MD32300 $MA_MAX_AX_ACCEL[ AX# ]
) of the next clearance-controlled axis.
2D/3D clearance control:
With 2D or 3D clearance control the maximum velocity of the slowest clearance-controlled axis multiplied with the root of 2 or
with the root of 3 is used as reference value.
100.0
0.0
3-625
Maschine Data
09/2009
62520
CLC_SENSOR_STOP_POS_TOL
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
1.0e40
7/2
Description:
MD62520 $MC_CLC_SENSOR_STOP_POS_TOL
MD62521 $MC_CLC_SENSOR_STOP_DWELL_TIME
If the clearance control or the clearance-controlled axes are
within the position tolerance during the parameterized dwell time,
the exact stop condition of the clearance control is fulfilled.
Setting notes:
If the clearance control should not be able to keep the parameterized position window for the corresponding dwell time, the following alarm will be displayed in certain situations:
3-626
0.05
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Machine data compile cycles
62521
CLC_SENSOR_STOP_DWELL_TIME
DOUBLE
Reset
1.0e40
7/2
0.1
0.0
Description:
This machine data defines the dwell time for reaching the exact
stop conditions of the clearance control.
The corresponding position tolerance must be entered in machine
data:
MD62520 $MC_CLC_SENSOR_STOP_POS_TOL
Additional information on the exact stop condition of the clearance control is available in the description of machine data
MD62520.
Related to:
The set dwell time must not be longer than the maximum delay for
reaching the exact stop condition parameterized in the following
machine data:
MD36020 $MA_POSITIONING_TIME
.
62522
CLC_OFFSET_ASSIGN_ANAOUT
DWORD
PowerOn
1020008 , 8
7/2
Description:
This machine data defines the analog output, the output value of
which is subtracted from the input voltage of the clearance sensor.
The numbering of the analog output corresponds to the numbering of
the relevant system variables: $A_OUTA[n], with n = number of the
analog output.
The analog output can be used through variable $A_OUTA[n] both
block-synchronous from a part program or asynchronous via a synchronized action.
-1020008 , -8
3-627
Maschine Data
09/2009
62523
CLC_LOCK_DIR_ASSIGN_DIGOUT
DWORD
PowerOn
40
7/2
Description:
CLC_LOCK_DIR_ASSIGN_DIGOUT[0]
The first field element defines the digital output through which
the negative motion direction of the clearance control can be
locked.
CLC_LOCK_DIR_ASSIGN_DIGOUT[1]
The second field element defines the digital output through which
the positive motion direction of the clearance control can be
locked.
Entering the negative output number will invert the evaluation of
the switching signal.
Example:
Digital output 1 ($A_OUT[1]) shall lock the negative motion direction; digital output 2 ($A_OUT[2]) shall lock the positive motion
direction:
MD 62523 $MC_CLC_LOCK_DIR_ASSIGN_DIGOUT[0] = 1
MD 62523 $MC_CLC_LOCK_DIR_ASSIGN_DIGOUT[1] = 2
With the corresponding system variables interlocking of the relevant motion direction can be switched on or off either block-synchronous in the part program or asynchronous via synchronized
actions.
0,0
-40
62524
CLC_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
BOOLEAN
PowerOn
7/2
Description:
1D clearance control:
This machine data parameterizes the RESET behavior (program end
RESET or NC RESET) of the 1D clearance control.
3-628
FALSE
09/2009
Maschine Data
Machine data compile cycles
62525
CLC_SENSOR_FILTER_TIME
DOUBLE
Immediately
10.0
7/2
0.0
0.0
Description:
This machine data parameterizes the time constant for the PT1 filter of the clearance control (corresponds to an RC element).
With the PT1 filter, the higher-frequency noise components in the
input signal of the clearance control can be diminished.
The filter's effect can be observed through the function-specific
display data (see section 2.7, /TE1/).
A value of zero switches the filter off completely.
Note:
Any additional time constant in the control loop reduces the max.
achievable control loop dynamics.
62528
CLC_PROG_ORI_AX_MASK
DWORD
PowerOn
7/2
Description:
62529
CLC_PROG_ORI_MAX_ANGLE
degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
180.0
7/2
Description:
0x0
45.0
0.0
62530
CLC_PROG_ORI_ANGLE_AC_PARAM
DWORD
Reset
20000
7/2
Description:
Index n of system variable $AC_PARAM[n] in which the current differential angle between tool orientation and CLC direction is output.
62560
FASTON_NUM_DIG_OUTPUT
BYTE
PowerOn
7/2
-1
-1
Description:
This machine data assigns the number of the digital onboard output
(1...4) to the NCU, on which the fast switching signal is output.
Output of the switching signal is deactivated with 0.
3-629
Maschine Data
09/2009
62561
FASTON_OUT_DELAY_MICRO_SEC
still missing
DWORD
NEW CONF
5000
7/2
0,0
-5000
Description:
62571
RESU_RING_BUFFER_SIZE
DWORD
PowerOn
1000000
7/2
1000
10
Description:
The block buffer includes the geometrical information for the part
program. The value entered in the machine data corresponds to the
number of loggable part program blocks (with 32 byte / part program block). The block buffer size corresponds to the number of
retrace-capable blocks.
62572
RESU_SHARE_OF_CC_HEAP_MEM
DOUBLE
PowerOn
100.0
7/2
Description:
The total heap memory size available for all compile cycles is
parameterized by channel-specific machine data MD 28105
$MC_MM_NUM_CC_HEAP_MEM
The RESU machine data can limit the maximum heap memory share that
RESU is to use.
100.0
1.0
62573
RESU_INFO_SA_VAR_INDEX
DWORD
PowerOn
10000
7/2
Description:
3-630
-1
-1
09/2009
Maschine Data
Machine data compile cycles
62574
RESU_SPECIAL_FEATURE_MASK
DWORD
PowerOn
0x0f
7/2
0x0
Description:
0x0
3-631
Maschine Data
09/2009
62575
RESU_SPECIAL_FEATURE_MASK_2
DWORD
Reset
0x01
7/2
Description:
62580
RESU_WORKING_PLANE
DWORD
PowerOn
7/2
Description:
62600
TRAFO6_KINCLASS
Kinematics class
DWORD
NEW CONF
7/2
0x0
0x0
Description:
Standard transformation: 1
Special transformation: 2
62601
TRAFO6_AXES_TYPE
DWORD
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
This machine data identifies the axis type used in the transformation.
The following axis types can be indicated:
Linear axis: 1
3-632
1, 1, 1, 3, 3, 3
09/2009
Maschine Data
Machine data compile cycles
62602
TRAFO6_SPECIAL_KIN
DWORD
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
No special kinematics:1
62603
TRAFO6_MAIN_AXES
DWORD
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
SS (gantry): 1
CC (SCARA): 2
NR (articulated arm): 3
SC (SCARA): 4
RR (articulated arm): 5
CS (SCARA): 6
NN (articulated arm): 7
62604
TRAFO6_WRIST_AXES
DWORD
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
This machine data identifies the robot hand type. Normally, axes 4
to 6 are the robot hand.
The following hand types are included:
No hand: 1
Central hand: 2
Beveled hand: 3
62605
TRAFO6_NUM_AXES
DWORD
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
3-633
Maschine Data
09/2009
62606
TRAFO6_A4PAR
DWORD
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
62607
TRAFO6_MAIN_LENGTH_AB
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
0.0, 500.0
Description:
This machine data identifies the basic axis lengths A and B. These
lengths are particularly defined for each basic axis type.
62608
TRAFO6_TX3P3_POS
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
Index 0: X component
Index 1: Y component
Index 2: Z component
62609
TRAFO6_TX3P3_RPY
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
62610
TRAFO6_TFLWP_POS
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
Index 0: X component
Index 1: Y component
Index 2: Z component
3-634
09/2009
Maschine Data
Machine data compile cycles
62611
TRAFO6_TFLWP_RPY
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
62612
TRAFO6_TIRORO_POS
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
Index 0: X component
Index 1: Y component
Index 2: Z component
62613
TRAFO6_TIRORO_RPY
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
62614
TRAFO6_DHPAR4_5A
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
n = 0: transition axis 4 to 5
n = 1: transition axis 5 to 6
62615
TRAFO6_DHPAR4_5D
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
n = 0: transition axis 4 to 5
n = 1: transition axis 5 to 6
0.0, 0.0
0.0, 0.0
3-635
Maschine Data
09/2009
62616
TRAFO6_DHPAR4_5ALPHA
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
n = 0: transition axis 4 to 5
n = 1: transition axis 5 to 6
-90.0, 90.0
62617
TRAFO6_MAMES
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
This machine data can specify an adjustment of the zero point for
a rotary axis to the mathematical zero point specified by the
transformation.
Based on the mechanical zero point the offset is hereby related to
the mathematically positive direction of axis rotation.
62618
TRAFO6_AXES_DIR
Adjustm. of the phys. and math. dir. of rot. [axis no.]: 0...5
DWORD
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
This machine data can adjust the mathematical and physical direction of rotation
of the axes.
62619
TRAFO6_DIS_WRP
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
999999.9999
7/2
Description:
Through this machine data a limit value for the distance between
the hand point and the singularity can be entered.
Inactive!
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
-1
10.0
0.00001
62620
TRAFO6_AXIS_SEQ
Axis reorganization
DWORD
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
This machine data can reverse the order of the axes in order to
internally transfer a kinematic system into a standard kinematic
system.
3-636
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
09/2009
Maschine Data
Machine data compile cycles
62621
TRAFO6_SPIN_ON
DWORD
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
0: not available
1: available
This function is currently not supported.
MD62621 must be set to 0. Machine data MD62622 through MD62628 are
thus inactive!
62622
TRAFO6_SPIND_AXIS
DWORD
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
0, 0, 0
62623
TRAFO6_SPINDLE_RAD_G
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
62624
TRAFO6_SPINDLE_RAD_H
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
62625
TRAFO6_SPINDLE_SIGN
DWORD
NEW CONF
7/2
1, 1 ,1
-1
Description:
This machine data identifies the sign for the adjustment of the
direction of rotation for the n-th triangular spindle.
62626
TRAFO6_SPINDLE_BETA
degrees
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
3-637
Maschine Data
09/2009
62627
TRAFO6_TRP_SPIND_AXIS
DWORD
NEW CONF
7/2
0, 0
Description:
This machine data identifies which axes are driven by an acme connection.
n = 1: coupling axis
62628
TRAFO6_TRP_SPIND_LEN
mm
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
7/2
Description:
62629
TRAFO6_VELCP
mm/min
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/2
600000.0, 600000.0,
600000.0
Description:
This machine data can specify a velocity for the Cartesian directions of traversing blocks with G0.
n = 0: velocity in X direction
n = 1: velocity in Y direction
n = 2: velocity in Z direction
62630
TRAFO6_ACCCP
m/s
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/2
0.001
Description:
n = 0: velocity in X direction
n = 1: velocity in Y direction
n = 2: velocity in Z direction
62631
TRAFO6_VELORI
rev/min
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/2
Description:
n = 0: velocity angle A
n = 1: velocity angle B
n = 2: velocity angle C
3-638
1.6666, 1.6666,
1.6666
09/2009
Maschine Data
Machine data compile cycles
62632
TRAFO6_ACCORI
rev/s
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/2
Description:
n = 0: velocity angle A
n = 1: velocity angle B
n = 2: velocity angle C
62633
TRAFO6_REDVELJOG
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/2
Description:
62634
TRAFO6_DYN_LIM_REDUCE
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
1.0
7/2
0.00277, 0.00277,
0.00277
0.001
Description:
1.0
0.001
62635
TRAFO6_VEL_FILTER_TIME
DOUBLE
NEW CONF
100.0
7/2
0.024
0.0
Description:
This MD can be used to set the time constant for the velocity controller in the interpolator. This can avoid controller vibration.
63514
CC_PROTECT_ACCEL
m/s, rev/s
DOUBLE
Reset
10000.0
7/2
Description:
If the axis collision protection function PROT has detected a collision, the involved axes are braked using the acceleration set in
this machine data.
Recommended setting: a few per cent higher than
32300__$MA_MAX_AX_ACCEL, provided that the dimensioning of the
drive and the mechanical system allow it.
Notice: the braking acceleration set here always has a BRISK
effect independently of other parameterizations (e.g. parameter
set, active dyn. G code)
1000.0
1.0
3-639
Maschine Data
09/2009
3.5.2
63540
CC_MASTER_AXIS
DWORD
Reset
CC_MAXNUM_A 7/2
XES_IN_SYSTEM
Description:
By assigning a valid CC_Master axis in this machine data, the relevant axis is defined as the CC-Slave axis of an MCS coupling. The
assignment is made by entering the machine axis number of the
CC_Master axis.
The machine axis number and the axis name must be taken from the
channel-specific machine data:
20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED
20080 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB
Notice:
CC_Master and CC_Slave must have the same axis type (linear or
rotary axis).
CC_Master and CC_Slave must not be a spindle.
CC_Master and CC_Slave must not be replacement axes.
If the axes are dynamically different, it is recommended to make
the axis with the lower dynamics the CC_Master axis.
The machine data may be changed only when the coupling has been
switched off.
63541
CC_POSITION_TOL
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
7/2
Description:
3-640
0.0
09/2009
Maschine Data
Machine data compile cycles
63542
CC_PROTECT_MASTER
Reset
CC_MAXNUM_A 7/2
XES_IN_SYSTEM
Description:
MD20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[n-1]
MD20080 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB
Notice:
Protect-Master and Protect-Slave axis must have the same axis type
(linear or rotary axis).
63543
CC_PROTECT_OPTIONS
DWORD
Reset
0xFF
7/2
Description:
63544
CC_COLLISION_WIN
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
Reset
7/2
-1.0
Description:
Minimum distance between the Protect-Slave axis and the ProtectMaster axis. Only the value entered in the Slave axis is used.
With a value smaller than 0, the monitoring function cannot be
activated.
3-641
Maschine Data
09/2009
63545
CC_OFFSET_MASTER
mm, degrees
DOUBLE
PowerOn
7/2
Description:
Work offset for collision detection between Protect-Slave and Protect-Master axis.
The value entered for the Protect-Slave axis is used only.
3-642
0.0
NC setting data
Number
Unit
Attributes
System
Identifier
Name
Description:
Description
4.1
41010
-
JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE
Size of the variable increment for JOG
Description:
Dimension
Default value
0.
Minimum value
Display filters
Data type
Reference
Active
Maximum value
Protection
DOUBLE
H1
Immediately
7/7
4-643
NC setting data
09/2009
41050
-
JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD
Jog mode / continuous operation with continuous JOG
BOOLEAN
H1
Immediately
2/2
Description:
1:
41100
-
JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE
JOG mode: (1) revolutional feedrate / (0) feedrate
BYTE
Immediately
1/1
Description:
4-644
TRUE
0x0E
Bit 0 = 0:
The behavior depends on the following:
- in the case of an axis/spindle:
on the axial SD43300 $SA_ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
- in the case of a geometry axis with an active frame with rotation:
on the channel-specific SD42600 $SC_JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
- in the case of an orientation axis:
on the channel-specific SD42600 $SC_JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
Bit 0 = 1:
A JOG motion with revolutional feedrate shall be traversed
depending on the master spindle.
The following must be considered:
- If a spindle is the master spindle itself, it will be traversed without revolutional feedrate.
- If the master spindle is in stop position and if SD43300
$SA_ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE (with an axis/spindle) or
SD42600 $SC_JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE (with a geometry axis with
an active frame with rotation, or with an orientation axis) = 3, traversing will be carried out without revolutional feedrate.
Bit 1 = 0:
The axis/spindle, geometry axis or orientation axis will be
traversed with revolutional feedrate even during rapid traverse
(see bit 0 for selection).
Bit 1 = 1:
The axis/spindle, geometry axis or orientation axis is always
traversed without revolutional feedback during rapid traverse.
Bit 2 = 0:
The axis/spindle, geometry axis or orientation axis is traversed with revolutional feedrate during JOG handwheel travel,
too (see bit 0 for selection).
09/2009
NC setting data
General setting data
Bit 2 = 1:
The axis/spindle, geometry axis or orientation axis is always
traversed without revolutional feedrate during JOG handwheel
travel.
Bit 3 = 0:
The axis/spindle is traversed with revolutional feedrate during
DRF handwheel travel, too (see bit 0 for selection).
Bit 3 = 1:
The axis/spindle is always traversed without revolutional feedrate during DRF handwheel travel.
41110
mm/min
Description:
JOG_SET_VELO
Axis velocity in JOG
-
0.0
DOUBLE
H1
Immediately
7/7
continuous jogging
handwheel traversing.
The value entered is valid for all linear axes and must not exceed
the maximum permissible axis velocity (MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO).
In the case of DRF, the velocity defined by SD41110
$SN_JOG_SET_VELO is reduced by
MD32090 $MA_HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR.
Value = 0:
If 0 has been entered in the setting data, the active linear feedrate in JOG mode is
MD32020 $MA_JOG_VELO "Jog axis velocity". Each axis can be given
its own JOG velocity with this MD (axial MD).
SD irrelevant for ......
4-645
NC setting data
09/2009
41120
mm/rev
828d-me61
828d-me81
828d-te61
828d-te81
Description:
4-646
JOG_REV_SET_VELO
Revolutional feedrate of axes in JOG mode
DOUBLE
H1
Immediately
1/1
1/1
7/7
7/7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
continuous jogging
09/2009
NC setting data
General setting data
41130
rev/min
-
JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO
Axis velocity for rotary axes in JOG mode
DOUBLE
H1
Immediately
7/7
Description:
41200
rev/min
-
JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO
Speed for spindle JOG mode
Description:
continuous jogging
handwheel traversing. The value entered is valid for all spindles, and must not exceed the maximum permissible speed
(MD32000 $MA_MAX_AX_VELO).
Value = 0:
If 0 has been entered in the setting data, MD32020 $MA_JOG_VELO
(JOG axis velocity) acts as the JOG velocity. Each axis can thus
be given its own JOG velocity with this MD (axial MD).
The maximum speeds of the active gear stage (MD35130
$MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT) are taken into account when traversing the spindle with JOG.
SD irrelevant for ......
Application example(s). The operator can thus define a JOG speed
for the spindles for a specific application.
Related to ....
Axial MD32020 $MA_JOG_VELO (JOG axis velocity)
MD35130 $MA_GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT (maximum speeds of the
gear stages)
0.0
0.0
DOUBLE
H1
Immediately
7/7
4-647
NC setting data
09/2009
41300
-
Description:
1:
4-648
CEC_TABLE_ENABLE
Compensation table enable
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
K3
Immediately
1/1
09/2009
NC setting data
General setting data
41310
-
CEC_TABLE_WEIGHT
Weighting factor compensation table
DOUBLE
K3
Immediately
1/1
1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1.0,1 .0,1.0,1.0...
Description:
41600
-
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1
Threshold value of the 1st comparator
DOUBLE
A4
Immediately
-1/7
Description:
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1[b] defines the threshold values for the individual input bits [b] of comparator byte 1.
The output bit n of the 1st comparator is created by comparing the
threshold value n according to the comparison type defined in bit
n of COMPAR_TYPE_1.
For example:
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1[2] = 4
COMPAR_TRESHOLD_1[2]
= 5000.0
COMPAR_TYPE_1
= 5
The 3rd output bit of comparator 1 is set if the input value at
AnalogIn 4 is greater than or equal to 5 volts.
Index [b]: Bits 0 - 7
Related to ....
MD10530 $MN_COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1
MD10531 $MN_COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2
MD10540 $MN_COMPAR_TYPE_1
MD10541 $MN_COMPAR_TYPE_2
4-649
NC setting data
09/2009
41601
-
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_2
Threshold value of the 2nd comparator
DOUBLE
A4
Immediately
-1/7
0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0 .0,0.0
Description:
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1[b] defines the threshold values for the individual input bits [b] of comparator byte 1.
Output bit n of the 1st comparator is created by comparing the
threshold value n according to the comparison type defined in bit
n of COMPAR_TYPE_2.
Index [b]: Bits 0 - 7
Related to ....
MD10530 $MN_COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1
MD10531 $MN_COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2
MD10540 $MN_COMPAR_TYPE_1
MD10541 $MN_COMPAR_TYPE_2
4.2
42000
degrees
-
THREAD_START_ANGLE
Starting angle for thread
DOUBLE
K1
Immediately
7/7
Description:
In the case of multiple thread cutting, the offset of the individual threads can be programmed with the aid of this setting data.
This SD can be changed by the part program with the command SF.
Note:
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB can be be set so that the
value written by the part program is transferred to the active
file system on reset (that is the value is retained after
reset.)
4-650
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
42010
mm
-
THREAD_RAMP_DISP
Acceleration behavior of axis when thread cutting
DOUBLE
V1
Immediately
999999.
7/7
Description:
42100
mm/min
-
DRY_RUN_FEED
Dry run feedrate
DOUBLE
V1
Immediately
7/7
Description:
The feedrate for the active dry run is entered in this setting
data. The setting data can be altered on the operator panel in the
"Parameters" operating area.
The entered dry run feedrate is always interpreted as a linear
feed (G94). If the dry run feedrate is activated via the PLC
interface, the dry run feedrate is used as the path feed after a
reset instead of the programmed feed. The programmed velocity is
used for traversing if it is greater than the velocity stored
here.
Application example(s)
Program testing
Related to ....
NC/PLC interface signal DB3200 DBX0000.6 (Activate dry run feedrate)
NC/PLC interface signal DB1700 DBX0000.6 (Dry run feedrate
selected)
5000.,5000.,5000.,5000 .,5000.,5000....
4-651
NC setting data
09/2009
42101
-
DRY_RUN_FEED_MODE
Mode for dry run velocity
BYTE
V1
Immediately
12
7/7
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
,0,0,0
Description:
This SD can be used to set the method of operation of the dry run
velocity set by SD42100 $SC_DRY_RUN_FEED.
The following values are possible:
0:
The maximum of SD42100 $SC_DRY_RUN_FEED and the programmed
velocity become active. This is the standard setting and corresponds to the behavior up to SW 5.
1:
The minimum of SD42100 $SC_DRY_RUN_FEED and the programmed
velocity become active.
2:
SD42100 $SC_DRY_RUN_FEED becomes active directly, irrespective
of the programmed velocity.
The values 3...9 are reserved for extensions.
10:
As configuration 0, except for thread cutting (G33, G34, G35)
and tapping (G331, G332, G63). These functions are executed as
programmed.
11:
As configuration 1, except for thread cutting (G33, G34, G35)
and tapping (G331, G332, G63). These functions are executed as
programmed.
12:
As configuration 2, except for thread cutting (G33, G34, G35)
and tapping (G331, G332, G63). These functions are executed as
programmed.
42110
mm/min
-
DEFAULT_FEED
Path feed default value
DOUBLE
V1,FBFA
Immediately
7/7
Description:
42120
mm/min
-
APPROACH_FEED
Path feedrate in approach blocks
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
4-652
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
42122
OVR_RAPID_FACTOR
DOUBLE
$MN_OVR_FACTO
R_RAPID_TRA,$A
C_OVR
Immediately
7/7
100.,100.,100.,100.,100 .,100.,100....
Description:
42125
-
SERUPRO_SYNC_MASK
Ssynchronization in approach blocks
DWORD
Immediately
0/0
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0
4-653
NC setting data
09/2009
STOP-JOG-AUTO-START
DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_P
Default scaling factor for address P
DWORD
FBFA
Immediately
7/7
Description:
42150
-
DEFAULT_ROT_FACTOR_R
Default rotation factor for address R
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
42160
-
EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_F9
Fixed feedrates F1 - F9
Description:
4-654
10
1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1 ,1,1,1
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
DOUBLE
FBFA
Immediately
2/2
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
42162
-
EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_DIST
Double turret head tool distance
DOUBLE
FBFA
Immediately
7/7
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
Description:
42200
-
SINGLEBLOCK2_STOPRE
Activate SBL2 debug mode
-
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
BA
Immediately
7/7
Description:
Value = TRUE:
A preprocessing stop is made with every block if SBL2 (single
block with stop after every block) is active. This suppresses the
premachining of part program blocks. This variant of the SBL2 is
not true-to-contour.
This means that a different contour characteristic might be generated as a result of the preprocessing stop than without single
block or with SBL1.
Application: Debug mode for testing part programs.
42300
-
COUPLE_RATIO_1
Speed ratio for synchr. spindle mode, numerator,
denominator
DOUBLE
Immediately
828d-me61
-1.0e8
1.0e8
0/0
828d-me81
-1.0e8
1.0e8
0/0
828d-te61
-1.0e8
1.0e8
2/2
828d-te81
-1.0e8
1.0e8
2/2
Description:
This setting data defines the speed ratio parameters for the fixed
coupling configuration defined with the channel-specific MD21300
$MC_COUPLE_AXIS_1[n].
k_ = Speed ratio parameter of numerator / Speed ratio parameter
of denominator
= $SC_COUPLE_RATIO[0] / $SC_COUPLE_RATIO[1]
The speed ratio parameters can be altered in the NC part program
with the language instruction COUPDEF provided that this is not
locked by the channel-specific MD21340 $MC_COUPLE_IS_WRITE_PROT_1.
However, the parameterized values of SD42300 $SC_COUPLE_RATIO_1
are not changed.
The calculation of k_ is initiated with POWER ON.
SD irrelevant for ......
User-defined coupling
Related to ....
SD42300 $SC_COUPLE_RATIO_1 currently has the same action as a
machine data (e.g. active after POWER ON). The SD data are
therefore displayed and input in the same way as channel-specific machine data.
4-655
NC setting data
09/2009
42440
-
FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
Traversing from zero offset with incr. programming
BOOLEAN
K1,K2
Immediately
3/3
Description:
0:
When incremental programming is used on an axis, only the
programmed position delta is traversed after a frame change. Zero
offsets in FRAMES are only traversed when an absolute position is
specified.
1:
When incremental programming is used on an axis, changes to
zero offsets are traversed after a frame change (standard response
up to software version 3).
Related to ....
SD42442 $SC_TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
42442
-
TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
Traversing from zero offset with incr. programming
BOOLEAN
W1,K1
Immediately
3/3
FALSE
FALSE
Description:
0:
When incremental programming is used on an axis, only the
programmed position delta is traversed after a frame change. Tool
length offsets in FRAMES are only traversed when an absolute position is specified.
1:
When incremental programming is used on an axis, changes to
tool length offsets are traversed after a tool change (standard
response up to SW version 3).
Related to ....
SD42440 $SC_FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
42444
-
TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG
Set down mode after search run with calculation
Description:
If the first programming of an axis after "Search run with calculation to end of block" is incremental, the incremental value is
added as a function of SD42444 $SC_TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG to the
value accumulated up to the search target :
SD = TRUE: Incremental value is added to accumulated position
SD = FALSE: Incremental value is added to current actual value
The setting data is evaluated on NC start for output of the action
blocks.
42450
mm
-
CONTPREC
Contour accuracy
DOUBLE
B1,K6
Immediately
999999.
7/7
Description:
4-656
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR UE,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
...
0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0 0.000001
.1,0.1,0.1...
BOOLEAN
BA
Immediately
2/2
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
42460
mm/min
-
MINFEED
Minimum path feedrate for CPRECON
DOUBLE
B1,K6
Immediately
999999.
7/7
Description:
42465
mm
-
SMOOTH_CONTUR_TOL
maximum contour tolerance on smoothing
DOUBLE
B1
Immediately
999999.
7/7
Description:
This setting data defines the maximum tolerance for smoothing the
contour.
Related to:
MD20480 $MC_SMOOTHING_MODE,
SD42466 $SC_SMOOTH_ORI_TOL
42466
degrees
828d-me61
SMOOTH_ORI_TOL
Maximum deviation of tool orientation during smoothing.
DOUBLE
B1
Immediately
0.000001
90.
7/7
828d-me81
0.000001
90.
7/7
828d-te61
0.000001
90.
0/0
828d-te81
0.000001
90.
0/0
Description:
1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1.,1 0.000001
.,1.,1.,1....
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0 0.000001
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
4-657
NC setting data
09/2009
42470
degrees
828d-me61
CRIT_SPLINE_ANGLE
Corner limit angle for compressor
828d-me81
828d-te61
828d-te81
Description:
The setting data defines the limit angle from which the compressor
COMPCAD interprets a block transition as a corner. Practical values lie between 10 and 40 degrees. Values from 0 to 89 degrees
inclusive are permitted.
The angle only serves as an approximate measure for corner detection. The compressor can also classify flatter block transitions
as corners and eliminate larger angles as outliers on account of
plausibility considerations.
42471
mm
828d-me61
828d-me81
828d-te61
MIN_CURV_RADIUS
Minimum radius of curvature
EXP, C09
DOUBLE
Immediately
2/2
2/2
2/2
828d-te81
2/2
Description:
The setting data defines a typical tool radius. It is only evaluated in compressor COMPCAD. The lower the value, the greater the
precision, but the slower the program execution.
42475
mm
828d-me61
COMPRESS_CONTUR_TOL
maximum contour deviation with compressor
DOUBLE
F2,PGA
Immediately
0.000001
999999.
7/7
828d-me81
0.000001
999999.
7/7
828d-te61
0.000001
999999.
0/0
828d-te81
0.000001
999999.
0/0
Description:
4-658
36.0,36.0,36.0,36.0,36.
0,36.0,36.0...
36.0,36.0,36.0,36.0,36.
0,36.0,36.0...
36.0,36.0,36.0,36.0,36.
0,36.0,36.0...
36.0,36.0,36.0,36.0,36.
0,36.0,36.0...
DOUBLE
W1,PGA
Immediately
0.0
89.0
7/7
0.0
89.0
7/7
0.0
89.0
0/0
0.0
89.0
0/0
1.0
1.0
3.0,3.0,3.0,3.0,3.0,3.0,3 .0,3.0,3.0...
3.0,3.0,3.0,3.0,3.0,3.0,3 .0,3.0,3.0...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
42476
degrees
828d-me61
COMPRESS_ORI_TOL
Maximum deviation of tool orientation with compressor
DOUBLE
F2,PGA
Immediately
0.000001
90.
7/7
828d-me81
0.000001
90.
7/7
828d-te61
0.000001
90.
0/0
828d-te81
0.000001
90.
0/0
Description:
42477
degrees
828d-me61
COMPRESS_ORI_ROT_TOL
Maximum deviation of tool rotation with compressor
DOUBLE
F2,PGA
Immediately
0.000001
90.
7/7
828d-me81
0.000001
90.
7/7
828d-te61
0.000001
90.
0/0
828d-te81
0.000001
90.
0/0
Description:
42480
-
STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE
Alarm response with tool radius compensation and preproc. BOOLEAN
stop
Description:
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR UE,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
...
W1
Immediately
7/7
If this setting data is TRUE, block execution is stopped by preprocessing stop and active tool radius compensation, and does not
resume until after a user acknowledgement (START).
If it is FALSE, machining is not interrupted at such a program
point.
4-659
NC setting data
09/2009
42490
-
CUTCOM_G40_STOPRE
Retraction behavior of tool radius compensation with prep.
stop
-
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
W1
Immediately
7/7
Description:
FALSE:
If there is a preprocessing stop (either programmed or generated
internally by the control) before the deselection block (G40) when
tool radius compensation is active, then firstly the starting
point of the deselection block is approached from the last end
point before the preprocessing stop. The deselection block itself
is then executed, i.e. the deselection block is usually replaced
by two traversing blocks. Tool radius compensation is no longer
active in these blocks. The behavior is thus identical with that
before the introduction of this setting data.
TRUE:
If there is a preprocessing stop (either programmed or generated
internally by the control) before the deselection block (G40) when
tool radius compensation is active, the end point of the deselection point is traversed in a straight line from the last end point
before the preprocessing stop.
42494
-
CUTCOM_ACT_DEACT_CTRL
Approach & retraction behavior with 2-1/2D tool radius
compens.
DWORD
W1
Immediately
7/7
Description:
4-660
2222,2222,2222,2222,2 222,2222,2222...
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
For example:
N100 x10 y0
N110 G41
N120 x20
If a tool radius of 10mm is assumed in the above example, position
x10y10 is approached in block N110.
If the position in question contains the value 2, the approach or
retraction movement is only performed if at least one geometry
axis is programmed in the activation/deactivation block. To obtain
the same results as the above example with this setting, the program must be altered as follows:
N100 x10 y0
N110 G41 x10
N120 x20
If axis information x10 is missing in block N110, activation of
TRC is delayed by one block, i.e. the activation block would now
be N120.
If the position in question contains a 3, retraction is not performed in a deactivation block (G40) if only the geometry axis
perpendicular to the compensation plane is programmed. In this
case, the motion perpendicular to the compensation plane is performed first. This is followed by the retraction motion in the
compensation plane. In this case, the block after G40 must contain
motion information in the compensation plane. The approach motions
for values 2 and 3 are identical.
If the position in question contains a value other than 1, 2 or 3,
i.e. in particular the value 0, an approach or retraction movement
is not performed in a block that does not contain any traversing
information.
About the term "Tools with tool point direction":
These are tools with tool numbers between 400 and 599 (turning and
grinding tools), whose tool point direction has a value between 1
and 8. Turning and grinding tools with tool point direction 0 or 9
or other undefined values are treated like milling tools.
Note:
If the value of this setting data is changed within a program,
we recommend programming a preprocessing stop (stopre) before
the description to avoid the new value being used in program
sections before that point. The opposite case is not serious,
i.e. if the setting data is written, subsequent NC blocks will
definitely access the new value.
4-661
NC setting data
09/2009
42496
-
CUTCOM_CLSD_CONT
Tool radius compensation behavior with closed contour
-
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
Immediately
7/7
Description:
FALSE:
If two intersections are created on correction of the inner side
of an (almost) closed contour consisting of two successive circle blocks or a circle and a linear block, the intersection that
lies on the first part contour nearer to the block end will be
selected as per the default behavior.
A contour will be considered as (almost) closed if the distance
between the starting point of the first block and the end point
of the second block is smaller than 10% of the active compensation radius, but not larger than 1000 path increments (corresponds to 1mm to 3 decimal places).
TRUE:
Under the same condition as described above, the intersection
that lies on the first part contour nearer to block start is
selected.
42500
m/s
-
SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
maximum path acceleration
DOUBLE
B2
Immediately
7/7
Description:
42502
-
IS_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
Evaluate SD42500 SC_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
-
10000.,10000.,10000.,1 1.0e-3
0000.,10000....
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
B2
Immediately
7/7
Description:
42510
m/s
-
SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
maximum path-related jerk as setting data
DOUBLE
B2
Immediately
7/7
Description:
4-662
100000.,100000.,10000 1.e-9
0.,100000....
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
42512
-
IS_SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
Evaluate SD42510 SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
-
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
B2
Immediately
7/7
Description:
42520
mm
-
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_START
Start of feed reduction at G62.
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
Traverse path distance from which the feed is reduced before the
corner with G62.
42522
mm
-
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_END
End of feed reduction at G62.
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
42524
%
-
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_OVR
Feed override reduction at G62
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
42526
degrees
-
CORNER_SLOWDOWN_CRIT
Corner detection at G62
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
Angle from which a corner is taken into account when reducing the
feed with G62.
For example SD42526 $SC_CORNER_SLOWDOWN_CRIT = 90 means that all
corners of 90 degrees or a more acute angle are traversed slower
with G62.
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0.,0 .,0.,0.,0....
4-663
NC setting data
09/2009
42528
-
CUTCOM_DECEL_LIMIT
Feed lowering on circles with tool radius compensation
DOUBLE
Immediately
1.
3/3
0.1
0.
Description:
The setting data limits feed lowering of the tool center point on
concave circle segments with tool radius compensation active and
CFC or CFIN selected.
With CFC, the feed is defined at the contour. On concave circular
arcs, feed lowering of the tool center point is created by the
ratio of the contour curvature to the tool center point path curvature. The setting data is limiting this effect, reducing backing
off and overheating of the tool.
For contours with varying curvatures, a mid-range curvature is
used.
0:
Provides the previous behavior: If the ratio between contour
radius and tool center point path radius is less than or equal to
0.01 the feed is applied to the tool center point path. Less pronounced feed reductions are executed.
>0: Feed lowering is limited to the programmed factor. At 0.01,
this means that the feed of the tool center point path is possibly
only 1 percent of the programmed feed value.
1:
On concave contours, the tool center point feed equals the
programmed feed (the behavior then corresponds to CFTCP).
42600
828d-me61
JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
Control revolutional feedrate in JOG
DWORD
V1
Immediately
31
1/1
828d-me81
31
1/1
828d-te61
31
7/7
828d-te81
31
7/7
Description:
4-664
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -3
,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -3
,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -3
,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -3
,0,0,0
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
42650
Description:
CART_JOG_MODE
Coordinate system for Cartesian jog traverse
DWORD
H1
Immediately
0x0404
7/7
0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x 0
0,0x0,0x0,0x0...
4-665
NC setting data
09/2009
42660
-
ORI_JOG_MODE
Definition of virtual kinematics for JOG
DWORD
Immediately
0/0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
,0,0,0
Description:
42670
mm, degrees
828d-me61
ORIPATH_SMOOTH_DIST
Path for smoothing the orientation
828d-me81
828d-te61
828d-te81
Description:
4-666
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
DOUBLE
Immediately
0.0
7/7
0.0
7/7
0.0
0/0
0.0
0/0
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
42672
degrees
828d-me61
ORIPATH_SMOOTH_TOL
Tolerance for smoothing the orientation
-
828d-me81
828d-te61
828d-te81
Description:
Maximum angle (in degrees) for the deviation of the tool orientation with ORIPATH path-relative orientation interpolation. This
angular tolerance is used for smoothing a "kink" in the orientation path.
42674
mm, degrees
828d-me61
ORI_SMOOTH_DIST
Path for orientation smoothing during smoothing
DOUBLE
Immediately
0.000001
7/7
828d-me81
0.000001
7/7
828d-te61
0.000001
0/0
828d-te81
0.000001
0/0
Description:
42676
degrees
828d-me61
ORI_SMOOTH_TOL
Tolerance for orientation smoothing during smoothing
DOUBLE
Immediately
0.000001
7/7
828d-me81
0.000001
7/7
828d-te61
0.000001
0/0
828d-te81
0.000001
0/0
Description:
Maximum angle (in degree) for the tool orientation deviation during orientation smoothing with G code OST with a bend in the orientation curve on block transitions.
42678
degrees
828d-me61
ORISON_TOL
Tolerance for smoothing the orientation
-
828d-me81
828d-te61
828d-te81
Description:
Maximum angle (in degree) for the tool orientation deviation during orientation smoothing with G code ORISON over several blocks.
However, smoothing is performed only via the path specified with
SD42680 $SC_ORISON_DIST.
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
0.05,0.05,0.05,0.05,0.0
5,0.05,0.05...
10.00,10.00,10.00,10.0
0,10.00,10.00...
10.00,10.00,10.00,10.0
0,10.00,10.00...
10.00,10.00,10.00,10.0
0,10.00,10.00...
10.00,10.00,10.00,10.0
0,10.00,10.00...
DOUBLE
Immediately
0.000001
7/7
0.000001
7/7
0.000001
0/0
0.000001
0/0
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
7/7
0/0
0/0
4-667
NC setting data
09/2009
42680
mm, degrees
-
ORISON_DIST
Path for orientation smoothing
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
5.00,5.00,5.00,5.00,5.0 0,5.00,5.00...
Description:
42690
mm
-
JOG_CIRCLE_CENTRE
Center of the circle
DOUBLE
Immediately
0/0
Description:
This setting data is used to define the circle center point in the
workpiece coordinate system during JOG of circles.
Only the relevant center point coordinates of the geometry axes in
the active plane are evaluated, not the coordinate of the geometry
axis vertical to the plane. This setting data is written via the
user interface.
By default the coordinate of an axis with diameter programming is
in the diameter. This can be changed with MD20360
$MC_TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK Bit 13 = 1 by indicating a radius.
42691
mm
-
JOG_CIRCLE_RADIUS
Circle radius
DOUBLE
Immediately
0/0
Description:
With this setting data, the circle radius in the WCS, the maximum
circle during inner machining or the minimum circle during outer
machining are defined when jogging circles. This setting data is
written via the user interface.
42692
-
JOG_CIRCLE_MODE
JOG of circles mode
DWORD
Immediately
0xf
0/0
Description:
4-668
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
,0,0,0
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
Bit 2 = 0 :
Internal machining is performed. The circle radius in SD42691
$SC_JOG_CIRCLE_RADIUS is the maximum possible radius.
Bit 2 = 1 :
External machining is performed. The circle radius in SD42691
$SC_JOG_CIRCLE_RADIUS is the minimum possible radius.
Bit 3 = 0 :
Given a full circle, the radius is enlarged starting from the
circle center point in the direction of the ordinate (2nd geometry axis) of the plane.
Bit 3 = 1 :
Given a full circle, the radius is enlarged starting from the
circle center point in the direction of the abscissa (1st geometry axis) of the plane.
This setting data should be written via the user interface.
42693
degrees
-
JOG_CIRCLE_START_ANGLE
Circle start angle
DOUBLE
Immediately
360
0/0
Description:
This setting data defines the start angle during JOG of circles.
The start angle refers to the abscissa of the current plane. Traversing is only possible within the range
between the start and the end angle. SD42692 $SC_JOG_CIRCLE_MODE
bit 0 defines the direction from the start to the end angle. If
start and end angle equal zero, no limitation is active.
This setting data is written via the user interface.
42694
degrees
-
JOG_CIRCLE_END_ANGLE
Circle end angle
DOUBLE
Immediately
360
0/0
Description:
This setting data defines the end angle during JOG of circles.
The end angle refers to the abscissa of the current plane. Traversing is only possible within the range
between the start and the end angle. SD42692 $SC_JOG_CIRCLE_MODE
bit 0 defines the direction from the start to the end angle. If
start and end angle equal zero, no limitation is active.
This setting data is written via the user interface.
42700
-
EXT_PROG_PATH
Program path for external subroutine call EXTCALL
STRING
K1
Immediately
3/3
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
,0,0,0
4-669
NC setting data
09/2009
42750
-
ABSBLOCK_ENABLE
Enable base block display
-
TRUE,TRUE,TRUE,TR UE,TRUE,TRUE,TRUE
...
BOOLEAN
K1
Immediately
7/7
Description:
42800
-
SPIND_ASSIGN_TAB
Spindle number converter.
21
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0
10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
16, 17...
BYTE
S1
Immediately
21
7/7
Description:
42900
-
MIRROR_TOOL_LENGTH
Sign change of tool length with mirror image machining
Description:
TRUE:
If a frame with mirror image machining is active, the tool components
($TC_DP3[..., ...] to $TC_DP5[..., ...]) and the components of the
base dimensions
($TC_DP21[..., ...] to $TC_DP23[..., ...]) whose associated axes
are mirrored, are also mirrored, i.e. their sign is inverted. The
wear values
are not mirrored. If the wear values are to be mirrored too,
SD42910 $SC_MIRROR_TOOL_WEAR must be set.
FALSE:
The sign for tool length components is unaffected by whether a
frame with mirror image machining is active.
4-670
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
W1
Immediately
7/7
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
42910
-
MIRROR_TOOL_WEAR
Sign change of tool wear with mirror image machining
-
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
W1
Immediately
7/7
Description:
TRUE:
If a frame with mirror image machining is activated, the signs
of the wear values of the components in question are inverted.
The wear values of the components that are not assigned to mirrored axes remain unchanged.
FALSE:
The signs for wear values are unaffected by whether a frame with
mirror image machining is active.
42920
-
WEAR_SIGN_CUTPOS
Sign of tool wear depending on tool point direction
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
W1
Immediately
7/7
TRUE:
In the case of tools with a relevant tool point direction (turning
and grinding tools), the sign for wear of the tool length components depends on the tool point direction.
The sign is inverted in the following cases (marked with an X):
Tool point direction
Length 1
Length 2
1
2
X
3
X
X
4
X
5
6
7
X
8
X
9
The sign for wear value of length 3 is not influenced by this setting data.
The SD42930 $SC_WEAR_SIGN acts in addition to this setting data.
FALSE:
The sign for wear of the tool length components is unaffected by
the tool point direction.
4-671
NC setting data
09/2009
42930
-
WEAR_SIGN
Sign of wear
-
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
BOOLEAN
W1
Immediately
7/7
Description:
TRUE:
The sign for wear of the tool length components and the tool
radius are inverted, i.e. if a positive value in entered, the
total dimension is decreased.
FALSE:
The sign for wear of the tool length components and the tool
radius is not inverted.
42935
-
WEAR_TRANSFORM
Transformations for tool components
DWORD
W1,W4
Immediately
7/7
Description:
4-672
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
42940
-
TOOL_LENGTH_CONST
Change of tool length components with change of active
plane
DWORD
W1
Immediately
828d-me61
2/2
828d-me81
2/2
828d-te61
828d-te81
2/2
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0
18
18
-
4-673
NC setting data
09/2009
42950
-
TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE
Assignment of tool length compensation independent of tool DWORD
type
W1
Immediately
828d-me61
2/2
828d-me81
2/2
828d-te61
828d-te81
2/2
2/2
Description:
This setting data defines the assignment of the tool length components to the geometry axes independently of the tool type. It
can assume any value between 0 and 2. Any other value is interpreted as 0.
Value
0:
Standard assignment. A distinction is made between turning
and grinding tools (tool types 400 to 599) and other tools (milling tools).
1:
The assignment of the tool length components is independent
of the actual tool type, always as for milling tools.
2.
The assignment of the tool length components is independent
of the actual tool type, always as for turning tools.
The setting data also affects the wear values assigned to the
length components.
If SD42940 $SC_TOOL_LENGTH_CONST is set, the tables defined there
access the table for milling and turning tools defined by SD42950
$SC_TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE irrespective of the actual tool type, if the
value of the table is not equal to 0.
42960
-
TOOL_TEMP_COMP
Temperature compensation for tool
Description:
42970
mm
-
TOFF_LIMIT
Upper limit of correction value via $AA_TOFF
Description:
4-674
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0
2
2
-
100000000.0,
100000000.0,
100000000.0...
DOUBLE
W1
Immediately
7/7
DOUBLE
F2
Immediately
7/7
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
42974
-
TOCARR_FINE_CORRECTION
Fine offset TCARR ON / OFF
Description:
TRUE:
On activating an orientable tool holder, the fine offset values
are considered.
FALSE:
On activating an orientable tool holder, the fine offset are not
considered.
42980
-
TOFRAME_MODE
Frame definition at TOFRAME, TOROT and PAROT
DWORD
K2
Immediately
2/2
Description:
FALSE,FALSE,FALSE, FALSE,FALSE,FALSE..
.
2000
C08
BOOLEAN
Immediately
7/7
4-675
NC setting data
09/2009
Addition of 2000:
The tool frame is still correctly formed if the frames in the
frame chain after the TOOLFRAME contain any values (rotations
and translations). This mode is only possible if the system
frame for the tool frame is present. MD21110
$MC_X_AXIS_IN_OLD_X_Z_PLANE is no longer evaluated. All values
in the units digit of this setting data that are not equal to 1
or 2 are handled as if the value was three. In particular, the
behavior with 2000 is identical to that with 2003. TOFRAME sets
the zero point of the workpiece coordinate system to the current
position.
42984
-
CUTDIRMOD
Modification of $P_AD[2] or $P_AD[11]
Description:
States whether the tool point direction and cutting direction are
to be modified on reading the corresponding system variables
$P_AD[2] and $P_AD[11].
Modification is made by rotating the vector of the tool point
direction or cutting direction by a specific angle in the active
machining plane (G17-G19). The resulting output value is always
the tool point direction or cutting direction created by the rotation or to which the rotated value is closest. the angle of rotation can be defined by one of the following six options:
1:
The string is empty. The stated data are output unchanged.
2:
The contents of the string is "P_TOTFRAME". The resulting
rotation is determined from the total frame.
3:
The contents of the string is a valid frame name (e.g.
$P_NCBFRAME[3]). The resulting rotation is then calculated from
this frame.
4:
The contents of the string has the form "Frame1 : Frame2".
The resulting rotation is determined from the part frame chain
that is created by chaining all frames from Frame1 to Frame2 (in
each case inclusive). Frame1 and Frame2 are valid frame names such
as $P_PFRAME or $P_CHBFRAME[5]"
5:
The contents of the frame is the valid name of a rotary axis
(machine axis). The resulting rotation is determined from the programmed end position of this rotary axis. Additionally, an offset
can be stated (in degrees, e.g. "A+90).
6:
The rotation is programmed explicitly (in degrees).
Optionally, the first character of the string can be written as
sign (+ or -). A plus sign will not have any effect on the angle
calculation, but a minus sign will invert the sign of the calculated angle.
4-676
C08
STRING
Immediately
2/2
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific setting data
42990
-
MAX_BLOCKS_IN_IPOBUFFER
maximum number of blocks in IPO buffer
DWORD
K1
Immediately
2/2
-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,- 1,-1,-1,-1,-1...
Description:
42995
-
CONE_ANGLE
Taper angle
-
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -90
,0,0,0
DOUBLE
Immediately
90
2/2
Description:
This setting data writes the taper angle for taper turning. This
setting data is written via the operator interface.
42996
-
JOG_GEOAX_MODE_MASK
JOG of geometry axis mode
DWORD
Immediately
0x7
2/2
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
,0,0,0
4-677
NC setting data
09/2009
4.3
43120
-
DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_AXIS
Axial default scaling factor with G51 active
DWORD
FBFA
Immediately
7/7
Description:
43200
rev/min
-
SPIND_S
Speed for spindle start by VDI
Description:
43202
m/min
-
SPIND_CONSTCUT_S
Const cut speed for spindle start by VDI
Description:
4-678
0.0
0.0
DOUBLE
S1
Immediately
7/7
DOUBLE
S1
Immediately
7/7
09/2009
NC setting data
Axis specific setting data
43206
-
SPIND_SPEED_TYPE
Spindle speed type for spindle start through VDI
A06
DWORD
Immediately
972
7/7
94
93
Description:
43210
rev/min
-
SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25
Programmed spindle speed limitation G25
DOUBLE
S1
Immediately
7/7
Description:
A minimum spindle speed limit below which the spindle must not
fall is entered in SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25. The NCK limits the set
spindle speed to this value if it is too low.
The spindle speed may only fall below the minimum as a result of:
Spindle offset 0%
M5
S0
Cancel S value
SD irrelevant to ......
other spindle modes used in open-loop control mode (SPOS, M19,
SPOSA)
Related to:
MD10709 $MN_PROG_SD_POWERON_INIT_TAB
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
0.0
4-679
NC setting data
09/2009
43220
rev/min
-
SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26
Programmable upper spindle speed limitation G26
DOUBLE
S1
Immediately
7/7
1000.0
Description:
43230
rev/min
-
SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS
Spindle speed limitation with G96
Description:
Limits the spindle speed with G96, G961, G97 to the stated maximum
value [degrees/second]. This setting data can be written from the
block with LIMS.
Note:
MD 10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB can be set so that the
value written by the part program is transferred into the active
file system on reset (that is the value is retained after
reset).
Related to ....
SD43210 $SA_SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25 (programmed spindle speed
limit G25)
SD43230 $SA_SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS (programmed spindle speed
limit with G96/961)
MD10709 $MN_PROG_SD_POWERON_INIT_TAB
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
43240
degrees
-
M19_SPOS
Spindle position for spindle positioning with M19.
-, A12
DOUBLE
S1
Immediately
10000000.0
7/7
Description:
4-680
100.0
0.0
-10000000.0
DOUBLE
S1,Z1
Immediately
7/7
09/2009
NC setting data
Axis specific setting data
43250
-
M19_SPOSMODE
-, A12
Spindle position approach mode for spindle positioning with DWORD
M19.
S1
Immediately
7/7
Description:
43300
CTEQ
-
ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
Revolutional feedrate for positioning axes/spindles
DWORD
V1,P2,S1
Immediately
31
7/7
-3
Description:
0=
No revolutional feedrate is active.
>0= Machine axis index of the rotary axis/spindle, from which the
revolutional feedrate is derived.
-1= The revolutional feedrate is derived from the master spindle
of the channel in which the axis/spindle is active
-2= The revolutional feedrate is derived from the axis with
machine axis index == 0 or the axis with an index in MD10002
$MN_AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB == 0.
-3= The revolutional feedrate is derived from the master spindle
of the channel in which the axis/spindle is active. No revolutional feedrate is active if the master spindle is at a standstill.
Related to ....
SD42600 $SC_JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE (revolutional feedrate
for geometry axes on which a frame with rotation acts in JOG
mode.)
MD10709 $MN_PROG_SD_POWERON_INIT_TAB
MD10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
43320
mm, degrees
-
JOG_POSITION
JOG position
Description:
43340
-
EXTERN_REF_POSITION_G30_1
Reference point position for G30.1
Description:
0.0
0.0
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
-, A12
DOUBLE
FBFA
Immediately
7/7
4-681
NC setting data
09/2009
43350
mm, degrees
CTEQ
-
AA_OFF_LIMIT
Upper limit of offset value $AA_OFF with clearance control DOUBLE
S5,FBSY
PowerOn
7/7
100000000.0
0.0
1e15
Description:
The upper limit of the offset value, which can be defined by means
of synchronized actions via the variable $AA_OFF.
This limit value acts on the absolutely effective amount of offset
by means of $AA_OFF.
It is used for clearance control in laser machining:
The offset value is limited so that the laser head cannot get
caught in the plate recesses.
Whether the offset value lies within the limit range can be queried via system variable $AA_OFF_LIMIT.
43400
CTEQ
-
WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE
Working area limitation active in positive direction
BOOLEAN
A3
Immediately
7/7
FALSE
Description:
43410
CTEQ
-
WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE
Working area limitation active in the negative direction
BOOLEAN
A3
Immediately
7/7
Description:
4-682
FALSE
1:
The working area limitation of the axis concerned is active
in the negative direction.
0:
The working area limitation of the axis concerned is switched
off in the negative direction.
The setting data is parameterized via the operator panel in the
operating area "Parameters" by activating/deactivating the working
area limitation.
SD irrelevant for ......
G code: WALIMOF
09/2009
NC setting data
Axis specific setting data
43420
mm, degrees
-
WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS
Working area limitation plus
Description:
43430
mm, degrees
-
WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS
Working area limitation minus
Description:
43500
-
FIXED_STOP_SWITCH
Selection of travel to fixed stop
Description:
1.0e+8
-1.0e+8
DOUBLE
A3
Immediately
7/7
DOUBLE
A3
Immediately
7/7
BYTE
F1
Immediately
7/7
4-683
NC setting data
09/2009
43510
%
-
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE
Fixed stop clamping torque
Description:
with MD37060 $MA_FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK, bit 1 = 1 (acknowledgment required), the interface signal DB390x DBX0002.5 (Fixed
stop reached) is set by the NC and acknowledged by interface
signal DB380x DBX0001.1 (Acknowledge fixed stop reached)
The status of the setting data is indicated on the operator panel
in the "Parameters" area.
The FXST[x] command effects a block-synchronous change to this
setting data. It can also be changed by the user or via the PLC.
Otherwise the value is transferred from MD37010
$MA_FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF to the setting data when "Travel to
fixed stop" is active.
Related to ....
MD37010 $MA_FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF(default setting for clamping
torque)
4-684
5.0
0.0
DOUBLE
F1
Immediately
800.0
7/7
09/2009
NC setting data
Axis specific setting data
43520
mm, degrees
828d-me61
828d-me81
828d-te61
828d-te81
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW
Fixed stop monitoring window
-
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
DOUBLE
F1
Immediately
0/0
0/0
7/7
7/7
Description:
with MD37060 $MA_FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK, bit 1 = 0 (no acknowledgment required) interface signal DB390x DBX0002.5 (Fixed
stop reached) is set by the NC
with MD37060 $MA_FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK, bit 1 = 1 (acknowledgment required) interface signal DB390x DBX0002.5 (Fixed stop
reached) is set by the NC and acknowledged by interface signal
DB380x DBX0001.1 (Acknowledge fixed stop reached)
If the position at which the fixed stop was detected leaves the
tolerance band by more than the amount specified in SD43520
$SA_FIXED_STOP_WINDOW, then alarm 20093 "Fixed stop monitoring has
responded" is output and the "FXS" function is deselected.
The status of the setting data is indicated on the operator panel
in the "Parameters" area.
The FXSW[x] command effects a block-synchronous change to this
setting data. It can also be changed by the user or via the PLC.
The value is otherwise transferred from MD37020
$MA_FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF to the setting data when "Travel to
fixed stop" is active.
Related to ....
MD37020 $MA_FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF (default setting for fixed
stop monitoring window)
43600
%
-
IPOBRAKE_BLOCK_EXCHANGE
Block change criterion 'braking ramp'
Description:
0.0
A06, A10
DOUBLE
K1
Immediately
100.0
7/7
4-685
NC setting data
09/2009
43610
mm, degrees
-
ADISPOSA_VALUE
Tolerance window 'braking ramp'
Description:
43790
mm, degrees
-
OSCILL_START_POS
Start position of reciprocating axis
Description:
Position approached by the oscillating axis at the start of oscillation if this is set in SD43770 $SA_OSCILL_CTRL_MASK.
Note:
MD 10710 $MN_PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB can be be set so that the
value written by the part program is transferred to the active
file system on reset (that is the value is retained after
reset.)
43900
-
TEMP_COMP_ABS_VALUE
Position-independent temperature compensation value
DOUBLE
K3
Immediately
7/7
Description:
4-686
0.0
0.0
0.0
A06, A10
DOUBLE
P2
Immediately
7/7
DOUBLE
Immediately
0/0
09/2009
NC setting data
Axis specific setting data
43910
Description:
TEMP_COMP_SLOPE
Lead angle for position-dependent temperature
compensation
DOUBLE
K3
Immediately
7/7
0.0
4-687
NC setting data
09/2009
43920
-
TEMP_COMP_REF_POSITION
Ref. position of position-dependent temperature
compensation
DOUBLE
K3
Immediately
7/7
0.0
Description:
54215
-
TM_FUNCTION_MASK_SET
Function mask Tool management
Description:
4-688
DWORD
PowerOn
7/4
09/2009
NC setting data
General cycle setting data
4.4
54600
mm
MEA_WP_BALL_DIAM
Effective diameter of the probe sphere for the workpiece
probe
12
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0...
DOUBLE
Immediately
10000
7/7
Description:
54601
mm
-
MEA_WP_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX1
Trigger point of the 1st measuring axis in negative direction DOUBLE
Description:
54602
mm
-
MEA_WP_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX1
Trigger point of the 1st measuring axis in positive direction
Description:
54603
mm
-
MEA_WP_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX2
Trigger point of the 2nd measuring axis in negative direction DOUBLE
Description:
12
12
12
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0...
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0...
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0...
100000
Immediately
7/7
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
100000
Immediately
7/7
4-689
NC setting data
09/2009
54604
mm
-
MEA_WP_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX2
Trigger point of the 2nd measuring axis in positive direction DOUBLE
Description:
54605
mm
-
MEA_WP_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX3
Trigger point of the 3rd measuring axis in negative direction DOUBLE
Description:
54606
mm
-
MEA_WP_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX3
Trigger point of the 3rd measuring axis in positive direction DOUBLE
Description:
54607
mm
MEA_WP_POS_DEV_AX1
Position deviation of the probe sphere in the 1st measuring DOUBLE
axis
Description:
4-690
12
12
12
12
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0...
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0...
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0...
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0...
100000
100000
100000
100000
Immediately
7/7
Immediately
7/7
Immediately
7/7
Immediately
7/7
The position deviation in the 1st measuring axis represents a geometrical offset of the center point of the probe sphere
related to the electrical center point of the probe in this axis!
The value of this parameter is created by the operation "Calibrate
workpiece probe"!
09/2009
NC setting data
General cycle setting data
54608
mm
-
MEA_WP_POS_DEV_AX2
Position deviation of the probe sphere in the 2nd measuring DOUBLE
axis
12
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0...
100000
Immediately
7/7
Description:
The position deviation in the 2nd measuring axis represents a geometrical offset of the center point of the probe sphere
related to the electrical center point of the probe in this axis!
The value of this parameter is created by the operation "Calibrate
workpiece probe"!
54609
-
MEA_WP_STATUS_RT
Calibration status axis positions
12
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0...
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
54610
-
MEA_WP_STATUS_GEN
Calibration status in general
12
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 ,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0...
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
54615
mm
-
MEA_CAL_EDGE_BASE_AX1
Calibration groove base of the 1st measuring axis
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
Description:
54617
mm
MEA_CAL_EDGE_PLUS_DIR_AX1
Calibration groove edge in positive direction of the 1st
measuring axis
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
4-691
NC setting data
09/2009
54618
mm
-
MEA_CAL_EDGE_MINUS_DIR_AX1
Calibration groove edge in negative direction of the 1st
measuring axis
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
Description:
54619
mm
-
MEA_CAL_EDGE_BASE_AX2
Calibration groove base of the 2nd measuring axis
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
Description:
54620
mm
-
MEA_CAL_EDGE_UPPER_AX2
Calibration groove upper edge of the 2nd measuring axis
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
Description:
54621
mm
MEA_CAL_EDGE_PLUS_DIR_AX2
Calibration groove edge in positive direction of the 2nd
measuring axis
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
Description:
54622
mm
MEA_CAL_EDGE_MINUS_DIR_AX2
Calibration groove edge in negative direction of the 2nd
measuring axis
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
Description:
54625
mm
-
MEA_TP_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX1
Trigger point of the 1st measuring axis in negative direction DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
4-692
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
100000
09/2009
NC setting data
General cycle setting data
54626
mm
-
MEA_TP_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX1
Trigger point of the 1st measuring axis in positive direction
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
Description:
54627
mm
-
MEA_TP_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX2
Trigger point of the 2nd measuring axis in negative direction DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
54628
mm
-
MEA_TP_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX2
Trigger point of the 2nd measuring axis in positive direction DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
54629
mm
-
MEA_TP_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX3
Trigger point of the 3rd measuring axis in negative direction DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
100000
100000
100000
4-693
NC setting data
09/2009
54630
mm
-
MEA_TP_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX3
Trigger point of the 3rd measuring axis in positive direction DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
54631
mm
-
MEA_TP_EDGE_DISK_SIZE
Tool probe edge length/wheel diameter
DOUBLE
Immediately
1000
7/7
Description:
54632
-
MEA_TP_AX_DIR_AUTO_CAL
Automatic tool probe calibration, enable axes/directions
DWORD
Immediately
7/7
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
133,133,133,133,133,1 33,133,133,133...
100000
Description:
Enabling axes and traversing directions for "Automatic calibration" of milling tool probes.
The default setting refers in X and Y to the plus and minus direction respectively, in Z only to the minus direction.
The parameter is divided into three components the functions of
which are to be assigned to calibration data records 1, 2 or 3.
The calibration data records are firmly assigned to tool measuring
in the working planes G17 (1), G18 (2) and G19 (3)!
Meaning of the parameter components
Decimal position:
Ones
1st geometry axis (X)
Tens:
2nd geometry axis (Y)
Hundreds: 3rd geometry axis (Z)
Value:
=0: axis not enabled
=1: only minus direction possible
=2: only plus direction possible
=3: both directions possible
54633
-
MEA_TP_TYPE
Tool probe type cube / wheel
DOUBLE
Immediately
999
7/7
Description:
4-694
Tool
0:
101:
201:
301:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
probe type
cube
wheel in XY, working plane G17
wheel in ZX, working plane G18
wheel in YZ, working plane G19
09/2009
NC setting data
General cycle setting data
54634
mm
-
MEA_TP_CAL_MEASURE_DEPTH
Distance between the upper tool probe edge and the lower DOUBLE
milling tool edge
Immediately
7/7
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2 -1000
1000
Description:
Distance between the upper tool probe edge and the lower milling
tool edge.
For tool probe calibration this distance defines the calibration
depth and
for milling tool measuring the measuring depth!
This parameter does not apply to turning tool measuring!
54640
mm
-
MEA_TPW_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX1
Trigger point of the 1st measuring axis in negative direction DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
54641
mm
-
MEA_TPW_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX1
Trigger point of the 1st measuring axis in positive direction
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
Description:
54642
mm
-
MEA_TPW_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX2
Trigger point of the 2nd measuring axis in negative direction DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
100000
100000
4-695
NC setting data
09/2009
54643
mm
-
MEA_TPW_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX2
Trigger point of the 2nd measuring axis in positive direction DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
54644
mm
-
MEA_TPW_TRIG_MINUS_DIR_AX3
Trigger point of the 3rd measuring axis in negative direction DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
54645
mm
-
MEA_TPW_TRIG_PLUS_DIR_AX3
Trigger point of the 3rd measuring axis in positive direction DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
54646
mm
-
MEA_TPW_EDGE_DISK_SIZE
Tool probe edge length/wheel diameter
DOUBLE
Immediately
1000
7/7
Description:
4-696
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -100000
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
100000
100000
100000
09/2009
NC setting data
General cycle setting data
54647
-
MEA_TPW_AX_DIR_AUTO_CAL
Automatic tool probe calibration, enable axes/directions
DWORD
Immediately
7/7
133,133,133,133,133,1 33,133,133,133...
Description:
Enabling axes and traversing directions for "Automatic calibration" of milling tool probes.
The default setting refers in X and Y to the plus and minus direction respectively, in Z only to the minus direction.
The parameter is divided into three components the functions of
which are to be assigned to calibration data records 1, 2 or 3.
The calibration data records are firmly assigned to tool measuring
in the working planes G17 (1), G18 (2) and G19 (3)!
Meaning of the parameter components
Decimal position:
Ones
1st geometry axis (X)
Tens:
2nd geometry axis (Y)
Hundreds: 3rd geometry axis (Z)
Value:
=0: axis not enabled
=1: only minus direction possible
=2: only plus direction possible
=3: both directions possible
54648
-
MEA_TPW_TYPE
Tool probe type cube / wheel
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 -
Description:
Tool
0:
101:
201:
301:
54649
mm
MEA_TPW_CAL_MEASURE_DEPTH
Distance between the upper tool probe edge and the lower DOUBLE
milling tool edge
Immediately
7/7
Description:
probe type
cube
wheel in XY, working plane G17
wheel in ZX, working plane G18
wheel in YZ, working plane G19
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 0
999
Distance between the upper tool probe edge and the lower milling
tool edge.
For tool probe calibration this distance defines the calibration
depth and
for milling tool measuring the measuring depth!
This parameter does not apply to turning tool measuring!
4-697
NC setting data
09/2009
54655
-
MEA_REPEAT_ACTIVE
Measurem. repetitions after exceeding dimens. difference
and safety margin
BYTE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
Measurement repetitions after exceeding of the dimensional difference (parameter _TDIF) and/or the safety margin (parameter _TSA)
=0: when the dimensional difference and/or safety margin is
exceeded, the measurement is not repeated. A corresponding alarm
is displayed that can be acknowledged with "RESET".
=1: when the dimensional difference and/or safety margin is
exceeded, the measurement is repeated 4 times max.
54656
-
MEA_REPEAT_WITH_M0
Alarm and M0 is included in measurement repetitions.
BYTE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
54657
-
MEA_TOL_ALARM_SET_M0
M0, when allowance, undersize or permissible dimens.
difference is exceeded
BYTE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
4-698
09/2009
NC setting data
General cycle setting data
54659
-
MEA_TOOL_MEASURE_RELATE
Tool measuring and calibration in machine workpiece
coordinate system
BYTE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
54660
-
MEA_PROBE_BALL_RAD_IN_TOA
Accept the calibrated workpiece probe radius in the tool
data.
BYTE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
54670
m/min
MEA_CM_MAX_PERI_SPEED
Max. permissible peripheral speed of the tool to be
measured
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
100,100
Description:
54671
rev/min
-
MEA_CM_MAX_REVOLUTIONS
Maximum tool speed for tool measuring
Description:
1000,1000
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
Max. permissible tool speed for tool measuring with rotating spindle.
The speed is automatically reduced when this value is exceeded.
Monitoring parameter for tool measuring with rotating spindle
only effective with SD54749 $SNS_MEA_FUNCTION_MASK_TOOL, Bit 10 =
0!
4-699
NC setting data
09/2009
54672
mm/min
-
MEA_CM_MAX_FEEDRATE
Maximum feed for contact of the tool with the probe
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
Description:
54673
mm/min
-
MEA_CM_MIN_FEEDRATE
Minimum feed for 1st contact of the tool with the probe
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
Description:
Min. feed for first contact of the tool to be measured with the
probe when the spindle rotates.
Too small feeds for large tool radii are thus avoided!
Monitoring parameter for tool measuring with rotating spindle
only effective with SD54749 $SNS_MEA_FUNCTION_MASK_TOOL, Bit 10 =
0!
54674
-
MEA_CM_SPIND_ROT_DIR
Direction of spindle rotation for tool measuring
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
20,20
1,1
4,4
Description:
54675
-
MEA_CM_FEEDFACTOR_1
Feedrate factor 1, for tool measuring
Description:
4-700
10,10
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
09/2009
NC setting data
General cycle setting data
54676
-
MEA_CM_FEEDFACTOR_2
Feedrate factor 2, for tool measuring
2
0,0
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
54677
mm
-
MEA_CM_MEASURING_ACCURACY
Required measuring accuracy, for tool measuring
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
Description:
54689
-
MEA_T_PROBE_MANUFACTURER
Tool probe type (manufacturer)
-
0.005,0.005
BYTE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
54691
-
MEA_T_PROBE_OFFSET
Measurement result offset for tool measuring
BYTE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
4-701
NC setting data
09/2009
54695
mm
-
MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD1
Offset table (measure tool radius with rotating spindle)
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
Parameter for user-defined measurement result offset for tool measuring with rotating spindle
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD1[0]
... this element always
has value ZERO
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD1[1]
... 1st tool radius
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD1[2]
... 2nd tool radius
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD1[3]
... 3rd tool radius
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD1[4]
... 4th tool radius
54696
mm
-
MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD2
Offset table 1st peripheral speed (radius)
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
Parameter for user-defined measurement result offset for tool measuring with rotating spindle
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD2[0]
... 1st peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD2[1]
... offset value for
radius regarding 1st radius and 1st peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD2[2]
... offset value for
radius regarding 2nd radius and 1st peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD2[3]
... offset value for
radius regarding 3rd radius and 1st peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD2[4]
... offset value for
radius regarding 4th radius and 1st peripheral speed
54697
mm
-
MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD3
Offset table 2nd peripheral speed (radius)
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
Parameter for user-defined measurement result offset for tool measuring with rotating spindle
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD3[0]
... 2nd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD3[1]
... offset value for
radius regarding 1st radius and 2nd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD3[2]
... offset value for
radius regarding 2nd radius and 2nd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD3[3]
... offset value for
radius regarding 3rd radius and 2nd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD3[4]
... offset value for
radius regarding 4th radius and 2nd peripheral speed
4-702
0,0,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0
09/2009
NC setting data
General cycle setting data
54698
mm
-
MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD4
Offset table 3rd peripheral speed (radius)
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
Parameter for user-defined measurement result offset for tool measuring with rotating spindle
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD4[0]
... 3rd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD4[1]
... offset value for
radius regarding 1st radius and 3rd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD4[2]
... offset value for
radius regarding 2nd radius and 3rd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD4[3]
... offset value for
radius regarding 3rd radius and 3rd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD4[4]
... offset value for
radius regarding 4th radius and 3rd peripheral speed
54699
mm
-
MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD5
Offset table 4th peripheral speed (radius)
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
Parameter for user-defined measurement result offset for tool measuring with rotating spindle
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD5[0]
... 4th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD5[1]
... offset value for
radius regarding 1st radius and 4th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD5[2]
... offset value for
radius regarding 2nd radius and 4th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD5[3]
... offset value for
radius regarding 3rd radius and 4th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD5[4]
... offset value for
radius regarding 4th radius and 4th peripheral speed
54700
mm
-
MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD6
Offset table 5th peripheral speed (radius)
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
Parameter for user-defined measurement result offset for tool measuring with rotating spindle
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD6[0]
... 5th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD6[1]
... offset value for
radius regarding 1st radius and 5th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD6[2]
... offset value for
radius regarding 2nd radius and 5th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD6[3]
... offset value for
radius regarding 3rd radius and 5th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_RAD6[4]
... offset value for
radius regarding 4th radius and 5th peripheral speed
0,0,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0
4-703
NC setting data
09/2009
54705
mm
-
MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN1
Offset table (measure tool length with rotating spindle)
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
Parameter for user-defined measurement result offset for tool measuring with rotating spindle
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN1[0]
... this element always
has value ZERO
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN1[1]
... 1st tool radius
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN1[2]
... 2nd tool radius
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN1[3]
... 3rd tool radius
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN1[4]
... 4th tool radius
54706
mm
-
MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN2
Offset table 1st peripheral speed (length)
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
Parameter for user-defined measurement result offset for tool measuring with rotating spindle
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN2[0]
... 1st peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN2[1]
... offset value for
radius regarding 1st radius and 1st peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN2[2]
... offset value for
radius regarding 2nd radius and 1st peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN2[3]
... offset value for
radius regarding 3rd radius and 1st peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN2[4]
... offset value for
radius regarding 4th radius and 1st peripheral speed
54707
mm
-
MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN3
Offset table 2nd peripheral speed (length)
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
Parameter for user-defined measurement result offset for tool measuring with rotating spindle
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN3[0]
... 2nd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN3[1]
... offset value for
radius regarding 1st radius and 2nd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN3[2]
... offset value for
radius regarding 2nd radius and 2nd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN3[3]
... offset value for
radius regarding 3rd radius and 2nd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN3[4]
... offset value for
radius regarding 4th radius and 2nd peripheral speed
4-704
0,0,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0
09/2009
NC setting data
General cycle setting data
54708
mm
-
MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN4
Offset table 3rd peripheral speed (length)
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
Parameter for user-defined measurement result offset for tool measuring with rotating spindle
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN4[0]
... 3rd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN4[1]
... offset value for
radius regarding 1st radius and 3rd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN4[2]
... offset value for
radius regarding 2nd radius and 3rd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN4[3]
... offset value for
radius regarding 3rd radius and 3rd peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN4[4]
... offset value for
radius regarding 4th radius and 3rd peripheral speed
54709
mm
-
MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN5
Offset table 4th peripheral speed (length)
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
Parameter for user-defined measurement result offset for tool measuring with rotating spindle
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN5[0]
... 4th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN5[1]
... offset value for
radius regarding 1st radius and 4th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN5[2]
... offset value for
radius regarding 2nd radius and 4th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN5[3]
... offset value for
radius regarding 3rd radius and 4th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN5[4]
... offset value for
radius regarding 4th radius and 4th peripheral speed
54710
mm
-
MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN6
Offset table 5th peripheral speed (length)
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
Parameter for user-defined measurement result offset for tool measuring with rotating spindle
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN6[0]
... 5th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN6[1]
... offset value for
radius regarding 1st radius and 5th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN6[2]
... offset value for
radius regarding 2nd radius and 5th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN6[3]
... offset value for
radius regarding 3rd radius and 5th peripheral speed
$SNS_MEA_RESULT_OFFSET_TAB_LEN6[4]
... offset value for
radius regarding 4th radius and 5th peripheral speed
0,0,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0
0,0,0,0,0
4-705
NC setting data
09/2009
54750
-
MEA_ALARM_MASK
Expert mode for cycle alarms
-
DWORD
Immediately
7/5
Description:
54798
-
J_MEA_FUNCTION_MASK_PIECE
Setting for input screen, Measure in JOG, workpiece
measurement
DWORD
Immediately
7/5
512
Description:
54799
-
J_MEA_FUNCTION_MASK_TOOL
Setting for input screen, Measure in JOG, workpiece
measurement
DWORD
Immediately
7/5
Description:
4-706
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific configuration setting data
4.5
55200
mm/rev
-
MAX_INP_FEED_PER_REV
Upper limit feedrate/rev
Description:
55201
mm/min
-
MAX_INP_FEED_PER_TIME
Upper limit feedrate/min
Description:
55202
mm
-
MAX_INP_FEED_PER_TOOTH
Upper limit feedrate/tooth
Description:
55212
-
FUNCTION_MASK_TECH_SET
Function mask Cross-technology
10000
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/4
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/4
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/4
BYTE
Immediately
7/4
Description:
55214
-
FUNCTION_MASK_MILL_SET
Function mask Milling
-
DWORD
Immediately
7/4
Description:
55216
-
FUNCTION_MASK_DRILL_SET
Function mask Drilling
Description:
24
Function mask
Bit 0:tapping
in the cycle
Bit 1: Bit 2: Bit 3:tapping
the spindle
Bit 4:tapping
the spindle
Bit 5:tapping
DWORD
Immediately
7/4
Drilling
CYCLE84: reverse the direction of spindle rotation
4-707
NC setting data
09/2009
55218
-
FUNCTION_MASK_TURN_SET
Function mask Turning
-
DWORD
Immediately
7/4
Description:
55220
-
FUNCTION_MASK_MILL_TOL_SET
Function mask High Speed Settings CYCLE832
DWORD
Immediately
7/5
Description:
55221
-
FUNCTION_MASK_SWIVEL_SET
Function mask Swivel CYCLE800
-
DWORD
Immediately
7/3
Description:
55230
mm/min
-
CIRCLE_RAPID_FEED
Positional feed on circular paths
Description:
55231
degrees
-
MAX_INP_RANGE_GAMMA
Maximum input area alignment angle gamma
DOUBLE
Immediately
90
7/4
Description:
55232
mm
-
SUB_SPINDLE_REL_POS
Retract position Z for counterspindle
Description:
4-708
100000
100
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/4
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/4
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific cycle setting data
4.6
55410
-
MILL_SWIVEL_ALARM_MASK
Hide and unhide cycle alarms for CYCLE800
DWORD
Immediately
7/5
Description:
55440
-
MILL_TOL_FACTOR_NORM
Rotary axes tolerance factor for CYCLE832 (High Speed
Settings), G group 59
DOUBLE
Immediately
1000
7/5
Description:
55441
-
MILL_TOL_FACTOR_ROUGH
Rotary axes tolerance factor for roughing CYCLE832 of G
group 59
DOUBLE
Immediately
1000
7/5
Description:
55442
-
MILL_TOL_FACTOR_SEMIFIN
Rotary axes tolerance factor for prefinishing CYCLE832 of G DOUBLE
group 59
Immediately
7/5
10
10
10
1000
Description:
55443
-
MILL_TOL_FACTOR_FINISH
Rotary axes tolerance factor for finishing CYCLE832 of G
group 59
DWORD
Immediately
1000
7/5
Description:
55445
mm
MILL_TOL_VALUE_NORM
Tolerance value on deselecting High Speed Settings cycle
CYCLE832
DOUBLE
Immediately
10
7/5
Description:
55446
mm
MILL_TOL_VALUE_ROUGH
Tolerance value for roughing CYCLE832 (High Speed
Settings)
DOUBLE
Immediately
10
7/5
Description:
55447
mm
MILL_TOL_VALUE_SEMIFIN
Tolerance value for smooth-finishing CYCLE832 (High
Speed Settings)
DOUBLE
Immediately
10
7/5
Description:
10
0.01
0.1
0.05
4-709
NC setting data
09/2009
55448
mm
MILL_TOL_VALUE_FINISH
Tolerance value for finishing CYCLE832 (High Speed
Settings)
DOUBLE
Immediately
10
7/5
Description:
55460
-
MILL_CONT_INITIAL_RAD_FIN
Contour pocket milling: approach circle radius finishing
DOUBLE
Immediately
100
7/4
Description:
This data affects the radius of the approach circle during contour
pocket finishing.
-1: the radius is selected to maintain a safety clearance to the
finishing allowance in the starting point.
>0: the radius is selected to maintain the value of this setting
data to the finishing allowance in the starting point.
55461
%
MILL_CONT_DIFF_TOOLRAD_MIN
Contour pocket milling: deviation from minimum cutter
radius
BYTE
Immediately
50
7/4
0.01
-1
-1
Description:
55462
mm
MILL_CONT_DIFF_TOOLRAD_MAX
Contour pocket milling: deviation from maximum cutter
radius
DOUBLE
Immediately
10
7/4
0.01
Description:
55480
-
DRILLING_AXIS_IS_Z
Drilling axis depends on plane or always Z
BYTE
Immediately
7/6
Description:
55481
-
DRILL_TAPPING_SET_GG12
Setting tapping G group 12: block change behavior at exact DOUBLE
stop
Immediately
7/4
Description:
55482
-
DRILL_TAPPING_SET_GG21
Setting tapping G group 21: acceleration profile
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/4
Description:
4-710
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific cycle setting data
55483
-
DRILL_TAPPING_SET_GG24
Setting tapping G group 24: precontrol
2
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/4
Description:
55484
-
DRILL_TAPPING_SET_MC
Setting tapping: spindle operation at MCALL
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/4
Description:
55489
mm
-
DRILL_MID_MAX_ECCENT
Max. center offset f. center boring
Description:
55490
mm
-
DRILL_SPOT_DIST
Preboring depth drill and thread milling
Description:
55500
%
-
TURN_FIN_FEED_PERCENT
Roughing feedrate for complete machining in %
BYTE
Immediately
100
7/4
Description:
55505
mm
-
TURN_ROUGH_O_RELEASE_DIST
Return distance stock removal for external machining
DOUBLE
Immediately
100
7/4
Description:
55506
mm
-
TURN_ROUGH_I_RELEASE_DIST
Return distance stock removal for internal machining
DOUBLE
Immediately
100
7/4
Description:
0.5
100
0.5
-1
-1
DOUBLE
Immediately
10
7/4
DOUBLE
Immediately
100
7/4
4-711
NC setting data
09/2009
55510
s
-
TURN_GROOVE_DWELL_TIME
Tool clearance time for grooving at the base (neg.
value=rotations)
DOUBLE
Immediately
100
7/4
-1
-100
Description:
If a tool clearance time occurs in a cycle, e.g. deep hole drilling, grooving, the value of this setting data is used
55540
mm
-
TURN_PART_OFF_CTRL_DIST
Path for cut-off check
Description:
55541
mm/min
-
TURN_PART_OFF_CTRL_FEED
Feedrate for cut-off check
Description:
55542
%
-
TURN_PART_OFF_CTRL_FORCE
Force for cut-off check in %
Description:
55543
mm
Description:
55550
mm
-
TURN_FIXED_STOP_DIST
Counterspindle: path for travel to fixed stop
DOUBLE
Immediately
1000
7/4
Description:
55551
mm/min
-
TURN_FIXED_STOP_FEED
Counterspindle: feedrate for travel to fixed stop
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/4
Description:
In this setting data you specify the feedrate with which the counterspindle travels to a fixed stop. In setting data 55550
$SCS_TURN_FIXED_STOP_DIST you specify the distance after which the
tool travels in this feedrate.
55552
%
-
TURN_FIXED_STOP_FORCE
Counterspindle: force for travel to fixed stop in %
DOUBLE
Immediately
100
7/4
Description:
In this setting data you specify at which percentage of the driving force the counterspindle is to stop during travel to fixed
stop.
4-712
DOUBLE
Immediately
10
7/4
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/4
DOUBLE
Immediately
100
7/4
TURN_PART_OFF_RETRACTION
Retraction path prior to cut-off with counterspindle
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/4
0.1
10
10
10
0.001
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific cycle setting data
55553
mm
TURN_FIXED_STOP_RETRACTION
Counterspindle: retraction path prior to chucking after fixed DOUBLE
stop
Immediately
7/4
Description:
55580
degrees
-
TURN_CONT_RELEASE_ANGLE
Contour turning: retraction angle
Description:
This setting data defines the angle by which the tool is retracted
from the contour during contour turning roughing.
55581
mm
-
TURN_CONT_RELEASE_DIST
Contour turning: retraction value
Description:
This setting data defines the value by which the tool is retracted
in both axes during contour turning roughing.
55582
degrees
-
TURN_CONT_TRACE_ANGLE
Contour turning: minimum angle for rounding along contour DOUBLE
Immediately
7/4
Description:
This setting data specifies the angle between the cutting edge and
the contour, at which the contour is rounded in order to remove
residual material.
55583
%
-
TURN_CONT_VARIABLE_DEPTH
Contour turning: percentage for variable cutting depth
BYTE
Immediately
50
7/4
Description:
55584
mm
-
TURN_CONT_BLANK_OFFSET
Contour turning: blank allowance
Description:
This setting data specifies the distance to the blank, after which
contour turning is switched from G0 to G1 in order to adjust any
possible blank allowances.
55585
s
TURN_CONT_INTERRUPT_TIME
Contour turning: feed interrupt time (neg. values =
revolutions)
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/4
Description:
45
20
-1
DOUBLE
Immediately
90
7/4
DOUBLE
Immediately
10
7/4
90
DOUBLE
Immediately
100
7/4
4-713
NC setting data
09/2009
55586
mm
-
TURN_CONT_INTER_RETRACTION
Contour turning: retraction path after feed interrupt
DOUBLE
Immediately
10
7/4
Description:
55587
%
TURN_CONT_MIN_REST_MAT_AX1
Contour turning: minimum difference dimension residual
machining axis 1
DOUBLE
Immediately
1000
7/4
50
Description:
55588
%
TURN_CONT_MIN_REST_MAT_AX2
Contour turning: minimum difference dimension residual
machining axis 2
DOUBLE
Immediately
1000
7/4
50
Description:
55595
mm
-
TURN_CONT_TOOL_BEND_RETR
Contour plunge turning: retraction path due to tool bending DOUBLE
Immediately
7/4
Description:
55596
mm
-
TURN_CONT_TURN_RETRACTION
Contour plunge turning: retraction depth prior to turning
DOUBLE
Immediately
7/4
Description:
55600
-
MEA_COLLISION_MONITORING
Collision detection with tool probe for intermediate
positioning
BYTE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
4-714
0.1
0.1
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific cycle setting data
55602
-
MEA_COUPL_SPIND_COORD
Coupling spindle orientation with coordinate rotation in the
active plane
BYTE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
55604
-
MEA_SPIND_MOVE_DIR
Direction of rotation of spindle positioning
BYTE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
4-715
NC setting data
09/2009
55606
-
MEA_NUM_OF_MEASURE
Number of measurement repetitions, if the probe does not
switch
BYTE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
55608
-
MEA_RETRACTION_FEED
Retraction velocity from the measuring point
BYTE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
55610
-
MEA_FEED_TYP
Selection of measuring feed function, normal/rapid
BYTE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
Measuring feed
=0: for the measuring travel the feedrate generated in the cycle
or the feedrate programmed in parameter _VMS is used.
=1: travel is first performed with "rapid measuring feed" SD55633
$SCS_MEA_FEED_FAST_MEASURE; after contact of the probe with the
measuring object
a retraction of 2mm from the measuring point is performed.
Now the measuring travel itself with the feedrate from _VMS is
performed.
The function "Rapid measuring feed" is realized only if the
value in parameter is _FA >=1!
55613
-
MEA_RESULT_DISPLAY
Selection of measurement result display
BYTE
Immediately
10
7/7
Description:
4-716
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific cycle setting data
55618
-
MEA_SIM_ENABLE
Selection of measuring cycle response in a simulated
environment
BYTE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
55619
mm
-
MEA_SIM_MEASURE_DIFF
Value for simulated error of measurement
DOUBLE
Immediately
100
7/5
Description:
55622
-
MEA_EMPIRIC_VALUE_NUM
Number of empirical values
-
Description:
55623
mm
-
MEA_EMPIRIC_VALUE
Empirical value memory
Description:
20
20
-100
-100000
DWORD
Immediately
1000
7/5
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
4-717
NC setting data
09/2009
55624
-
MEA_AVERAGE_VALUE_NUM
Number of mean values
-
Description:
55625
-
MEA_AVERAGE_VALUE
Mean value memory
20
20
-100000
DWORD
Immediately
1000
7/5
DOUBLE
Immediately
100000
7/7
Description:
55630
%
MEA_FEED_RAPID_IN_PERCENT
Rapid traverse velocity in per cent, for intermediate
positioning
DOUBLE
Immediately
100
7/7
Description:
4-718
50
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific cycle setting data
55631
mm/min
-
MEA_FEED_PLANE_VALUE
Traverse velocity for intermediate positioning in the plane
DOUBLE
Immediately
10000
7/7
Description:
1000
4-719
NC setting data
09/2009
55632
mm/min
-
MEA_FEED_FEEDAX_VALUE
Positioning velocity in the infeed axis
Description:
55633
mm/min
-
MEA_FEED_FAST_MEASURE
Rapid measuring feed
Description:
4-720
1000
900
DOUBLE
Immediately
10000
7/7
DOUBLE
Immediately
10000
7/7
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific cycle setting data
55761
-
J_MEA_SET_NUM_OF_ATTEMPTS
Numb. of meas. attempts, if the probe does not switch, in
"Measure in JOG"
BYTE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
55762
-
J_MEA_SET_RETRAC_MODE
Select. of velocity of retract. from the meas. point, in
"Measure in JOG"
BYTE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
55763
-
J_MEA_SET_FEED_MODE
Measuring with rapid or normal measuring feed, in "Measure BYTE
in JOG"
Immediately
7/7
Description:
4-721
NC setting data
09/2009
55770
-
J_MEA_SET_COUPL_SP_COORD
Coupling spindle with coordinate rotation in the plane, in
"Measure in JOG"
BYTE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
55771
-
J_MEA_SET_CAL_MODE
Calibration hole with known/unknown center point, in
"Measure in JOG"
BYTE
Immediately
7/5
Description:
55772
-
J_MEA_SET_PROBE_MONO
Selection of the probe type, in "Measure in JOG"
BYTE
Immediately
7/7
Description:
4-722
09/2009
NC setting data
Channel-specific cycle setting data
55800
-
ISO_M_DRILLING_AXIS_IS_Z
Drilling axis depends on the plane / always Z
BYTE
Immediately
7/6
Description:
55802
-
ISO_M_DRILLING_TYPE
Tapping type
-
Description:
Tapping type
0: tapping without compensating chuck
1: tapping with compensating chuck
2: deep hole tapping with chip breakage
3: deep hole tapping with stock removal
55804
%
-
ISO_M_RETRACTION_FACTOR
Factor for retraction speed (0...200%)
Description:
55806
-
ISO_M_RETRACTION_DIR
Retraction direction at G76/87
100
BYTE
Immediately
7/6
DWORD
Immediately
200
7/6
BYTE
Immediately
7/6
Description:
55808
%
-
ISO_T_RETRACTION_FACTOR
Factor for retraction speed
Description:
55810
-
ISO_T_DWELL_TIME_UNIT
Dwell time evaluation
Description:
100
DWORD
Immediately
200
7/6
BYTE
Immediately
7/6
4-723
NC setting data
09/2009
4-724
Interface signals
5.1
General information
Interfaces
The exchange of signals and data between the PLC user program and
NCK (core of the numerical control)
HMI (display unit)
is realized via various data areas. The PLC user program does not have to handle
the exchange of data and signals. From the user's point of view, this takes place
automatically.
1&.
$OOJHPHLQH
3/&
6LJQDOHDQ1&
$OOJHPHLQH
6LJQDOHYRQ1&
$QZHQGHU
SURJUDPP
%HWULHEVDUWHQ
6LJQDOHDQ1&.
%HWULHEVDUWHQ
6LJQDOHYRQ1&.
.DQDO
6LJQDOHDQ1&.
.DQDO
6LJQDOHYRQ1&.
$FKVH
6SLQGHO
6SLQGHOQ
$FKVHQ
$FKVH
$FKVH
6LJQDOHDQ1&.
6LJQDOHYRQ1&.
Fig. 5-1
NC/PLC interface
5-725
Interface signals
09/2009
User alarm
5.2
User alarm
5.2.1
DB1600
DBX2000.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Special cases, errors, ...
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB1600
DBX2000.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
NC start disable
Signal(s) from PLC HMI
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The NC start disable prevents a part program from being started with the NC
start signal DB3200 DBX7.1 (NC start) == 1.
The NC start disable is not active.
The start of a part program selected in the channel by part program command
START in another channel (program coordination) is not prevented by the
interface signal:
DB3200 DBX7.0 (NC start disable) == 1.
IS "NC start"
Read-in disable
Signal(s) from PLC HMI
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The main run reads in no more preprocessed part program blocks.
Note:
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-726
09/2009
Interface signals
Signals from/to HMI
5.3
5.3.1
DB1700
DBX0.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB1700
DBX0.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
DRF selected
Signal(s) from HMI PLC
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The operator has selected DRF on the operator panel front. The PLC program
(basic PLC program or user program) transfers this HMI interface signal to the
interface signal corresponding to the logic operation:
Activate DRF.
As soon as DRF is active, the DRF offset can be changed in the AUTOMATIC
or MDI mode using the handwheel assigned to the axis.
The operator has not selected DRF on the operator panel front.
JOG mode
Activate DRF
corresponding to ...
M01 selected
Signal(s) from HMI PLC
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Activate program control M1 has been selected from the operator interface.
This does not activate the function.
Activate program control M1 has not been selected from the operator interface.
IS "Activate M01"
IS "M0/1 active"
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
DB1700
DBX0.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Signal state 0
When activated from the operator panel, the dry run feedrate signal is automatically entered in the PLC interface and transferred by the PLC basic program to the PLC interface signal "Activate dry run feedrate".
Dry run feedrate is not selected.
corresponding to ...
5-727
Interface signals
09/2009
DB1700
DBX1.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
Note for the reader
DB1700
DBX1.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB1700
DBX2.0 to 3.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-728
09/2009
Interface signals
Signals from/to HMI
DB1700
DBX7.1
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
NC start
Signal(s) to PLC (HMI PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
AUTOMATIC mode:
The selected NC program is started or continued, or the auxiliary functions
that were saved during the program interruption are output.
If data is transferred from the PLC to the NC during program status "Program
interrupted," then this data is immediately processed with NC start.
MDI mode:
The entered block information or part program blocks are released for execution.
No effect.
DB1700
DBX7.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
NC stop
Signal(s) to PLC (HMI PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
AUTOMATIC or MDI mode:
Execution of the active part program in the channel is stopped. The axes (not
spindles) are braked to a standstill maintaining the parameterized acceleration rates.
Program status: Stopped
Channel status: Interrupted
JOG mode:
In the JOG mode, incompletely traversed incremental paths (INC...) are executed at the next NC start.
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note:
If data is transferred to the NCK after NC stop (e.g. tool offset), then this data
is processed with the next NC start.
No effect.
DB3300 DBX3.2 (program status stopped)
5-729
Interface signals
09/2009
DB1700
DBX7.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5.3.2
Reset
Signal(s) to PLC (HMI PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The channel is reset. The initial settings are made (e.g. for G functions). The
channel alarms are deleted if they are not POWER ON alarms. The "Reset"
signal must be issued by the PLC (e.g. using a logic operation with the reset
key on the MCP). The signal is only evaluated by the selected channel.
The program status changes to "Interrupted".
No effect.
DB3300 DBX3.7 (channel status reset)
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
DB1800
DBX0.0
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
Note for the reader
AUTOMATIC mode
Signal(s) to PLC (HMI PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
AUTOMATIC mode is selected from the HMI.
The signal state 1 is only available for one PLC cycle.
AUTOMATIC mode is not selected by HMI.
if signal "Mode change disable"
Function Manual Basic Functions M5
DB1800
DBX0.1
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
Note for the reader
MDI mode
Signal(s) to PLC (HMI PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
MDI mode is selected from the HMI.
The signal state 1 is only available for one PLC cycle.
MDI mode is not selected by HMI.
if signal "Mode change disable"
Function Manual Basic Functions M5
DB1800
DBX0.2
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
Note for the reader
JOG mode
Signal(s) to PLC (HMI PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
JOG mode is selected from the HMI.
The signal state 1 is only available for one PLC cycle.
JOG mode is not selected by HMI.
if signal "Mode change disable"
Function Manual Basic Functions M5
5-730
09/2009
Interface signals
Signals from/to HMI
DB1800
DBX0.7
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Reset
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
A reset is initiated for the channel period. All of the current programs are then
in the program status "Aborted". All moving axes and spindles are decelerated to zero speed according to their acceleration ramp without contour violation. The initial settings are set (e.g. for G functions). The alarms are
cleared if they are not POWER ON alarms.
Channel status and program execution are not influenced by this signal.
An alarm that withdraws the IS "828 READY" (DB3100 DBX0.3), ensures
that the channel is no longer in the reset state.
In order to switch to another mode, a reset (DB1800 DBX0.7) must be initiated.
DB1800
DBX1.0
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
Note for the reader
DB1800
DBX1.2
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
Note for the reader
5.3.3
DB1800
DBX1000.6
Edge evaluation:
Meaning
5-731
Interface signals
09/2009
5.3.4
DB1900
DBX0.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB1900
DBX0.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application example
Simulation active
Signal(s) from HMI PLC
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The function Simulation has been selected from the operator interface.
The function Simulation has not been selected from the operator interface.
if JOG mode is not active.
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
corresponding to ...
5-732
09/2009
Interface signals
Signals from/to HMI
5.3.5
DB1900
DBX1003.0 to .2
DBX1004.0 to .2
Edge evaluation: No
Significance of signal
Axis number
for handwheel 1
for handwheel 2
Signal(s) from NC (HMI PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The operator can assign an axis to every handwheel directly at the operator
panel. To do so, he defines the required axis (e.g. X).
The axis number associated with the axis and the information "machine or
geometry axis" (IS "machine axis") is made available as HMI interface signal in
the PLC user interface.
The interface signal "Activate handwheel" must be set for the specified axis
from the PLC user program. Depending on the setting in the HMI interface signal "machine axis", either the interface for the geometry axis or for the machine
axis is used.
The following must be noted when assigning the axis identifier to the axis number:
IS "Machine axis" = 1; i.e. the machine axis - not the geometry axis:
The assignment is made via MD10000 AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[n]
(machine axis name).
IS "Machine axis" = 0; i.e. geometry axis (axis in the Work):
The assignment is made via MD20060 AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB[n]
(geometry axis name in the channel). The channel number assigned to the
handwheel is specified using IS "Channel number geometry axis handwheel
n".
The following codes are used for the axis number:
Bit 2
0
0
0
0
1
1
Bit 1
0
0
1
1
0
0
Bit 0
0
1
0
1
0
1
Axis number
1
2
3
4
5
Note:
corresponding to ...
5-733
Interface signals
09/2009
DB1900
DBX1003.5
DBX1004.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB1900
DBX1003.6
DBX1004.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
As soon as the handwheel is active, the axis can be traversed in JOG mode
with the handwheel: IS "Handwheel active" = 1.
The operator has disabled the handwheel for the defined axis at the operator
panel front. The basic PLC program provides this information to the HMI
interface.
This means that for the specified axis, the IS "Activate handwheel" can be
set to "0" from the basic PLC program.
DB1900 DBX1003.0 - .2 (axis number for handwheel 1)
DB1900 DBX1004.0 - .2 (axis number for handwheel 2)
DB1900 DBX1003.7/1004.7 (machine axis for handwheel 1/2)
DB380x DBX4.0/.1 (activate handwheel 1/2)
5-734
09/2009
Interface signals
Signals from/to HMI
DB1900
DBX1003.7
DBX1004.7
Machine axis
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5.3.6
for handwheel 1
for handwheel 2
Signal(s) from NC (HMI PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The operator has assigned an axis to the handwheel (1, 2) directly at the
operator panel. This axis is a machine axis no geometry axis (axis in the
Work).
DB1900
DBX5000.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
DB1900
DBX5000.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
OP key lock
Signal(s) from PLC HMI
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The OP keyboard is locked for the user.
The OP keyboard is enabled for the user.
5-735
Interface signals
09/2009
5.4
DB2500
DBX4.0 to .4
DBX6.0
DBX8.0
DBX10.0
DBX12.0 to .2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB2500
DBB1000 to DBB1012
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB2500
DBD2000
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
Special cases, errors, ...
Note for the reader
5-736
M function Change 1 to 5
S function Change 1
T function Change 1
D function Change 1
H function Change 1 to 3
Signal(s) from channel (PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
M, S, T, D, H information was output at the interface together with a new value
and the associated change signal. In this case, the change signal indicates that
the corresponding value is valid.
The change signals are only valid for one PLC cycle! This means that if the signal is 1, then a change is pending for this cycle.
The value of the data involved is not valid.
Function Manual Basic Functions H2
T function 1
Signal(s) from channel (PLC)
Signal(s) updated: job-controlled by NCK
The T function programmed in an NC block is made available here as soon
as the T change signal is available.
Value range of the T function: 0-32000 ; integer number
The T function remains valid until it is overwritten by a new T function.
After the PLC has ramped-up.
All auxiliary functions are deleted before a new function is entered.
Control of automatic tool selection.
With T0, the actual tool is removed from the tool holder but not replaced by a
new tool (default configuration of the machine manufacturer).
Function Manual Basic Functions H2
09/2009
Interface signals
Auxiliary function transfer from NC channel
DB2500
DBD3000
M function 1
DBD3008
M function 2
DBD3016
M function 3
DBD3024
M function 4
DBD3032
M function 5
DBB3004
DBB3012
DBB3020
DBB3028
DBB3036
Signal state 0
Application
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
DB2500
DBD4000
S function 1
DBD4008
S function 2
DBB4004
DBB4012
Signal state 0
Application
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
5-737
Interface signals
09/2009
DB2500
DBD5000
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
D function 1
Signal(s) from channel (PLC)
Signal(s) updated: job-controlled by NCK
The D function programmed in an NC block is made available here as soon
as the D change signal is available.
Value range of the D function: 0-9; integer number
The D function remains valid until it is overwritten by a new D function.
After the PLC has ramped-up.
All auxiliary functions are deleted before a new function is entered.
Application
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB2500
DBD6000
H function 1
DBD6008
H function 2
DBD6016
H function 3
DBW6004
DBW6012
DBW6020
Signal state 0
Application
Note for the reader
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
5-738
09/2009
Interface signals
NCK signals
5.5
NCK signals
5.5.1
DB2600
DBX0.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
corresponding to ...
DB2600
DBX0.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
EMERGENCY OFF
Signal(s) to NC (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The NC is brought into the EMERGENCY OFF state and the EMERGENCY
OFF sequence in the NC is started.
The NC is not in the EMERGENCY OFF state
The EMERGENCY OFF state is (still) active, however, it can be reset with
IS: "Acknowledge EMERGENCY OFF" and IS "Reset".
IS "Acknowledge EMERGENCY OFF" (DB2600 DBX0.2)
IS "EMERGENCY OFF active" (DB2700 DBX0.1)
corresponding to ...
5-739
Interface signals
09/2009
NCK signals
DB2600
DBX1.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
corresponding to ...
5.5.2
IS "Machine function 1 INC, ..., continuous" in the axis area (DB380x DBX5.0
to .6)
Function Manual Basic Functions H2
DB2700
DBX0.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
corresponding to ...
DB2700
DBX1.0 and .1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Note for the reader
Probe actuated
Signal(s) from NC (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Probe 1 or 2 is actuated.
DB2700
DBX1.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
5-740
09/2009
Interface signals
NCK signals
DB2700
DBX2.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Note for the reader
HMI ready
Signal(s) from NC (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The CPU is ready and registers itself cyclically with the NCK.
DB2700
DBX2.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
Drive ready
Signal(s) from NC (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
All existing drives signal the status drive ready (summary of axial interface signals "DRIVE ready").
As soon as the drive not ready status is signaled from a drive(i.e. IS "DRIVE
ready" = 0).
DB390x DBX4001.5 (DRIVE ready)
Function Manual Basic Functions G2
DB2700
DBX2.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
NC ready
Signal(s) from NC (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The control system is ready.
5-741
Interface signals
09/2009
NCK signals
DB2700
DBX3.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
DB2700
DBX3.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Note for the reader
5-742
09/2009
Interface signals
Mode signals
5.6
Mode signals
DB3000
DBX0.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB3000
DBX0.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB3000
DBX0.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB3000
DBX0.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
AUTOMATIC mode
Signal(s) to NCK (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
AUTOMATIC mode is selected by the PLC program.
AUTOMATIC mode is not selected by the PLC program.
if signal "Mode change disable"
IS "active AUTOMATIC mode"
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
MDI mode
Signal(s) to NCK (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
MDI mode is selected by the PLC program.
MDI mode is not selected by the PLC program.
if signal "Mode change disable"
IS "active MDI mode"
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
JOG mode
Signal(s) to NCK (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
JOG mode is selected by the PLC program.
JOG mode is not selected by the PLC program.
if signal "Mode change disable"
IS "active JOG mode"
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
5-743
Interface signals
09/2009
Mode signals
DB3000
DBX0.7
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
DB3000
DBX1.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
Note for the reader
DB3000
DBX1.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
Note for the reader
5-744
Reset
Signal(s) to NCK (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The channel should change into the "RESET" state. The program being
executed is then in the program "Aborted" program state. All moving axes and
spindles are decelerated to zero speed according to their acceleration ramp
without contour violation. The initial settings are set (e.g. for G functions). The
alarms are cleared if they are not POWER ON alarms.
Channel status and program execution are not influenced by this signal.
IS "Channel reset"
IS "all channels in the Reset state"
An alarm that withdraws the IS "828-Ready" ensures that the channel is no
longer in the Reset state. A "Reset" must be initiated in order to be able to
switch over to another mode.
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
09/2009
Interface signals
Mode signals
DB3000
DBX1.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB3000
DBX1.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
(If DB3000 DBX1.6 and DB3000 DBX1.7 are set simultaneously, it is impossible to determine which single block type is required. The control then
assumes: No single block across mode groups.)
If bit DB3000 DBX1.6 is not set and bit DB3000 DBX1.7 is set, then it is single
block type A.
(If DB3000 DBX1.6 and DB3000 DBX1.7 are not set, it is impossible to determine which single block type is required. The control then assumes: No single
block across mode groups).
Single block type A
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
(If DB3000 DBX1.6 and DB3000 DBX1.7 are set simultaneously, it is impossible to determine which single block type is required. The control then
assumes: No single block access across modes).
If DB3000 DBX1.7 is not set and DB3000 DBX1.6 is set, then it is single block
type B.
(If DB3000 DBX1.6 and DB3000 DBX1.7 are not set, it is impossible to determine which single block type is required. The control then assumes: No single
block access across modes).
Single block type B
5-745
Interface signals
09/2009
Mode signals
DB3000
DBX2.0 to .6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Machine function 1 INC, 10 INC, 100 INC, 1000 INC, 10000 INC, var. INC,
continuous
Signal(s) to modes (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The input range is only used if IS "INC inputs active in the mode area"
(DB2600 DBX1.0) is set. These signals are valid for all axes and geometry
axes.
With the IS "INC..." it is defined by how many increments the axis moves when
actuating the traversing key or when rotating the handwheel for each grid position. In this case, the JOG mode must be active. For "var. INC", the value generally applies in SD41010 JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE.
For "continuous" the associated axis can be traversed with the plus or minus
traversing key by keeping the traversing key pressed.
As soon as the selected machine function becomes active, this is signaled to
the PLC interface (IS "Active machine function 1 INC; ..." ). If several machine
function signals (1 INC, INC... or "Continuous traversing") are selected at the
interface simultaneously, then no machine function is activated by the control.
Note:
corresponding to ...
5-746
IS "Active machine function 1 INC, ..., continuous" in the axis area (DB390x
DBX5.0 to .6)
Function Manual Basic Functions H1
09/2009
Interface signals
Mode signals
DB3100
DBX0.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Note for the reader
DB3100
DBX0.1
Edge evaluation:
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Note for the reader
DB3100
DBX0.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Note for the reader
5-747
Interface signals
09/2009
Mode signals
DB3100
DBX0.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
828 READY
Signal(s) from NCK (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
This signal is set after power on and all of the voltage have been established.
The mode group is now ready and part programs can be executed and axes
traversed.
The mode group/channel is not ready. Possible causes for this are:
There is a critical axis or spindle alarm present
Hardware fault
Mode group incorrectly configured (machine data)
If the mode group ready changes to signal state "0", then
the axis and spindle drives are braked down to standstill with the max. braking current.
the signals from the PLC to the NCK are brought into an inactive state (initial
setting).
An alarm that withdraws IS "828 READY" ensures that the channel is no
longer in the reset state. A reset is required to switch over to another mode.
(DB3000 DBX0.7)
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
DB3100
DBX1.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Note for the reader
DB3100
DBX1.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Note for the reader
5-748
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
5.7
Channelspecific signals
5.7.1
Signals to channel
DB3200
DBX0.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Activate DRF
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The function DRF is selected.
The function can either be selected directly from the PLC user program or
from the operator panel front via HMI interface signal:
DB1700 DBX0.3 (DRF selected)
DB3200
DBX0.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Application
Special cases, errors, ...
As soon as the function DRF is active, DRF offset can be modified in the
AUTOMATIC or MDI modes.
The DRF function is not selected.
The DRF function can be specifically enabled from the PLC user program
using the IS "Activate DRF".
DB1700 DBX0.3 (DRF selected)
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
For "individual block coarse", pure computation blocks are not processed in
the single step, but only for "single block fine". The preselection is made by
pressing the "Program control" softkey.
IS "Single block selected"
IS "Program status stopped"
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
5-749
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX0.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB3200
DBX0.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Activate M01
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
M1 programmed in the part program leads to a programmed stop when being
executed in the AUTOMATIC or MDI mode.
M1 programmed in the part program does not lead to a programmed stop.
IS "M01 selected" (DB1700 DBX0.5)
IS "M0/M1 active" (DB3300 DBX0.5)
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
5-750
When selected using the PLC, the IS "activate dry run feedrate" should be set
from the PLC user program.
The axis travels with the programmed feedrate.
Effective after reset state.
Testing a workpiece program with an increased feedrate.
IS "Dry run feedrate selected" (DB1700 DBX0.6)
SD 42100: DRY_RUN_FEED (dry run feedrate)
Function Manual Basic Functions V1
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX1.0
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Application
Activate referencing
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Channel-specific referencing is started with the IS "Activate referencing". The
control acknowledges a successful start with the IS "Referencing active".
Each machine axis assigned to the channel can be referenced with channelspecific referencing (this is achieved internally in the control by simulating the
plus/minus traversing keys). Via the axis-specific MD 34110:
REFP_CYCLE_NR (axis sequence for channel-specific referencing) can be
used to define the sequence in which the machine axes are referenced. If all
of the axes entered in MD: REFP_CYCLE_NR have reached there reference
point, then IS "all axes referenced" (DB3300 DBX4.2) is set.
If the machine axes are to be referenced in a particular sequence, the following options are available:
The operator must observe the correct sequence when starting.
The PLC must check the sequence when starting or define it itself.
corresponding to ...
DB3200
DBX1.1
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
The enable signal is not required if a motion is started that does not lead into
the enabled protection zone.
No effect
This allows protection zones to be enabled:
if the actual position is within a protection zone (alarm 2 present)
5-751
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX1.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
DB3200
DBB2
DBX15.6 and .7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
DB3200
Stroke enable
DBX3.0
Edge evaluation:
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
DB3200
DBX3.1
Edge evaluation:
Signal state 1 or
Edge change 0 1
Signal state 0 or
Edge change 1 0
5-752
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX3.2
Edge evaluation:
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or
Edge change 1 0
DB3200
DBX3.3
Edge evaluation:
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or
Edge change 1 0
Stroke suppression
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated:
The signal only prevents the stroke. The machine traverses anyway. If the
automatic path segmentation should be active, then this also remains active.
Only the signal "Stroke initiation" is suppressed. The machine traverses in
"stop and go" mode. The step length is defined via the path segmentation. 1
signal: Stroke suppression is active
0 signal: Stroke suppression is not active
DB3200
Delayed stroke
DBX3.4
Edge evaluation:
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
DB3200
DBX3.5
Edge evaluation:
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
5-753
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBB4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-754
Feedrate override
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Gray coding for feedrate override
Switch setCode
ting
1
00001
2
00011
3
00010
4
00110
5
00111
6
00101
7
00100
8
01100
9
01101
10
01111
11
01110
12
01010
13
01011
14
01001
15
01000
16
11000
17
11001
18
11011
19
11010
20
11110
21
11111
22
11101
23
11100
24
10100
25
10101
26
10111
27
10110
28
10010
29
10011
30
10001
31
10000
IS "Feedrate override active" (DB3200 DBX6.7)
Function Manual Basic Functions V1
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBB5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
1
00001
0.0
2
00011
0.01
3
00010
0.02
4
00110
0.04
5
00111
0.06
6
00101
0.08
7
00100
0.10
8
01100
0.20
9
01101
0.30
10
01111
0.40
11
01110
0.50
12
01010
0.60
13
01011
0.70
14
01001
0.75
15
01000
0.80
16
11000
0.85
17
11001
0.90
18
11011
0.95
19
11010
1.00
20
11110
1.00
21
11111
1.00
22
11101
1.00
23
11100
1.00
24
10100
1.00
25
10101
1.00
26
10111
1.00
27
10110
1.00
28
10010
1.00
29
10011
1.00
30
10001
1.00
31
10000
1.00
IS "Rapid traverse override active" (DB3200 DBX6.6)
Function Manual Basic Functions V1
5-755
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX6.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Feedrate disable
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The signal is active in one channel in all modes.
Signal causes a feedrate disable of all of the axes that are interpolating
relative to each other if no G33 (thread) is present.
All axes are brought to a standstill, maintaining the path contour. When the
feedrate disable is canceled (0 signal), the interrupted part program is continued.
The position control is kept, i.e. the following error is eliminated.
5-756
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX6.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Application
Read-in disable
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The data transfer for the next block is locked in the interpolator. This signal is
only active in the AUTOMATIC and MDI modes.
The data transfer for the next block in the interpolator is released. This signal
is only active in the AUTOMATIC and MDI modes.
:HQQIUGLH%HDUEHLWXQJGHVQFKVWHQ1&6DW]HVGLH$XVIKUXQJGHU+LOIVIXQNWLRQDEJHVFKORVVHQVHLQ
PXVV]%EHLP:HUN]HXJZHFKVHOPXVVGXUFK(LQOHVHVSHUUHGHUDXWRPDWLVFKH6DW]ZHFKVHOYHUKLQGHUW
ZHUGHQ
17
1*
;0
1
17
(LQOHVHQLQGHQ=ZLVFKHQVSHLFKHU
$XVJDEHGHU+LOIVIXQNWLRQHQ
6DW]DEJHDUEHLWHW
'DWHQWUDQVIHULQGHQ,QWHUSRODWRU
6LJQDO(LQOHVHVSHUUH
'DWHQWUDQVIHU
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
,QKDOWGHV,QWHUSRODWRUV
(LQOHVHVSHUUHIU:HUN]HXJZHFKHVHO
$EIUDJHVWHOOHGHU(LQOHVHIUHLJDEH
(LQOHVHVSHUUHZHJQHKPHQ
5-757
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX6.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Delete distance-to-go
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
IS "Delete distancetogo" for path axes is only active in AUTOMATIC mode.
The rising edge of the interface signal is only effective for the axes involved in
the geometry grouping. These are also stopped with a ramp stop and their
distancetogo deleted (setpoint - actual value difference). Any remaining following error is still removed. The next program block is then started.
Remark:
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB3200
DBX6.4
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Special cases, errors, ...
Note for the reader
5-758
IS "Delete distancetogo" does not influence the running dwell time in a program block with dwell time.
No effect
Positioning axes
Terminating motion because of an external signal (e.g. probe)
When the axes have been stopped with IS "Delete distancetogo" the next program block is prepared with the new positions. After a "Delete distance-togo", geometry axes thus follow a different contour to the one originally defined
in the part program.
If G90 is programmed in the block after "Delete distancetogo" it is at least
possible to approach the programmed absolute position. On the other hand,
with G91, the position originally defined in the part program is not reached in
the following block.
DB380x DBX2.2 (Distance-to-go / Spindle reset)
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX6.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
DB3200
DBX6.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
The 1st switch position of the gray-coded interface for the value is an exception. Also here for "Rapid traverse override inactive", this override factor is
used and for axes, 0% is output as override value.
The rapid traverse override is inactive when G33 is active.
IS "Rapid traverse override" (DB3200 DBX5)
Function Manual Basic Functions V1
The 1st switch position of the gray-coded interface for the value is an exception. Also here, for "Feedrate override inactive", this override factor is used
and for axes, 0% is output as override value (acts the same as "feedrate disable").
The feedrate override is inactive when G33 is active.
IS "Feedrate override" (DB3200 DBX4)
Function Manual Basic Functions V1
5-759
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX7.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Application
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB3200
DBX7.1
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
DB3200
DBX7.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
corresponding to ...
5-760
NC start disable
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
IS "NC start" is inactive.
IS "NC start" is active.
This signal is used to suppress renewed program execution because, for
example, there is no lubricant.
IS "NC start"
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
NC start
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
AUTOMATIC mode: The selected NC program is started or continued.
If data is transferred from the PLC to the NC during program status "Program
interrupted," then this data is immediately processed with NC start.
MDI mode: The part program blocks that were entered are enabled for execution or are continued.
No effect
IS "NC start disable"
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX7.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
NC stop
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The NC program being executed is immediately stopped, the actual block is
not completed. Only the axes are stopped without contour violation.
Distances to go are only traversed through after a new start.
The program status changes to "stopped", the channel status changes to
"interrupted".
No effect
0LW1&6WDUWZLUGGDV3URJUDPPDQGHUXQWHUEURFKHQHQ6WHOOHIRUWJHVHW]W
1671&6WRS
1671&6WDUW
3URJUDPPOXIW
$FKVHOXIW
6DW]DEJHDUEHLWHW
The signal NC stop must be active for at least one PLC cycle.
IS "NC stop at block limit"
IS "NC stop axes plus spindles"
IS "Program status stopped"
IS "Channel status interrupted"
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
5-761
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX7.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
6LJQDO1&6WRS
$FKVHQ
6LJQDO1&6WDUW
3URJUDPPOXIW
$FKVHOXIW
6SLQGHOOXIW
6DW]DEJHDUEHLWHW
corresponding to ...
5-762
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX13.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB3200
DBX14.0
DBX14.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
DB3200
DBX14.3
DBX14.4
Edge evaluation: No
Description
When disabled, the movement is decelerated and the NC program is continued immediately. If the NC program is to be continued only after a new NC
start, then disabling the contour handwheel in the PLC user program must be
logically combined with an NC stop.
The signal is kept beyond an NC reset.
DB3300 DBX5.0 and 5.1 (handwheel 1/2 active as contour handwheel)
Function Manual Basic Functions H1
Application
5-763
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX14.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB3200
DBX16.0
corresponding to ...
MD27880 PART_COUNTER
Function Manual Basic Functions H1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
DB3200
DBX1000.0 to .1
DBX1004.0 to .1
DBX1008.0 to .1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
5-764
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX1000.3
DBX1004.3
DBX1008.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Feedrate stop
DB3200
DBX1000.4
DBX1004.4
DBX1008.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
If a travel request is issued for an axis with an active "feedrate stop", then
this is kept. This queued travel request is executed immediately after the
"feedrate stop" has been withdrawn.
The feedrate is enabled for the axis.
If a travel request ("travel command") is active when the "feedrate stop" is
withdrawn, this is executed immediately.
Function Manual Basic Functions V1
corresponding to ...
If the traversing key disable is activated while traversing, the geometry axis is
stopped.
The plus and minus traversing keys are enabled.
It is thus possible, depending on the operating state, to interlock traversing of
the geometry axis in JOG mode using the traversing keys from the PLC user
program.
IS "Traversing key plus" and " ... minus"
Signal state 0
Application
5-765
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX1000.5
DBX1004.5
DBX1008.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
If rapid traverse override is active, the velocity can be modified with the rapid
traverse override switch.
The geometry axis traverses with the specified JOG velocity (SD41110
JOG_SET_VELO or MD32020 JOG_VELO).
AUTOMATIC and MDI modes
corresponding to ...
5-766
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX1000.7 and .6
DBX1004.7 and .6
DBX1008.7 and .6
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
In contrast to machine axes, for geometry axes, only one geometry axis can
be traversed at any one time using the traversing keys. Alarm 20062 is output if an attempt is made to traverse more than one axis using the traversing
keys.
No traversing
AUTOMATIC and MDI modes
The geometry axis cannot be traversed in JOG mode:
if it is already being traversed via the axis-specific PLC interface (as a
machine axis).
If another geometry axis is already being traversed with the traversing
keys.
corresponding to ...
5-767
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3200
DBX1001.0 to .6
DBX1005.0 to .6
DBX1009.0 to .6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Machine function 1 INC, 10 INC, 100 INC, 1000 INC, 10000 INC, var. INC,
continuous
for axis 1 in the Work
for axis 2 in the Work
for axis 3 in the Work
Signal(s) to channel (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
This input range is only used if IS "INC inputs active in the mode area"
(DB2600 DBX1.0) is not set.
Interface signals INC... is used to define how many increments the geometry
axis traverses when the traversing key is pressed or the handwheel is turned
one detent position. In this case, the JOG mode must be active.
For "var. INC", generally the value in SD41010 JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE
applies.
For "continuous", the associated geometry axis can be traversed with the
plus or minus traversing key by keeping the traversing key pressed.
As soon as the selected machine function becomes active, this is signaled to
the PLC interface (IS "Active machine function 1 INC; ..." ).
corresponding to ...
5-768
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
5.7.2
DB3300
DBX0.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBX0.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBX0.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
M0/M1 active
Signal(s) from channel (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The part program block is executed, the auxiliary functions are output, and
M0 is located in the work memory, or
M1 is in the work memory and IS "Activate M01" is active
Signal state 0
Application
'DWHQWUDQVIHULQ
$UEHLWVVSHLFKHU
6DW]DEJHDUEHLWHW
1&6DW]PLW0
0
0QGHUXQJVVLJQDO
3/&=\NOXV]HLW
16700DNWLY
1671&6WDUW
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
IS "Activate M01"
IS "M01 selected"
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
5-769
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3300
DBX0.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBX1.0
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBX1.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
corresponding to ...
Referencing active
Signal(s) from channel (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The channel-specific referencing was started using the IS: "Activate referencing" and the successful start was acknowledged using IS "Referencing
active". The channel-specific referencing is running.
Channel-specific referencing has been completed
Axis-specific referencing is running
No referencing active
Spindles
IS "Activate referencing" (DB3200 DBX1.0)
Function Manual Basic Functions R1
5-770
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3300
DBX1.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
DB3300
DBX1.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
Note for the reader
A RESET is performed.
Function Manual Basic Functions H2
5-771
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3300
DBX1.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
M2/M30 active
Signal(s) from channel (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
NC block with M2 has been completely executed. If traversing motion is also
programmed in this block, the signal is only output when the target position
has been reached.
No end of program or program abort
Status after the control has been switched on
Start of an NC Program
Application
'DWHQWUDQVIHULQ
$UEHLWVVSHLFKHU
6DW]DEJHDUEHLWHW
1&6DW]PLW0
0
0QGHUXQJVVLJQDO
3/&=\NOXV]HLW
16700DNWLY
The PLC can detect the end of program processing with this signal and react
appropriately.
The M2 and M30 functions have equal priority. Only M2 should be used.
The IS "M2/M30 active" is present as steady-state signal after the end of the
program.
Not suitable for automatic follow-on functions such as workpiece counting,
bar feed, etc. For these functions, M2 should be written into a separate
block and the word M2 or the decoded M signal should be used.
DB3300
DBX1.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
5-772
Auxiliary functions must not be written in the last block of a program that
should result in a read-in stop.
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
Transformation active
Signal(s) from NCK channel (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The NC command TRANSMIT or TRACYL is programmed in the part program. The corresponding block was executed by the NC and a transformation is now activated.
No transformation active
Function Manual Basic Functions M1
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3300
DBX1.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
DB3300
DBX3.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
5-773
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3300
DBX3.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBX3.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
DB3300
DBX3.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Special cases, errors, ...
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBX3.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-774
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3300
DBX3.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBX3.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBX3.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
5-775
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3300
DBX4.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Special cases, errors, ...
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBX4.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
DB3300
DBX4.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
The PLC user program can interrogate whether processing for the channel in
question has been interrupted because of an NCK channel:
DB3300 DBX4.7 (NCK alarm with processing stop active).
No NCK alarm is present for the channel.
DB3300 DBX4.7 (NCK alarm with processing stop active)
DB3300
DBX4.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-776
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3300
DBX5.0 and .1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBX6.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
DB3300
DBX6.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
If the assignment is active, the geometry axis can be traversed in JOG mode
with the contour handwheel or a DRF offset can be generated in AUTOMATIC or MDI modes.
This geometry axis is not assigned to contour handwheel 1/2.
/DA/ Diagnostics Guide
5-777
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3300
DBX8.0 to 9.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Corresponding to ...
DB3300
DBX10.0 to 11.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Corresponding to ...
5-778
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3300
DBX12.0 to 13.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
DB3300
DBX14.0 to 15.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
DB3300
DBX1000.0 and .1
DBX1004.0 and .1
DBX1008.0 and .1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal status
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBX1000.5 and .4
DBX1004.5 and .4
DBX1008.5 and .4
If the assignment is active, then the geometry axis can be traversed using
the handwheel in the JOG mode.
This geometry axis is not assigned to handwheel 1/2.
IS "Activate handwheel" (DB3200 DBX1000.0/.1,
DB3200 DBX1004.0/.1, DB3200 DBX1008.0/.1)
Function Manual Basic Functions H1
5-779
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
DB3300
DBX1000.7 and .6
DBX1004.7 and .6
DBX1008.7 and .6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
AUT/MDI mode:
The program block has been executed (and the next block does not contain any coordinate values for the axis in question). Cancel using
"RESET", etc. IS "Axis disabled" is active.
DB3300 DBX1000.7 or .6
DB3300 DBX1004.7 or .6
DB3300 DBX1008.7 or .6 (travel command plus and travel command minus)
Signal state 0
Application
corresponding to ...
5-780
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3300
DBX1001.0 to .6
DBX1005.0 to .6
DBX1009.0 to .6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
DB3300
DBX4001.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBX4002.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
ASUB is stopped
Signal(s) from channel (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The signal is set to 1 if the control stops automatically prior to the end of
ASUB (interrupt in a program mode and channel status stopped).
The IS is set to 0 with start and reset.
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
5-781
Interface signals
09/2009
Channelspecific signals
DB3300
DBX4002.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBX4002.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB3300
DBB4004
Edge evaluation: No
PROG-EVENT-DISPLAY
Signal(s) from channel (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated:
Event-controlled
The event assigned to the bit has activated the "Event-driven program call"
function:
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Boot
Bit 4
Bit 5 - 7
5-782
09/2009
Interface signals
Channelspecific signals
DB3300
DBX4006.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
ASUB active
Signal(s) from channel (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
One ASUB is active.
No ASUB is active.
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
DB3300
DBX4006.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
ASUB active
Signal(s) from channel (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
An ASUB with suppressed display update is active (refer to MD20191).
No ASUB with suppressed display update is active.
MD20191 IGN_PROG_STATE_ASUP
(do not display execution of the interrupt program on the OPI)
Function Manual Basic Functions K1
DB3500
DBB0 - 63
Edge evaluation: No
Signal status > 1
Signal state 0
Special cases, errors, ...
5-783
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
5.8
Axis/spindlespecific signals
6LJQDOHDQ$FKVH'%[
[ $FKVH
[ $FKVH
$FKVH
6LJQDOHDQ$FKVH'%[
[ $FKVH
[ $FKVH
$FKVH
$FKVH
.OHPPYRUJDQJOXIW'%['%;
+DUGZDUHHQGVFKDOWHUSOXV'%['%;
$FKVEHU
ZDFKXQJHQ
+DUGZDUHHQGVFKDOWHUPLQXV'%['%;
*HEHUJUHQ]IUHTXHQ]
EHUVFKULWWHQ
'%['%;
6RIWZDUHHQGVFKDOWHUSOXV'%['%;
6RIWZDUHHQGVFKDOWHUPLQXV'%['%;
Fig. 5-2
5-784
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
5.8.1
DB370x
DBD0
Edge evaluation:
Application
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB370x
DBD4
Edge evaluation:
Application
M5 Value: 5
IS "S function for spindle" (DB370x DBD4), axis-specific
IS auxiliary function transfer from NC channel (DB2500)
Function Manual Basic Functions S1
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-785
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
5.8.2
Signals to axis/spindle
DB380x
DBB0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-786
1
00001
2
00011
3
00010
4
00110
5
00111
6
00101
7
00100
8
01100
9
01101
10
01111
11
01110
12
01010
13
01011
14
01001
15
01000
16
11000
17
11001
18
11011
19
11010
20
11110
21
11111
22
11101
23
11100
24
10100
25
10101
26
10111
27
10110
28
10010
29
10011
30
10001
31
10000
IS "Override active" (DB380x DBX1.7)
Function Manual Basic Functions V1
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX1.1
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0
Edge change 1 0
Significance when deselecting the function "FXS = 0" using the part program:
The torque limiting and the monitoring of the fixed stop monitoring window is
withdrawn.
IS "Fixed stop reached" = 1
MD37060 FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK (observing PLC acknowledgements
for travel to fixed stop) bit 1
Function Manual Basic Functions F1
DB380x
DBX1.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-787
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX1.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Axis/spindle disable
Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Axis disable;
If the interface signal "Axis disable" is output - for this axis - no more setpoints are output to the position controller; the axis travel is therefore disabled. The position control loop remains closed and the remaining following
error is reduced to zero. A moving axis is stopped with a ramp stop.
If an axis is moved with axis disable the actual value position display shows
the setpoint position and the actual velocity value display shows the setpoint
velocity even though the machine axis is not actually moving.
With a RESET the position actual value display is set to the real actual value
of the machine.
Travel commands continue to be output to the PLC for this axis.
If the interface signal is canceled again the associated axis can again
traverse normally.
Spindle disable:
If the interface signal "Spindle disable" is issued, then for this spindle no
more setpoints are output to the speed controller in the openloop controlled
mode or to the position controller in positioning mode. The movement of the
spindle is thus disabled. For a rotating spindle, the spindle is stopped corresponding to its acceleration characteristic.
The speed actual value display displays the speed setpoint value.
Signal state 0
Application
Cancellation of the "Axis/spindle disable" does not take effect until the
axis/spindle is stationary (i.e. an interpolation setpoint is no longer present).
The interface signal "Axis/spindle disable" is used when running-in and testing a new NC part program. In so doing, the machine axes and spindles
should not execute any traversing or rotational movement.
If the IS "Axis/spindle disable" is active, then the interface signals:
DB380x DBX2.1 (controller enable),
DB380x DBX4.3 (feedrate/spindle stop) and where relevant
DB380x DBX1000.0/.1 (hardware limit switch)
are ineffective with reference to braking the axis/spindle.
The axis/spindle can however be brought into the "follow up" or "hold" state
(see DB380x DBX1.4 (followup mode)).
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-788
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX1.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Follow-up mode
Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Followup mode is selected for the axis/spindle by the PLC.
The means that the position setpoint continually tracks the actual value if the
controller enable for the drive is withdrawn.
As soon as the follow-up mode is effective, the interface signal:
DB390x DBX1.3 (follow-up mode active)
is set.
The actual value continues to be acquired and updated. If the axis/spindle is
moved from its current position by an external effect the zero speed and
clamping monitoring do not issue an alarm.
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
Notice:
When changing over from the "follow-up" state to the "hold" state and in the
control mode (a controller enable is issued), a delete distance-to-go command is activated in the control. As a consequence, for example, an NC
block - in which only this axis is traversed - is ended directly.
DB380x DBX2.1 (controller enable)
Function Manual Basic Functions R1
5-789
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX1.5 / 1.6
Edge evaluation: No
PMS1: Signal state 1
PMS2: Signal state 0
PMS1: Signal state 0
PMS2: Signal state 1
PMS1: Signal state 1
PMS2: Signal state 1
Signal state 0
5-790
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
Application
5-791
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX1.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Override active
Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Feedrate override active (for axes):
The axisspecific feedrate override between 0 and a maximum of 120%
entered in the PLC interface is used.
Spindle override active (for spindle):
Signal state 0
The 1st switch position of the gray-coded interface for the value is an exception. Also here, for "Override inactive", the override factor of the 1st switch
position is used and for axes, 0% is output as override value (acts the same
as "Feedrate disable"); correspondingly 50% for the spindle.
The spindle override is always accepted with 100% in the spindle "Oscillation mode".
The spindle override acts on the programmed values before limits (e.g.
G26) intervene.
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-792
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX2.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Controller enable
Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The position control loop of the axis/spindle is closed; the axis/spindle is in
closedloop control.
When "controller enable" is set by the PLC user program:
Position control loop of axis is closed.
Position actual value is no longer switched to the position setpoint.
The controller enable of the drive is output.
The interface signal:
DB390x DBX1.5 (position controller active)
is set to a 1 signal.
When "controller enable" has been issued no new actual value synchronization of the axis (reference point approach) of the axis is necessary if the maximum permissible limit frequency of the axis measuring system has not been
exceeded during followup mode.
Signal state 0
5-793
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
Application
corresponding to ...
DB380x
DBX2.2
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Distance-to-go/Spindle reset
Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Independent of MD35040 SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET selects a spindle reset for the various spindle modes in the following fashion:
Control mode:
Spindle stops
Program continues to run
Spindle continues to run with subsequent M and S program commands
Oscillating mode:
Oscillation is interrupted
Axes continue to run
Program continues with the actual gearbox stage
With subsequent M value and higher S value, it is
possible that IS "Setpoint speed limited" (DB390x DBX2001.1) is set.
Positioning mode:
5-794
Is stopped
No effect
MD35040 SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET (own spindle reset)
IS "Reset" (DB3000 DBX0.7)
IS "Delete distance to go" (DB380x DBX2.2), another name applies for the
same signal, however, for an axis
Function Manual Basic Functions S1
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX2.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB380x
DBX2.4 - .7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Clamping in progress
Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Clamping in progress. The clamping monitoring is activated.
Clamping completed. The clamping monitoring function is replaced by the
standstill (zero speed) monitoring.
MD36050 CLAMP_POS_TOL (clamping tolerance)
Function Manual Basic Functions A3
corresponding to ...
If the machine axis has reached the reference point (axis stationary) then reference point value, pre-selected via the IS from MD34100 is accepted as
new reference position in the control.
No effect.
Length measurement systems with distancecoded reference marks
On a machine tool with large traversing distances, four coded reference
cams can be distributed over the entire distance traveled by the axis, four different reference points approached and the time required to reach a valid referenced point reduced.
If the machine axis has reached the reference point and none of the four IS
are set, then reference point value 1 is automatically valid.
MD34100 REFP_SET_POS (reference point value)
DB380x
DBX3.1
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
Application
Signal state 0
Travel to fixed stop is enabled and the axis traverses from the start position
at the programmed velocity to the programmed target position.
Meaning when function "FXS" is selected via part program
(IS "Activate travel to fixed stop" = 1):
Travel to fixed stop is locked.
The axis remains at the start position with reduced torque.
The channel message "Wait: Aux fct ackn missing" is displayed.
5-795
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
Edge change 1 0
DB380x
DBX3.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
DB380x
DBX4.0 to .1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Activate handwheel (1 to 2)
Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
These PLC interface signals are used to define whether this machine axis is
assigned to handwheel 1 or 2 or is not assigned to any handwheel.
Only one handwheel can be assigned to an axis at any one time.
If several interface signals "Activate handwheel" are set, then the following
priority applies: Handwheel 1 before handwheel 2.
Signal state 0
Application
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-796
If the assignment is active, then the machine axis can be traversed using the
handwheel in the JOG mode.
This machine axis is neither assigned to handwheel 1 nor 2.
The PLC user program can use this interface signal to interlock the influence
on the axis by turning a handwheel.
IS "Handwheel 1/2 active" (DB390x DBX4.0/.1)
Function Manual Basic Functions H1
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX4.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
In the positioning mode, when the "Spindle stop" signal is set positioning is
interrupted. The above response applies with respect to individual axes.
Feedrate stop:
The feedrate is enabled for the axis.
If a travel request ("travel command") is active when the "feedrate stop" is
withdrawn, this is executed immediately.
Spindle stop:
The speed is enabled for the spindle.
Application
When "spindle stop" is withdrawn, the spindle is accelerated to the previous speed setpoint with the acceleration characteristic or, in the positioning mode, positioning is resumed.
Feedrate stop:
The traversing motion of the machine axes is not started with "feedrate stop",
if, for example, certain operating states exist at the machine that do not
permit the axes to be moved (e.g. a door is not closed).
Spindle stop:
In order to change a tool.
Function Manual Basic Functions V1
5-797
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX4.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB380x
DBX4.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
corresponding to ...
5-798
If rapid traverse override is active, the velocity can be modified using the
axis-specific feedrate override switch.
The machine axis traverses with the specified JOG velocity
(SD41110 JOG_SET_VELO or SD41130 or MD32020 JOG_VELO).
AUTOMATIC and MDI modes
Reference point approach (JOG mode)
IS "Traversing key plus" and "Traversing key minus" (DB380x DBX4.7 and
.6)
IS "Axis-specific feedrate override" (DB380x DBX0)
Function Manual Basic Functions H1
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX4.7 and .6
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
The effect of the traversing keys can be disabled for a specific axis using the
the PLC interface signal "Traversing key disable".
No traversing
AUTOMATIC and MDI modes
The machine axis cannot be traversed in JOG mode if it is already being traversed via the channel-specific PLC interface (as a geometry axis). Alarm
20062 is signaled.
Indexing axes
IS "Traversing key plus" and " ...minus"
for axis 1 in the Work (DB3200 DBX1000.7 and .6 )
for axis 2 in the Work (DB3200 DBX1004.7 and .6 )
for axis 3 in the Work (DB3200 DBX1008.7 and .6 )
IS "Traversing key disable" (DB380x DBX4.4 )
Function Manual Basic Functions H1
5-799
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX5.0 and .6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Machine function 1 INC, 10 INC, 100 INC, 1000 INC, 10000 INC, var. INC,
continuous
Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
This input range is only used if IS "INC inputs active in the mode group area"
(DB2600 DBX1.0) is not set.
IS "INC... is used to define how many increments the machine axis traverses
when the traversing key is pressed or the handwheel is turned one detent
position. In this case, the JOG mode must be active.
For "var. INC", the value in SD41010 JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE is generally
valid.
For "continuous", the associated axis can be traversed using either the plus
or minus traversing key by keeping the key pressed.
As soon as the selected machine function becomes active, this is signaled at
the PLC interface (IS "Active machine function 1 INC..." ).
If several machine function signals (1 INC, INC... or "Continuous traversing")
are selected at the interface simultaneously, then no machine function is
activated by the control.
Note:
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB380x
DBX1000.1 and .0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-800
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX1000.3 or .2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB380x
DBX1000.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
DB380x
DBX1002.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
5-801
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX2000.0 to .2
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1(statuscontrolled)
Code
CBA
-
000
001
2
3
4
5
corresponding to ...
5-802
Content
Kv factor
Monitoring
M40 speed
Min/max speed
Acceleration
etc.
010
Data for the 2nd gear stage
011
Data for the 3rd gear stage
100
Data for the 4th gear stage
101
Data for the 5th gear stage
110
111
If the PLC user signals back to the NCK with a different actual gear stage than
issued by the NCK as the setpoint gear stage, the gear change is still considered to have been successfully completed and the actual gear stage A to C is
activated.
IS "Setpoint gear stage A" to "...C" (DB390x DBX2000.0 to .2)
IS "Change gear stage" (DB390x DBX2000.3)
IS "Gear stage is changed over" (DB380x DBX2000.3)
IS "Oscillation speed" (DB380x DBX2002.5)
Parameter sets (MDs) for gear stages
Function Manual Basic Functions S1
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX2000.3
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
corresponding to ...
DB380x
DBX2000.4 and .5
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
Application
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-803
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX2000.7
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Delete S value
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Control mode:
Spindle stops
Program continues to run
Spindle continues to run with the following S value, if M3 or M4 were active
DB380x
DBX2001.0
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
corresponding to ...
DB380x
DBX2001.4
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
Application
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-804
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX2001.6
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Invert M3/M4
Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The direction of rotation of the spindle motor changes for the following functions:
M3
M4
M5
Application
DB380x
DBX2002.4
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Application
corresponding to ...
SPOS from the motion; not active for SPOS from standstill
The machine has a selector switch for a vertical and horizontal spindle. The
mechanical design is implemented so that for the horizontal spindle, one
more gearwheel is engaged than for the vertical spindle. The direction of
rotation must therefore be changed for the vertical spindle if the spindle is
always to rotate clockwise with M3.
Function Manual Basic Functions S1
5-805
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX2002.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Oscillation speed
Signal(s) to axis/spindle (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
If the gear stage is to be changed (IS "Change gear stage" (DB390x
DBX2000.3) is set), then the spindle operating mode changes to the oscillation mode.
Depending on the instant in time that IS "Oscillation speed" is set, the spindle
brakes down to standstill with different acceleration levels:
1 The IS "Oscillation speed" is set before the IS "Change gear stage" is set
by the NCK. The spindle is braked down to standstill with the acceleration
when oscillating (MD35410). Oscillation starts immediately once the spindle is stationary.
2 The IS "Oscillation speed" is set after the IS "Change gear stage" is set by
the NCK and after the spindle is stationary. The position controller is disabled. The spindle is braked with the acceleration in the speed controlled
mode. After the IS "Oscillation speed" is set, the spindle starts to oscillate
with the oscillation acceleration (MD35410).
If the IS "Oscillation via the PLC" (DB380x DBX2002.4) is not set, then automatic oscillation is executed in the NCK using the IS "Oscillation speed". The
two times for the directions of rotation are entered into MD35440 and
MD35450.
Signal state 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
Application
corresponding to ...
DB380x
DBX2002.7 and .6
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
5-806
If the IS "Oscillation via PLC" is set, then with the IS "Oscillation speed", a
speed is output in conjunction with the IS "Setpoint direction of rotation,
clockwise and counter-clockwise).
The spindle does not oscillate.
... all spindle modes except for the oscillation mode
The oscillation speed is used to make it easier to engage a new gear stage.
IS oscillation via the PLC (DB380x DBX2002.4)
IS setpoint direction of rotation counter-clockwise (DB380x DBX2002.7)
IS setpoint of rotation clockwise (DB380x DBX2002.6)
Function Manual Basic Functions S1
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBB2003
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Spindle override
Signal(s) to spindle (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The spindle override is specified via the PLC in the Gray code.
The override value determines the percentage of the programmed speed
setpoint that is issued to the spindle.
Gray coding for spindle override
Switch setCode
ting
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
1
00001
0.5
2
00011
0.55
3
00010
0.60
4
00110
0.65
5
00111
0.70
6
00101
0.75
7
00100
0.80
8
01100
0.85
9
01101
0.90
10
01111
0.95
11
01110
1.00
12
01010
1.05
13
01011
1.10
14
01001
1.10
15
01000
1.15
16
11000
1.20
17
11001
1.20
18
11011
1.20
19
11010
1.20
20
11110
1.20
21
11111
1.20
22
11101
1.20
23
11100
1.20
24
10100
1.20
25
10101
1.20
26
10111
1.20
27
10110
1.20
28
10010
1.20
29
10011
1.20
30
10001
1.20
31
10000
1.20
IS "Override active" (DB380x DBX1.7)
IS "Feedrate override for spindle valid" (DB380x DBX2001.0)
Function Manual Basic Functions V1
5-807
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX4001.0 to .2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
A
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Application
As soon as the new drive parameter becomes effective, the drive signals this
to the PLC using the interface signals:
DB390x DBX4001.0 to 2 (active drive parameter set).
Drive parameter switchover can be used, for example, for the following:
To change the gear stage
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-808
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX4001.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB380x
DBX4001.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
Special cases, errors, ...
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB380x
DBX5000.4
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Note for the reader
Pulse enable.
Signal(s) to drive (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Pulse enable is signaled by the PLC for this drive (axis/spindle). The pulses
are only enabled if the drive signals IS:
DB390x DBX4001.5 (drive ready)
using a 1 signal.
In this case, the interface signal:
DB390x DBX4001.7 (pulses enabled) is signaled to the PLC
with a 1 signal.
The pulses are disabled by the PLC for this drive.
Signal-oriented signal.
If pulse enable is withdrawn for a moving axis/spindle the axis/spindle is not
longer braked in a controlled fashion. The axis/spindle coasts down.
DB390x DBX4001.7 (pulses enabled)
Commissioning Manual, Turning and Milling
5-809
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX5004.7
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Master/slave on
Signal(s) to technology functions (PLC NCK)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Master-slave coupling should be activated.
Application
DB380x
DBX5005.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
5-810
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB380x
DBX5005.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
5.8.3
DB390x
DBX0.0
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Spindle/no axis
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The machine axis is operated as spindle in the following spindle modes:
Control mode
Oscillation mode
Positioning mode
Rigid tapping
The IS's to the axis (DB380x DBX1000 to DB380x DBX1003) and from the
axis (DB390x DBX1000 to DB390x DBX1003) are invalid.
Application
The IS's to the spindle (DB380x DBX2000 to DB380x DBX2003) and from
the spindle (DB380x DBX2000 to DB380x DBX2003) are valid.
The machine axis is operated as an axis.
The IS's to the axis (DB380x DBX1000 to DB380x DBX1003) and from the
axis (DB390x DBX1000 to DB390x DBX1003) are valid.
The IS's to the spindle (DB380x DBX2000 to DB380x DBX2003) and from
the spindle (DB380x DBX2000 to DB380x DBX2003) are invalid.
If a spindle is sometimes also used as a rotary axis on a machine tool (lathe
with spindle/Caxis or milling machine with spindle/rotary axis for rigid tapping), then the IS "Spindle/no axis" can be used to identify as to whether the
machine axis is in the axis or spindle mode.
Function Manual Basic Functions S1
5-811
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX0.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
DB390x
DBX0.4
Edge evaluation:
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
DB390x
DBX0.5
Edge evaluation:
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Referenced/synchronized 1
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated:
Axes:
When being referenced, if the machine axis has reached the reference
point (incremental measuring systems) or the target point (for length measuring system with distance-coded reference marks), then the machine
axis is referenced and the IS "Referenced/synchronized 1" (for position
measuring system 1) is set.
Spindles:After "power-on", a spindle is synchronized the latest after one
spindle revolution (zero mark) or when passing the BERO.
The machine axis/spindle with position measuring system 1 is not referenced/synchronized.
DB380x DBX0.5 (position measuring system 1)
Function Manual Basic Functions R1, S1
Referenced/synchronized 2
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated:
Axes:
When being referenced, if the machine axis has reached the reference
point (incremental measuring systems) or the target point (for length measuring system with distance-coded reference marks), then the machine
axis is referenced and the IS "Referenced/synchronized 2" (for position
measuring system 2) is set.
Spindles:
After "power-on", a spindle is synchronized the latest after one spindle revolution (zero mark) or when passing the BERO.
The machine axis/spindle with position measuring system 2 is not referenced/synchronized.
DB380x DBX0.6 (position measuring system 2)
5-812
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX0.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
the axis is switched from closed-loop speedcontrolled to closed-loop positioncontrolled mode with IS "position measuring system".
The axis is not in the appropriate exact stop or the interpolator is active for
the axis or
the path motion was terminated with NC stop.
the spindle is in the speedcontrolled mode.
the "parking" mode is active for the axis.
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX0.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX1.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
AxAlarm
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The NCK brakes the axis/spindle along a ramp and confirms the braking
operation via the OPI.
At the same time, the PLC alarm is signaled with IS DB390x DBX1.1 ("Axial
alarm") == 1 and the status of system variable $AA_SNGLAX_STAT == 5.
DB390x
DBX1.2
Edge evaluation: No
Meaning
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Axis ready
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated:
The signal is fed to the PPU, to which the axis is physically connected.
Axis is ready.
Axis is not ready.
This status is set if the channel, the mode group or the NCK have generated
the alarm "Not ready".
5-813
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX1.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
The position setpoint continually tracks the actual value while the follow-up
mode is active. The standstill and clamping monitoring are not active.
The control signals that followup mode for the axis/spindle is not active, i.e.
the above mentioned prerequisites are not fulfilled.
Zero speed and clamping monitoring are active.
corresponding to ...
DB390x
DBX1.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
If the IS "Axis/spindle stationary" is signaled and there is no closed-loop position control active for the spindle, then at the operator interface, an actual
speed of zero is displayed and with the system variable $AA_S[n] zero is
read.
Enable signal for opening a protective device (e.g. "Open door").
The workpiece chuck or the tool clamping device is only opened when the
spindle is stationary.
The oscillation mode can be switched-in during gear stage change after
the spindle has been braked down to standstill.
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-814
The tool clamping device must have been closed before the spindle can be
accelerated.
MD36060 STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
(maximum velocity/speed for signal "Axis/spindle stationary")
Function Manual Basic Functions S1
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX1.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
DB390x
DBX1.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
Special cases, errors, ...
corresponding to ...
MD30350 SIMU_AX_VDI_OUTPUT
(output of axis signals for simulation axes)
Function Manual Basic Functions S1
MD30350 SIMU_AX_VDI_OUTPUT
(output of axis signals for simulation axes)
Function Manual Basic Functions S1
5-815
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX1.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
DB390x
DBX2.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
DB390x
DBX2.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
corresponding to ...
A RESET is performed.
Function Manual, Expansion Functions H1
5-816
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX2.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Measurement active
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The "Measuring" function is active.
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX2.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX2.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX4.0 to .1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Handwheel active (1 to 2)
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
These PLC interface signals provide feedback as to whether this machine
axis is assigned to handwheel 1 or 2 or is not assigned to any handwheel.
Only one handwheel can be assigned to an axis at any one time.
If several interface signals "activate handwheel" are set, then 'Handwheel 1'
has a higher priority than 'Handwheel 2'.
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
If the assignment is active, then the machine axis can be traversed using the
handwheel in the JOG mode.
This machine axis is neither assigned to handwheel 1 nor 2.
DB380x DBX4.0 to .1 (activate handwheel)
5-817
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX4.5 and.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
corresponding to ...
Note:
If the clamping is not released until the travel command is given, these axes
cannot be operated under continuous path control!
DB380x DBX1.3 (axes/spindle disable)
DB380x DBX4.7 and .6 (plus and minus traversing key)
5-818
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX4.7 and .6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX5.0 to .6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
If the clamping is not released until the travel command is given, these axes
cannot be operated under continuous path control!
IS "Traversing key plus" and "Traversing key minus" (DB380x DBX4.7 and
.6)
Function Manual Basic Functions H1
5-819
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBB8
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Axis/spindle exchange
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The actual axis type for this axis is displayed.
Bit 0:
NC axis/spindle
Bit 1:
Bit 2:
Bit 3:
Bit 4:
New type requested from PLC
Bit 5:
Axis exchange possible
Bit 6:
Neutral axis/spindle
Bit 7:
PLC axis/spindle
IS Axis/spindle exchange
MD20070 AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_USED
(Machine axis number valid in channel)
MD30550 AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN
(initial setting of channel for axis exchange)
DB390x
DBX1002.0
Edge evaluation: Yes
Edge change 0 1 or 1
0
Lubrication pulse
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
As soon as the axis/spindle has traveled through the distance set in
MD33050, the "lubrication pulse" interface signal is inverted and lubrication
is started.
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX1002.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
Path axis
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The axis is involved in the path (path axis).
The axis is not involved in the path.
Function Manuals
Application
5-820
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX1002.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Positioning axis
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The NCK handles the axis as positioning axis. This means that it has:
its own axis interpolator (linear interpolator)
its own feedrate (F value)
its own feedrate override
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX1002.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
The indexing axis has been positioned with instructions for "Coded Position".
The axis is not defined as an indexing axis.
The indexing axis travels: DB390x DBX4.7/.6 (travel command +/-) is
present.
The indexing axis is located at a position which is not an indexing position,
e.g.:
For JOG after termination of travel movement, e.g. with RESET
in the Automatic mode: the indexing axis has, for example, approached
a selected position controlled by an AC or DC instruction
The indexing axis has not been positioned with instructions for "coded
position" (CAC, CACP, CACN, CDC, CIC) in the automatic mode.
Application
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
The "Controller enable" signal for the indexing axis has been withdrawn:
DB380x DBX2.1 (controller enable)
Tool magazine: Activation of the gripper to remove the tool from the magazine is initiated as soon as the indexing axis is in position.
The PLC user program must ensure this happens.
The axis positions entered in the indexing position table for the individual
divisions can be changed using work offsets (including DRF).
If a DRF is applied to an indexing axis in AUTOMATIC mode, then interface signal "Indexing axis in position" remains active even though the axis
is no longer at an indexing position.
MD30500 INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB (axis is an indexing axis)
Function Manual, Expansion Functions T1
5-821
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX2000.0 to .2
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
5-822
1. Gear stage
0 0 0 (C B A)
1st gear stage
001
2nd gear stage
010
3rd gear stage
011
4th gear stage
100
5th gear stage
101
invalid value
110
invalid value
111
Other spindle modes except oscillation mode
IS "Change gear stage" (DB390x DBX2000.3)
IS "Actual gear stage A" to "...C" (DB380x DBX2000.0 to .2)
IS "Gear stage is changed over" (DB380x DBX2000.3)
Function Manual Basic Functions S1
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX2000.3
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
DB390x
DBX2001.0
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
corresponding to ...
While the signal = 1, the text "Wait for gear stage change" is displayed in
the channel operating message".
The IS "Change gear stage" is only set if a new gear stage is defined that is
not the same as the actual gear stage.
IS "Setpoint gear stage A" to "...C" (DB390x DBX2000.0 to .2)
IS "Actual gear stage A" to "...C" (DB380x DBX2000.0 to .2)
IS "Gear stage has been changed over" (DB380x DBX2000.3)
Function Manual Basic Functions S1
5-823
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX2001.1
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
DB390x
DBX2001.2
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
5-824
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX2001.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Geometry monitoring
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Error in grinding wheel geometry.
Signal state 0
Application
Note for the reader
There is no further response when this monitoring function responds. Reactions deemed necessary must be programmed by the PLC user.
No error in grinding wheel geometry.
Grinding-specific tool monitoring.
Function Manual, Expansion Functions W4
DB390x
DBX2001.5
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
In the spindle control mode, the speed setpoint (programmed speed + spindle override including limits) is compared with the actual speed. If the actual
speed deviates from the setpoint speed by less than the spindle speed tolerance MD35150, then the IS "Spindle in the setpoint range" is set.
The IS "Spindle in setpoint range" signals whether the spindle is accelerating
or braking.
In the spindle control mode, the speed setpoint (programmed speed * spindle
override including limits) is compared with the actual speed. If the actual
speed deviates from the setpoint speed by more than the spindle speed tolerance MD35150, then the IS "Spindle in the setpoint range" is reset.
all spindle modes except for speed mode (control mode).
The path feed must generally be disabled when the spindle is in the acceleration phase (programmed speed setpoint not yet reached).
This can done in the following way:
The IS "Spindle in the setpoint range" is evaluated and the IS "Feedrate
disable" (DB3200 DBX6.0) is set.
corresponding to ...
MD35500 is set and the NCK evaluates internally as to whether the spindle
is in the setpoint range. The path feed is only enabled if the spindle is
within the setpoint range. Positioning axes are never stopped by this function.
MD35150 SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL (spindle speed tolerance)
MD35500 SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START
(feedrate enable with spindle in the setpoint range)
Function Manual Basic Functions S1
5-825
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX2001.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Speed monitoring
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Error in grinding wheel speed.
Signal state 0
Application
Note for the reader
There is no further response when this monitoring function responds. Reactions deemed necessary must be programmed by the PLC user.
No error in grinding wheel speed.
Grinding-specific tool monitoring.
Function Manual, Expansion Functions W4
DB390x
DBX2001.7
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Signal irrelevant for ...
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX2002.0
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX2002.1
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
GWPS active
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Constant grinding wheel peripheral speed (GWPS) is active.
Signal state 0
Application
Note for the reader
If GWPS is active, then all S value inputs from the PLC are interpreted as the
grinding wheel peripheral speed.
Constant grinding wheel peripheral speed (GWPS) is not active.
GWPS in all modes
Function Manual, Expansion Functions W4
5-826
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX2002.3
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Application
DB390x
DBX2002.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
DB390x
DBX2002.5
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
The signal is set only for the machine axis which is active as following spindle (IS "FS active" = 1)
The spindle is not operated as following spindle in "synchronous mode".
When switching off the coupling (deselecting synchronous mode) then the
following spindle is switched into the "control mode".
IS "Synchronous operation fine"
IS "Synchronous operation coarse"
IS "FS active"
5-827
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX2002.6
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
corresponding to ...
DB390x
DBX2002.7
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX2003.5
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Spindle in position
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Precondition for the output of IS "Spindle in position" is reaching the IS
"Exact stop fine". Additionally, the last programmed spindle position must
have been reached on the setpoint side.
If the spindle is already at the programmed position after a positioning, then
the signal "Spindle in position" is set.
The IS "Spindle in position" is always reset when withdrawing IS "Exact stop
fine".
The interface signal is processed exclusively with the function spindle positioning. This includes:
SPOS, SPOSA and M19 in the part program
SPOS and M19 in synchronized actions
Spindle in position for the tool change.
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-828
If the tool change cycle is interrupted by the machine operator e.g. with NC
stop, NC stop axis plus spindle, mode stop etc., then the correct position to
which the spindle is to travel in the tool changer can be queried using the IS
"Spindle in position".
If the spindle is traversed after a positioning for already set "Spindle in position" signal, e.g. in the JOG mode, then this signal is deleted. If the spindle
returns to its original position in the JOG mode, then the signal "Spindle in
position" is set again. The last position selection is maintained.
DB390x DBX0.7 (exact stop fine)
Function Manual Basic Functions S1
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX4001.0 to .2
Edge evaluation: No
Meaning
Application
C
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
B
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
A
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Drive parameter switchover can be used, for example, for the following:
To change the gear stage
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX4001.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Drive ready
Signal(s) to drive (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
Feedback signal from the drive to the PLC that the drive is ready.
The drive is not ready.
The drive might be disabled for the following reasons:
Drive alarm active (e.g. motor temperature has reached switchoff threshold).
DC link voltage is too low.
Drive has not yet reached the cyclic state.
Hardware fault present.
No position measuring system is active ("parking axis" state).
I/R is not switched on.
As soon as the drive is not ready, it is stopped (depending on the fault state
either with pulse disable or fast stop) or pulses remain disabled while powering up.
The interface signals:
DB2700 DBX2.6 (drive ready)
DB390x DBX1.7 (current controller active)
DB390x DBX1.6 (speed controller active)
5-829
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX4001.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX4001.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Pulses enabled
Signal(s) to drive (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The pulse enable for the drive is present. The axis/spindle can now be traversed.
The drive pulses are disabled. Therefore, the axis/spindle cannot be traversed.
The pulses are disabled as soon as there is no enable signal.
Also, if the "controller enable of drive" is withdrawn, the drive is stopped with
setpoint 0 (regenerative braking).
Pulse disable is also triggered if there is no position measuring system
("parking axis" state).
As soon as the pulses are disabled, then the following IS are also reset:
DB390x DBX1.7 (current controller active)
Application
Special cases, errors, ...
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-830
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX4002.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Ramp-up completed
Signal(s) to drive (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The PLC is signaled that after a new speed setpoint input, the speed actual
value has reached the speed tolerance bandwidth and has remained within
this tolerance bandwidth for the specified time.
corresponding to ...
Even if the speed actual value leaves the tolerance bandwidth (because of
speed fluctuations resulting from load changes) the "rampup completed" signal remains.
The conditions described above have not yet been fulfilled. Rampup has
therefore not yet been completed.
DB390x DBX4002.6 (nact = nset)
Signal state 0
DB390x
DBX4002.2
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Ramp-up completed
Signal(s) to drive (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The PLC is signaled that after a new speed setpoint input, the speed actual
value has reached the speed tolerance bandwidth and has remained within
this tolerance bandwidth for the specified time.
corresponding to ...
Even if the speed actual value leaves the tolerance bandwidth (because of
speed fluctuations resulting from load changes) the "rampup completed" signal remains.
The conditions described above have not yet been fulfilled. Rampup has
therefore not yet been completed.
DB390x DBX4002.6 (nact = nset)
Signal state 0
DB390x
DBX4002.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Md < Mdx
Signal(s) to drive (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The drive signals to the PLC that the torque setpoint Md does not exceed the
threshold torque Mdx in the steady-state condition (i.e. ramp-up completed).
The torque threshold characteristic is speeddependent.
While ramping-up, the IS "Md < Mdx" remains at 1.
Signal state 0
The signal only becomes active after ramp-up has been completed (DB390x
DBX4002.2 = 1) and the signal interlock time for the threshold torque has
expired.
The torque setpoint Md is greater than the threshold torque Mdx.
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-831
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX4002.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX4002.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX4002.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-832
nact < nx
Signal(s) to drive (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The drive signals to the PLC that the speed actual value nact is less than the
threshold speed (nx).
The speed actual value is higher than the threshold speed.
Commissioning Manual, Turning and Milling
nact = nset
Signal(s) to drive (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The PLC is signaled that after a new speed setpoint input, the speed actual
value has reached the speed tolerance bandwidth and has remained within
this tolerance bandwidth for the specified time.
If the actual speed value then leaves the tolerance band, then contrary to the
"Ramp-up completed" signal, the interface signal "nact = nset" is set to 0.
The conditions described above have not yet been fulfilled. The speed actual
value is outside the speed tolerance bandwidth.
DB390x DBX4002.2 (ramp-up completed)
Commissioning Manual, Turning and Milling
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX4002.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
DB390x
DBX4003.0
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
The interface signal "Variable signaling function" should be set to 1 when the
motor torque exceeds 50% of the rated torque.
Commissioning Manual, Turning and Milling
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-833
Interface signals
09/2009
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX5002.4
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Superimposed motion
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
The following spindle executes an additional motion component, that is
superimposed on the motion from the coupling with the leading spindle.
Example for superimposed motion of the following spindle:
Activating the synchronous mode with a defined angular offset between
the following spindle and leading spindle.
Activating the synchronous mode for rotating leading spindle.
Changing the ratio while the synchronous mode is active.
Entering a new defined angular offset when the synchronous mode is
active
Traversing the following spindle with plus or minus traversing keys or
handwheel in JOG when the synchronous mode is active.
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
DB390x
DBX5002.5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
DB390x
DBX5002.6
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
5-834
09/2009
Interface signals
Axis/spindlespecific signals
DB390x
DBX5002.7
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
Application
DB390x
DBX5003.3
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
corresponding to ...
Axis is accelerating
Signal(s) from axis/spindle (NCK PLC)
Signal(s) updated: Cyclic
When the acceleration of the following axis in the axis grouping of the electronic gear reaches or exceeds the percentage of the acceleration entered in
MD37560, which is set in MD32300, then the signal is set to 1.
The acceleration of the following axis in the axis grouping of the electronic
gear falls below the response value described above.
MD37560 EG_ACC_TOL (threshold value for "accelerate axis")
Signal state 0
DB390x
DBX5008.0 to .5
Edge evaluation: No
Signal state 1
Signal state 0
corresponding to ...
Note for the reader
5-835
Interface signals
09/2009
5.9
DB5300
DBX0.0
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Note for the reader
DB5300
DBX0.1
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Note for the reader
DB5300
DBD1000
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Note for the reader
DB5300
DBD1004
Edge evaluation: Yes
Signal state 1 or edge
change 0 1
Signal state 0 or edge
change 1 0
Note for the reader
5-836
Addressing ranges
Table 6-1
Address identifier
Description
Range
DB
Data
DB1000 to DB7999 1)
DB9000 to DB9036 2)
DB9900 to DB9905 3)
Times
Counters
C0 to C63
I0.0 to I255.7 4)
I256.0 to I256.3 5)
Q0.0 to Q255.7 4)
Q256.0 to Q256.3 5)
Bit memory
M0.0 to M511.7
SM
ACCU
AC0 to AC3
1)
PLC user interface: The available addressing ranges are described in this document.
2)
User data blocks: The available addressing ranges are dependent on which data blocks are present in the project.
3)
Special data blocks: The available addressing ranges are dependent on which data blocks are present in the project.
4)
Input or output image: Refer to the "Commissioning the drive" section of the Commissioning Manual for details of the
assignment of these variables to the physical I/Os.
5)
Direct digital onboard inputs and outputs: Refer to the "Commissioning the drive" section of the Commissioning Manual for details of the assignment of these variables to the physical I/Os.
6-837
09/2009
Addressing ranges
Table 6-2
Access
Example
Explanation
Bit
DB3801.DBX1000.7
Byte
DB3801.DBB0
Word
DB4500.DBW2
Double Word
DB2500.DBD3004
Note:
The permitted offset for an address is dependent on the access:
Bit or byte access: any offset permitted.
Byte-size variables are placed one beside another seamlessly in a DB.
Word access: Offset must be divisible by 2.
Word-size variables (2 bytes) are always saved on straight offsets.
Double word access: Offset must be divisible by 4.
Double word-size variables (4 bytes) are always saved on offsets which are
divisible by 4.
6-838
09/2009
Description
SM0.0
SM0.1
SM0.2
SM0.3
SM0.4
SM0.5
1 s clock cycle (alternating '0' for 0.5 s, then '1' for 0.5 s)
SM0.6
PLC cycle clock (alternating one cycle '0', then one cycle '1')
Warning
All of the empty fields in the user interface are "reserved for Siemens" and may neither
be written to nor evaluated!
Fields designated with "0" always have the value "logical 0".
[r/w]
BIT
8:
BYTE
16:
INT/WORD
32:
DINT/DWORD/REAL
Without data format information: all of the specified data formats can be read
or written to.
6-839
09/2009
User data
6.2
User data
6.2.1
User data 1
DB1000
Byte
Data 1 [r/w]
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
User data
0
User data
1
User data
2
...
...
User data
10
User data
11
6.2.2
User data 2
DB1100
Byte
Data 2 [r/w]
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
User data
0
User data
1
User data
2
...
...
User data
6
User data
7
6-840
09/2009
6.2.3
DB1200
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
0
1
Bit 1
Bit 0
Write variable
Start
Bit 1
Bit 0
Number of variables
2
3
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
1000
Bit 3
Bit 2
Variable index
1001
Area number
1002
1004
1006
1008
Writing: Data to NCK variable x (data type of the variables: 1 ... 4 bytes)
6.2.4
DB1200
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
2000
Bit 1
Bit 0
Error in job
Job completed
2001
2002
NC services [r]
NCK PLC interface
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
3000
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Error has
occurred
Valid variable
Access result1)
3001
3002
3004
1)
0
3
5
10
Reading: Data from NCK variable x (data type of the variables: 1 ... 4 bytes)
No error
Illegal access to object
Invalid address
Object does not exist
6-841
09/2009
User data
6.2.5
PI service: Job
DB1200
PI service [r/w]
PLC NCK interface
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
4000
Bit 0
Start
4001
PI index
4002
4003
4004
PI parameter 1
4006
PI parameter 2
4008
PI parameter 3
4010
PI parameter 4
4012
PI parameter 5
4014
PI parameter 6
4016
PI parameter 7
4018
PI parameter 8
4020
PI parameter 9
4022
PI parameter 10
6.2.6
PI service: Result
DB1200
PI service [r]
NCK PLC interface
Byte
5000
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Error in job
Job completed
5001
5002
6-842
09/2009
6.3
DB1400
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
User data
0
User data
1
User data
2
...
...
32
...
...
User data
126
User data
127
6-843
09/2009
User alarm
6.4
User alarm
Note:
Information on PLC alarms including configuring user alarms is provided in:
Literature: "Turning and Milling Commissioning Manual"
6.4.1
DB1600
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
700002
700001
700000
700010
700009
700008
700018
700017
700016
700026
700025
700024
700034
700033
700032
700042
700041
700040
700243
700242
700241
700240
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
700007
700006
700005
700004
700003
700015
700014
700013
700012
700011
700023
700022
700021
700020
700019
700031
700030
700029
700028
700027
700039
700038
700037
700036
700035
700047
700046
700045
700044
700043
...
...
Activation of alarm no.
30
6.4.2
700247
700246
700245
700244
DB1600
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
1000
1004
1008
...
...
1980
1984
1988
6-844
09/2009
6.4.3
DB1600
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
2000
Acknowledge
Acknowledge with
DB1600
DBX3000.0
POWER
ON
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
PLC STOP
EMERGENCY
OFF
Feedrate
disable all
axes
Read-in
disable
NC start
disable
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
2001
2002
2003
6.4.4
Alarm acknowledgement
DB1600
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
3000
Bit 4
Ack
3001
3002
3003
6-845
09/2009
6.5
6.5.1
DB1700
Byte
Bit 7
Program
test
selected
Skip block
7 selected
Bit 6
Bit 5
Dry run
feedrate
selected
M01
selected
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Skip block
2 selected
Skip block
1 selected
Skip block
0 selected
Skip block
9 selected
Skip block
8 selected
DRF
selected
Feedrate
override
selected
for rapid
traverse
Skip block
6 selected
Skip block
5 selected
Skip block
4 selected
Skip block
3 selected
3
4
5
6
7
6.5.2
Reset
NC stop
NC start
DB1700
Byte
Bit 7
1000
Start
program
1001
always 1
1002
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Program handling: Number of the control file for user file names
Program handling: Index of the file to be transferred from the user list
1003
DB1700
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Error
Okay
Bit 0
Selection
Active
Error part program handling
2002
2003
6-846
09/2009
6.5.3
DB1700
Messenger [r]
Messenger PLC interface
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
3000
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 0
Control byte
3001
3002
3003
6.5.4
DB1800
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Reset
Mode
JOG
MDI
AUTOMATIC
REF
TEACH IN
2
3
6.5.5
DB1800
Byte
1000
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Commissioning
archive
Bit 1
Bit 0
Boot with
saved data
Boot with
default
values
has been
read in
1001
1002
1003
1004
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
6-847
09/2009
6.5.6
DB1800
Deactivation [r/w]
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
2000
Deactivation
8
Deactivation
7
Deactivation
6
Deactivation
5
Deactivation
4
Deactivation
3
Deactivation
2
Deactivation
1
2001
Deactivation
16
Deactivation
15
Deactivation
14
Deactivation
13
Deactivation
12
Deactivation
11
Deactivation
10
Deactivation
9
2002
Deactivation
24
Deactivation
23
Deactivation
22
Deactivation
21
Deactivation
20
Deactivation
19
Deactivation
18
Deactivation
17
2003
Deactivation
32
Deactivation
31
Deactivation
30
Deactivation
29
Deactivation
28
Deactivation
27
Deactivation
26
Deactivation
25
DB1800
Acknowledgements [r/w]
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
4000
Acknowledgement
8
Acknowledgement
7
Acknowledgement
6
Acknowledgement
5
Acknowledgement
4
Acknowledgement
3
Acknowledgement
2
Acknowledgement
1
4001
Acknowledgement
16
Acknowledgement
15
Acknowledgement
14
Acknowledgement
13
Acknowledgement
12
Acknowledgement
11
Acknowledgement
10
Acknowledgement
9
4002
Acknowledgement
24
Acknowledgement
23
Acknowledgement
22
Acknowledgement
21
Acknowledgement
20
Acknowledgement
19
Acknowledgement
18
Acknowledgement
17
4003
Acknowledgement
32
Acknowledgement
31
Acknowledgement
30
Acknowledgement
29
Acknowledgement
28
Acknowledgement
27
Acknowledgement
26
Acknowledgement
25
DB1800
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
5000
Acknowledgement
disable
8
Acknowledgement
disable
7
Acknowledgement
disable
6
Acknowledgement
disable
5
Acknowledgement
disable
4
Acknowledgement
disable
3
Acknowledgement
disable
2
Acknowledgement
disable
1
5001
Acknowledgement
disable
16
Acknowledgement
disable
15
Acknowledgement
disable
14
Acknowledgement
disable
13
Acknowledgement
disable
12
Acknowledgement
disable
11
Acknowledgement
disable
10
Acknowledgement
disable
9
5002
Acknowledgement
disable
24
Acknowledgement
disable
23
Acknowledgement
disable
22
Acknowledgement
disable
21
Acknowledgement
disable
20
Acknowledgement
disable
19
Acknowledgement
disable
18
Acknowledgement
disable
17
5003
Acknowledgement
disable
32
Acknowledgement
disable
31
Acknowledgement
disable
30
Acknowledgement
disable
29
Acknowledgement
disable
28
Acknowledgement
disable
27
Acknowledgement
disable
26
Acknowledgement
disable
25
6-848
09/2009
6.5.7
DB1800
Warnings/Alarms [r]
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
3000
Alarm
8
Alarm
7
Alarm
6
Alarm
5
Alarm
4
Alarm
3
Alarm
2
Alarm
1
3001
Alarm
16
Alarm
15
Alarm
14
Alarm
13
Alarm
12
Alarm
11
Alarm
10
Alarm
9
3002
Alarm
24
Alarm
23
Alarm
22
Alarm
21
Alarm
20
Alarm
19
Alarm
18
Alarm
17
3003
Alarm
32
Alarm
31
Alarm
30
Alarm
29
Alarm
28
Alarm
27
Alarm
26
Alarm
25
Bit 1
Bit 0
6.5.8
DB1900
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Switch
over
Machine/W
ork
Simulation
active
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Cancel
6-849
09/2009
6.5.9
DB1900
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
1003
Machine
axis
Handwheel
selected
Contour
handwheel
1004
Machine
axis
Handwheel
selected
Contour
handwheel
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
1000
1001
1002
Axis number for handwheel 1
C
1005
1006
1007
6-850
09/2009
6.5.10
DB1900
Byte
Bit 7
5000
Actual
value in
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
OP key
block
Work
0=Machine
5001
External
No
viewer
external
can only
viewer
monitor
permitted
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
6-851
09/2009
6.6
DB2500
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
M fct. 5
change
M fct. 4
change
M fct. 3
change
M fct. 2
change
M fct. 1
change
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
S fct. 1
change
7
8
T fct. 1
change
9
10
D fct. 1
change
11
12
H fct. 3
change
H fct. 2
change
H fct. 1
change
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
6-852
09/2009
6.6.1
DB2500
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
M2
M1
M0
M10
M9
M8
M18
M17
M16
M98
M97
M96
Bit 1
Bit 0
Dynamic M functions
1000
M7
M6
M5
M4
M3
Dynamic M functions
1001
M15
M14
M13
M12
M11
Dynamic M functions
1002
M23
M22
M21
M20
M19
...
...
Dynamic M functions
1012
M99
1013
1014
1015
1)
The PLC user must generate static M functions himself from the dynamic M functions.
2)
Remark:
The signals are output for the duration of a PLC cycle.
6.6.2
Transferred T functions
DB2500
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
2000
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
T function 1 (DINT)
2004
2005
2006
2007
6-853
09/2009
6.6.3
Transferred M functions
DB2500
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
3000
M function 1 (DINT)
3004
3008
M function 2 (DINT)
3012
3016
M function 3 (DINT)
3020
3024
M function 4 (DINT)
3028
3032
M function 5 (DINT)
3036
6.6.4
Bit 1
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 0
Transferred S functions
DB2500
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
4000
S function 1 (REAL)
4004
4008
S function 2 (REAL)
4012
4016
4020
6-854
09/2009
6.6.5
Transferred D functions
DB2500
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
5000
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
D function 1 (DINT)
5004
6.6.6
Transferred H functions
DB2500
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
6000
H function 1 (REAL)
6004
6008
H function 2 (REAL)
6012
6016
H function 3 (REAL)
6020
6-855
09/2009
NCK signals
6.7
NCK signals
6.7.1
DB2600
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Protection level
0
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Acknowled
ge
EMERGE
NCY OFF
EMERGE
NCY OFF
Braking
along the
contour in
case of
EMERGE
NCY OFF
Request
axis
distancesto-go
Request
axis actual
values
INC inputs
in mode
signal
range
active1)
2
3
1)
6-856
09/2009
6.7.2
DB2700
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 0
Probe actuated
Bit 1
EMERGE
NCY OFF
active
Probe 2
Drive
ready
Drives in
cyclic
operation
Probe 1
HMI ready
NCK alarm
is active
Air
temperatur
e alarm
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
6-857
09/2009
NCK signals
6.7.3
DB2800
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Output 2
Output 1
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 11
Input 10
Input 9
Input 10
Input 9
Output 10
Output 9
Output 10
Output 9
Output 10
Output 9
Output 10
Output 9
Input 8
Input 7
Input 6
Input 5
Input 4
Input 8
Input 7
Input 6
Input 5
Output 8
Output 7
Output 6
Input 4
Output 4
Output 8
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 3
Output 8
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 8
DB2800
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Input 16
Input 15
Input 14
Input 13
Input 12
Input 16
Input 15
Input 14
1008
Output 16
Output 15
Output 14
Input 13
Input 12
Input 11
Output 12
Output 11
Output 16
Output 15
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
Output 16
Output 15
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
6-858
Output 16
Output 15
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
09/2009
6.7.4
DB2900
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 10
Input
9
Output 10
Output
9
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 8
Input 7
Input 6
Output 8
Output 7
Output 6
Input 5
Input 4
DB2900
Output 5
Output 4
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Input 16
Input 15
Input 14
1004
Output 16
Output 15
Output 14
Input 13
Input 12
Input 11
DB3000
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
Bit 3
Bit 2
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Reset
Bit 4
Mode
Mode
change
block
JOG
Single block
1
Type A
MDI
AUTOMATIC
Machine function
Type B
REF
TEACH IN
Machine function1)
2
Continuou
s
traversing
var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
100 INC
10 INC
1 INC
3
1)
Machine function:
To use the machine function signals in DB3000.DBB2, the "INC inputs in the operating-mode signal range active" signal (DB2600.DBX1.0) must be set to "1".
6-859
09/2009
NCK signals
DB3100
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
828
READY
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Active mode
JOG
MDI
AUTOMATIC
REF
Continuou
s
traversing
active
var. INC
active
10000 INC
active
1000 INC
active
100 INC
active
TEACH IN
10 INC
active
1 INC
active
6-860
09/2009
6.8
Channel signals
6.8.1
Signals to NC channel
Byte
Bit 7
Activate
program
test
Activate
skip block
7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Activate
test run
feedrate
Activate
M01
Activate
single
block1)
Activate
DRF
Activate
traverse
forwards
Activate
traverse
backwards
Activate
skip block
6
Activate
skip block
5
Activate
skip block
4
Activate
skip block
3
Bit 0
Enable
protection
zones
Activate
referencing
Activate
skip block
2
Activate
skip block
1
Activate
skip block
0
3
Feedrate override2)
4
Feedrate
override
active3)
Rapid
traverse
override
active
Path
velocity
limiting
Program
level abort
Delete
number of
subroutine
cycles
Delete
distanceto-go
Read-in
disable
Feedrate
disable
Suppress
start lock
NC stop
axes plus
spindle
NC stop
NC stop at
block limit
NC start
NC start
disable
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 8
Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Area 8
Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
6-861
09/2009
Channel signals
13
Do not
block tool
Jog
circle
14
No tool
change
commands
Activate
skip block
9
Activate
skip block
8
15
Deactivate
workpiece
counter
Activate
associated M01
Neg.
direction
for sim.
contour
handwheel
Sim.
contour
handwheel ON
Handwheel 1
Program
branches
(GOTOS)
16
control
17
18
19
1)
2)
3)
Even if the feedrate override is not active (=100%), the 0% position is still effective.
6-862
09/2009
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Axis 1 in Work
Traversing keys
1000
plus
minus
Rapid
traverse
override
Traversing
key disable
Feedrate
stop
Activate handwheel
(bit/binary coded)1)
2
10 INC
1 INC
Axis 1 in Work
Machine function2)
1001
Continuou
s
traversing
var. INC
10000 INC
Rapid
traverse
override
Traversing
key disable
1000 INC
100 INC
1002
1003
Axis 2 in Work
Traversing keys
1004
plus
minus
Feedrate
stop
Activate handwheel
(bit/binary coded)1)
2
10 INC
1 INC
Axis 2 in Work
Machine function2)
1005
Continuou
s
traversing
var. INC
10000 INC
Rapid
traverse
override
Traversing
key disable
1000 INC
100 INC
1006
1007
Axis 3 in Work
Traversing keys
1008
plus
minus
Feedrate
stop
Activate handwheel
(bit/binary coded)1)
2
10 INC
1 INC
Axis 3 in Work
Machine function2)
1009
Continuou
s
traversing
var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
100 INC
1010
1011
1)
2)
Machine function:
The machine function is only entered if the "INC inputs in the operating-mode signal range active" signal (DB2600
DBX1.0) is not set.
6-863
09/2009
Channel signals
6.8.2
Byte
Bit 7
Program
test
active
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Last
action
block
active
M0/M1
active
Approach
block
active
Action
block
active
Forwards
traverse
active
Backwards
traverse
active
Execution
from external active
Transformation
active
M2/M30
active
Block
search
active
Handwheel
override
active
Rev. feedrate
active
Active
Aborted
Interrupted
Referencing active
2
Channel status
3
4
Reset
Interrupted
NCK alarm
with processing
stop
present
Channelspecific
NCK alarm
is active
Program status
Stopped
All axes
stationary
referenced
Waiting
Running
Stop
request
Start
request
Handwheel 2
Handwheel
1
6
Protection
zone not
guaranteed
Area 8
Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 8
Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Area 8
Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Area 8
Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
6-864
09/2009
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Axis 1 in Work
Travel command
1000
plus
minus
Travel request
plus
Handwheel active
(bit/binary coded)1)
minus
10 INC
1 INC
Axis 1 in Work
Active machine function
1001
Continuous
traversing
var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
100 INC
1002
1003
Axis 2 in Work
Travel command
1004
plus
minus
Travel request
plus
Handwheel active
(bit/binary coded)1)
minus
10 INC
1 INC
Axis 2 in Work
Active machine function
1005
Continuous
traversing
var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
100 INC
1006
1007
Axis 3 in Work
Travel command
1008
plus
minus
Travel request
plus
Handwheel active
(bit/binary coded)1)
minus
10 INC
1 INC
Axis 3 in Work
Active machine function
1009
Continuous
traversing
var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
100 INC
1010
1011
1)
6-865
09/2009
Channel signals
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
4000
G00 active
Workpiece
setpoint
reached
Travel
request,
drive test
present
4001
Dry run
4002
4003
Bit 0
No tool
change
command
active
feedrate
Associated
M01/M00
Active
Active
DELAY FST
SUPPRESS
STOP_
DELAYED
External
language
mode
active
ASUB
is stopped
DELAY
FST
ProgEvent display
4004
Start after
Boot
block
search
Jog
circle
4005
Operator
panel
Part program
Part program
Reset
End
Start from
RESET
Stop condition
StopByColl
Active
Danger
Dormant
ASUB
4006
ASUB
active
Active
4007
active transformation number
4008
Reserved
4009
Reserved
4010
Reserved
4011
6-866
09/2009
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
INT1
Start
INT2
Start
2
3
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Interrupt
no. not
allocated
ASUB is
being executed
ASUB
ended
Interrupt
no. not
allocated
ASUB is
being executed
ASUB
ended
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
INT1
1000
INT2
1001
1002
1003
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
...
...
62
63
6-867
09/2009
Axis/spindle signals
6.9
Axis/spindle signals
6.9.1
M, S functions [r]
NCK PLC interface
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
6.9.2
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
A
Signals to axis/spindle
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Feedrate override
0
Override
active
Position
measuring
system 2
Position
measuring
system 1
Follow up
mode
Axis/
spindle
disable
Sensor for
fixed stop
Acknowledge fixed
stop
reached
Clamping
in progress
Distanceto-go/
spindle
reset
Controller
enable
1
Reference point value
2
Axis/
spindle
enable
program
test
Velocity/
spindle
speed limiting
Traversing keys
4
plus
minus
Enable
approach
to fixed
stop
Rapid
traverse
override
Traverse
key disable
var. INC
10000 INC
Feedrate
stop/
Spindle stop
Activate handwheel
2
10 INC
1 INC
Machine function1)
5
Continuous
traversing
1000 INC
100 INC
6
7
8
Request
PLC axis/
spindle
Activate
signal when
this byte is
changed
Request
NC axis/
spindle
Parameter set, servo
10
11
6-868
09/2009
1)
Machine function
The machine function is only entered if the signal "INC inputs in the operating-mode signal range active"
(DB2600.DBX1.0) is not set.
Signals to axis
DB3800 ... 3807
Byte
Bit 7
1000
Delay Ref.
pt.
approach
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Modulo
limit
enabled
1001
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
plus
minus
plus
minus
Jogging
to
JogFixPoint
JogFixPoint
JogFixPoint
Position
Pos 2
1002
Pos 1
Pos 0
Activate
program
Suppress
program
test
test
Bit 1
Bit 0
1003
Signals to spindle
DB3800 ... 3807
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
2000
Delete S
value
No speed
monitoring.
for gear
change.
Bit 5
2
Invert
M3/M4
2001
Setpoint direction of
rotation
2002
counterclockwise
clockwise
2003
Bit 4
Resynchronize spindle
1
Bit 3
Gear
changed
Bit 2
Feedrate
override
for spindle
valid
Resynchronize
during
positioning
1
Oscillation
speed
Oscillation
controlled
by PLC
Spindle override
6-869
09/2009
Axis/spindle signals
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Start
Start
Start
3000
Start
positioning
axis
spindle
positioning
spindle
rotation
spindle
oscillation
3001
3002
Stop
spindle
oscillation
Automatic
Constant
cutting
Direction
of rotation
Gear
velocity
same as
M4
selection
3003
Stop
spindle
rotation
Bit 3
Bit 2
Handwheel
override
Traversing
dimension,
inches (not
metric)
On
Indexing
position
Bit 1
Bit 0
Path condition
shortest
path (DC)
incremental (IC)
negative
direction
(ACN)
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
Feedrate (REAL),
if = 0, the value is taken from machine data POS_AX_VELO
3010
3011
1)
Only one of signals IC, DC, ACP, ACN may be active at any one time - or none. If no signal is set, then AC is active
(Absolute Coordinate).
Signals to drive
DB3800 ... 3807
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
4000
4001
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Integrator
disable
speed
controller
4002
4003
6-870
09/2009
Byte
Bit 7
5000
Master/
slave
on
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Resume
HIAxMove
Resume
Corr
Resume
DEPBCS
Resume
DEPMCS
Torque
equalization controller on
5001
5002
5003
Stop
HIAxMove
Stop
Corr
Stop
DEPBCS
Stop
DEPMCS
Disable
automatic
synchronization
Start gantry
synchronization
5004
5005
Spindle
positioning
5006
(spindle)
Automatic
gear stage
change
Setpoint direction of
rotation
counterclockwise
Spindle
stop
clockwise
Delete
5007
(couplings)
synchronism
override
5008
(SISITECH)
5009
(SISITECH)
5010
5011
6-871
09/2009
Axis/spindle signals
6.9.3
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Position reached
0
Bit 5
Bit 4
Referenced/
Referenced/
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Encoder
limit freq.
exceeded
1
With
exact stop,
fine
With exact
stop,
coarse
synchronized 2
synchronized 1
Current
controller
active
Speed
controller
active
Position
controller
active
Axis/
spindle
stationary
(n < nmin)
Follow up
mode
active
Axis ready
for operation
AxAlarm
Force fixed
stop limited
Fixed stop
reached
Activate
travel to
fixed stop
Measurement
active
Rotational
feedrate
active
Handwheel
override
active
Bit 0
Spindle/
no axis
AxStop
3
Active
Travel command
plus
minus
Travel request
plus
Handwheel active
(bit/binary coded)
minus
10 INC
1 INC
Continuous
var. INC
10000 INC
Neutral
axis/
spindle
Axis
exchange
possible
New type
requested
from PLC
1000 INC
100 INC
6
7
8
PLC axis/
spindle
NC axis/
spindle
Parameter set, servo
10
11
6-872
PLC axis,
permanently
assigned
POS_
POS_
RESTO-
RESTO-
RED 2
RED 1
09/2009
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
1000
JogPos
Jog to
reached
position
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
ActJogFix
ActJogFix
ActJogFix
PointPos
PointPos
PointPos
JogFixPoint
JogFixPoint
JogFixPoint
active
Pos
reached
Pos
reached
Pos
reached
Indexing
axis in
position
Positioning axis
Path axis
1001
1002
Bit 3
Modulo
limit
enabled
active
Rotary axis
in position
0
Lubrication pulse
VelReducedBy
1003
CollCheck
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
2000
2001
Actual
direction of
rotation,
clockwise
Speed
monitoring
Spindle in
setpoint
range
Overlay
range limit
violated
Bit 3
Change
gear stage
Control
mode
Oscillation
mode
Positioning mode
Geometry
monitoring
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Setpoint speed
Increased
Rigid tapping
limited
GWPS
active
Synchronous mode
Spindle in
position
A
Speed limit
exceeded
2003
limiting
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
3000
Positioning axes
active
Position
reached
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Fault while
traversing
Axis cannot
be started
3001
3002
3003
Fault number
6-873
09/2009
Axis/spindle signals
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
4000
4001
4002
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Holding
brake
opened
Pulses
enabled
Speed
controller
integrator
disabled
Drive
ready
Variable
signaling
function 1
nact = nset
nact<nx
nact<nmin
Md<Mdx
Ramp-up
completed
Temperature pre-alarm
Heat sink
Motor
Vzk<Vzkx
4003
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Master/
slave
active
5000
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Master/
slave
equalization controller
active
Master/
slave
coarse
Master/
slave fine
Axis is
accelerating
Synchronism override
Bit 1
Bit 0
5001
5002
5003
Acceleration warning
threshold
reached
Velocity
warning
threshold
reached
Superimposed
motion
Max.
acceleration
reached
Max.
velocity
reached
Synchronization in
progress
Gantry
leading
axis
Gantry
grouping is
Synchronism
Gantry
warning
threshold
Gantry
shutdown
limit
in sychronism
ready
exceeded
exceeded
travel
5004
5005
(gantry)
Gantry
axis
5006
Synchronism override
5007
is factored
in
5008
(grinding)
6-874
Axis 5
Axis 4
Axis 3
Axis 2
Axis 1
09/2009
6.10
6.10.1
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Acknowledgment
step 7
Acknowledgment
step 6
Acknowledgment
step 5
Acknowledgment
step 4
Acknowledgment
step 3
Acknowledgment
step 2
Acknowledgment
step 1
Total
acknowledgement
Acknowledgment
step 15
Acknowledgment
step 14
Acknowledgment
step 13
Acknowledgment
step 12
Acknowledgment
step 11
Acknowledgment
step 10
Acknowledgment
step 9
Acknowledgment
step 8
Acknowledgment
step 23
Acknowledgment
step 22
Acknowledgment
step 21
Acknowledgment
step 20
Acknowledgment
step 19
Acknowledgment
step 18
Acknowledgment
step 17
Acknowledgment
step 16
Reserved
Acknowledgment
step 30
Acknowledgment
step 29
Acknowledgment
step 28
Acknowledgment
step 27
Acknowledgment
step 26
Acknowledgment
step 25
Acknowledgment
step 24
1)
Signals to TM [r/w]
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
10
Reserved
12
Reserved
14
Reserved
16
Reserved
xx = loading position
6-875
09/2009
Bit 7
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Job
0
1
Positioning
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
10
12
14
HMI
PLC
1)
Job from
NC program
Relocating
Unloading
Loading
Load/unloa
d without
moving
magazine
xx = loading position
6-876
09/2009
Feedback signal
DB4100 ... 41xx1)
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
100
1)
101
Reserved
102
Reserved
104
Bit 1
Bit 0
Acknowledgment
error
Acknowledgment
OK
Bit 1
Bit 0
xx = loading position
Job status
DB4100 ... 41xx1)
Byte
1)
Bit 7
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
120
Reserved
121
Reserved
122
Reserved
124
126
128
130
xx = loading position
6-877
09/2009
6.10.2
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Acknowledgment
step 7
Acknowledgment
step 6
Acknowledgment
step 5
Acknowledgment
step 4
Acknowledgment
step 3
Acknowledgment
step 2
Acknowledgment
step 1
Total
acknowledgement
Acknowledgment
step 15
Acknowledgment
step 14
Acknowledgment
step 13
Acknowledgment
step 12
Acknowledgment
step 11
Acknowledgment
step 10
Acknowledgment
step 9
Acknowledgment
step 8
Acknowledgment
step 23
Acknowledgment
step 22
Acknowledgment
step 21
Acknowledgment
step 20
Acknowledgment
step 19
Acknowledgment
step 18
Acknowledgment
step 17
Acknowledgment
step 16
Reserved
Acknowledgment
step 30
Acknowledgment
step 29
Acknowledgment
step 28
Acknowledgment
step 27
Acknowledgment
step 26
Acknowledgment
step 25
Acknowledgment
step 24
1)
Signals to TM [r/w]
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
10
Reserved
12
Reserved
14
Reserved
16
Reserved
18
Reserved
20
Reserved
22
Reserved
24
Reserved
xx = tool holder
6-878
09/2009
Bit 7
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Job
0
1
Tool
remains in
spindle
Manual tool
Unload
No old tool
T0
Load
Prepare
change
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
10
Reserved
12
Reserved
14
Reserved
16
Reserved
18
20
22
24
26
28
Reserved
30
Change
tool (initiated by:
M06)
Fixed-location coded
Tool
released
Active tool
Reserved
Tool status for new tool
32
Tool has
been in
use
Tool
fixed-location coded
Tool
alternating
Pre-warning limit
reached
Measuring
tools
Blocked
34
36
reserved (DWORD)
40
reserved (DWORD)
6-879
09/2009
1)
44
48
52
xx = tool holder
Feedback signal
DB4300 ... 43xx1)
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
100
1)
101
Reserved
102
Reserved
104
Bit 1
Bit 0
Acknowledgment
error
Acknowledgment
OK
xx = tool holder
6-880
09/2009
Job status
DB4300 ... 43xx1)
Byte
1)
Bit 7
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
120
Reserved
121
Reserved
122
Reserved
124
126
128
130
132
134
136
138
Bit 1
Bit 0
xx = tool holder
6-881
09/2009
6.11
6.11.1
DB4500
Byte
0
...
...
60
62
6.11.2
DB4500
Byte
1000
1001
1002
1003
...
...
1030
1031
6-882
09/2009
6.11.3
DB4500
Byte
2000
2004
2008
2012
2016
2020
2024
2028
6.11.4
DB4500
Byte
3000
3001
3002
...
...
3247
Note:
Information on PLC alarms including configuring user alarms is provided in:
Literature: "Turning and Milling Commissioning Manual"
6-883
09/2009
6.12
6.12.1
DB4600
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
ID2
ID1
ID10
ID9
ID18
ID17
ID26
ID25
ID34
ID33
ID42
ID41
ID50
ID49
ID58
ID57
ID8
ID7
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
ID16
ID15
ID14
ID13
ID12
ID11
ID24
ID23
ID22
ID21
ID20
ID19
ID32
ID31
ID30
ID29
ID28
ID27
ID40
ID39
ID38
ID37
ID36
ID35
ID48
ID47
ID46
ID45
ID44
ID43
ID56
ID55
ID54
ID53
ID52
ID51
ID64
ID63
ID62
ID61
ID60
ID59
6.12.2
DB4700
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
ID2
ID1
ID10
ID9
ID18
ID17
ID26
ID25
ID34
ID33
ID42
ID41
ID50
ID49
ID58
ID57
ID8
ID7
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
ID16
ID15
ID14
ID13
ID12
ID11
ID24
ID23
ID22
ID21
ID20
ID19
ID32
ID31
ID30
ID29
ID28
ID27
ID40
ID39
ID38
ID37
ID36
ID35
ID48
ID47
ID46
ID45
ID44
ID43
ID56
ID55
ID54
ID53
ID52
ID51
6-884
ID64
ID63
ID62
ID61
ID60
ID59
09/2009
6.13
DB4900
Byte
0
Offset [0]
Offset [1]
Offset [2]
...
...
4094
Offset [4094]
4095
Offset [4095]
The user's programming engineer (NCK and PLC) is responsible for organizing
(structuring) this memory area. Every storage position in the memory can be
addressed provided that the limit is selected according to the appropriate data format (i.e. a 'DWORD' for a 4byte limit, a WORD for a 2byte limit, etc.). The memory
area is always accessed with the information about the data type and the position
offset within the memory area.
6-885
09/2009
6.14
6.14.1
DB5300
TM functions [r]
NCK PLC interface
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Tool limit
value
reached
Bit 1
Bit 0
1
2
3
6.14.2
DB5300
TM functions [r32]
NCK PLC interface
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
1000
1004
1008
1012
6-886
09/2009
6.15
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Note:
The axis actual values and distances-to-go can be separately requested:
DB2600.DBX0001.1 Request axis actual values
DB2600.DBX0001.2 Request axis distances-to-go
If the particular request is set, then the NCK supplies these values for all axes.
6-887
09/2009
6.16
6.16.1
DB9900
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Transfer step 1
0
10
12
14
Transfer step 1
Transfer step 1
Transfer step 1
Transfer step 2
Transfer step 2
Transfer step 2
Transfer step 2
...
...
Transfer step 64
504
506
508
510
Transfer step 64
Transfer step 64
Transfer step 64
6-888
09/2009
6.16.2
DB9901
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
10
12
14
...
...
Transfer step 164
504
506
508
510
6-889
09/2009
6.16.3
DB9902
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Acknowledgment step 1
0
Acknowledgment step 1
Acknowledgment step 1
Acknowledgment step 1
3
Reserved
Acknowledgment step 2
Acknowledgment step 2
Acknowledgment step 2
Acknowledgment step 2
7
...
Reserved
...
Acknowledgment step 30
116
117
118
Acknowledgment step 30
Acknowledgment step 30
Acknowledgment step 30
119
6-890
Reserved
09/2009
6.17
6.17.1
DB9903
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Interval 1 [h]
reserved 1
Interval 2 [h]
10
12
14
reserved 2
...
...
248
Interval 32 [h]
250
252
254
reserved 32
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
6-891
09/2009
6.17.2
Actual data
DB9904
Byte
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Interval 1 [h]
reserved_1 1
reserved_2 1
Interval 2 [h]
10
12
reserved_1 2
14
reserved_2 2
...
...
248
Interval 32 [h]
250
252
reserved_1 32
254
reserved_2 32
6-892
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
09/2009
6.17.3
DB9905
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
De-
activate_1
Enable_1
Error_1
IsActive_1
activate_2
Enable_2
Error_2
IsActive_2
Deacti-
Activate
Enable_64
vate_64
_64
activate_1
1
2
DeviceID_1
3
De4
activate_2
5
6
DeviceID_2
7
252
253
Error_64
254
Is
Active_64
DeviceID_64
255
6-893
09/2009
6-894
SINAMICS parameters
You can find a detailed description of SINAMICS parameters in the following document:
LH1, SINAMICS S120/S150 Parameter Manual
7-895
SINAMICS parameters
7-896
09/2009
To
Suggestions
Siemens AG
Corrections
I DT MC MS1
For publication
SINUMERIK 828D
Parameter Manual
Manufacturer documentation
Sender
Name:
Edition 09/2009
If you come across any misprints in
this document, please let us know
Address:
Postal code:
Telephone:
Telefax :
Email :
Suggestions and/or corrections